diff options
Diffstat (limited to 'Doc')
147 files changed, 7314 insertions, 2429 deletions
diff --git a/Doc/c-api/dict.rst b/Doc/c-api/dict.rst index 6bacc32..5a9dca2 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/dict.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/dict.rst @@ -84,7 +84,7 @@ Dictionary Objects on failure. -.. c:function:: int PyDict_DelItemString(PyObject *p, char *key) +.. c:function:: int PyDict_DelItemString(PyObject *p, const char *key) Remove the entry in dictionary *p* which has a key specified by the string *key*. Return ``0`` on success or ``-1`` on failure. @@ -110,6 +110,15 @@ Dictionary Objects :c:type:`char\*`, rather than a :c:type:`PyObject\*`. +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyDict_SetDefault(PyObject *p, PyObject *key, PyObject *default) + + This is the same as the Python-level :meth:`dict.setdefault`. If present, it + returns the value corresponding to *key* from the dictionary *p*. If the key + is not in the dict, it is inserted with value *defaultobj* and *defaultobj* + is returned. This function evaluates the hash function of *key* only once, + instead of evaluating it independently for the lookup and the insertion. + + .. c:function:: PyObject* PyDict_Items(PyObject *p) Return a :c:type:`PyListObject` containing all the items from the dictionary. diff --git a/Doc/c-api/exceptions.rst b/Doc/c-api/exceptions.rst index c3d978f..8658a58 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/exceptions.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/exceptions.rst @@ -235,7 +235,7 @@ in various ways. There is a separate error indicator for each thread. Similar to :c:func:`PyErr_SetFromErrnoWithFilenameObject`, but the filename is given as a C string. *filename* is decoded from the filesystem encoding - (:func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`). + (:func:`os.fsdecode`). .. c:function:: PyObject* PyErr_SetFromWindowsErr(int ierr) @@ -267,7 +267,7 @@ in various ways. There is a separate error indicator for each thread. Similar to :c:func:`PyErr_SetFromWindowsErrWithFilenameObject`, but the filename is given as a C string. *filename* is decoded from the filesystem - encoding (:func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`). Availability: Windows. + encoding (:func:`os.fsdecode`). Availability: Windows. .. c:function:: PyObject* PyErr_SetExcFromWindowsErrWithFilenameObject(PyObject *type, int ierr, PyObject *filename) @@ -293,20 +293,27 @@ in various ways. There is a separate error indicator for each thread. .. versionadded:: 3.3 -.. c:function:: void PyErr_SyntaxLocationEx(char *filename, int lineno, int col_offset) +.. c:function:: void PyErr_SyntaxLocationObject(PyObject *filename, int lineno, int col_offset) Set file, line, and offset information for the current exception. If the current exception is not a :exc:`SyntaxError`, then it sets additional attributes, which make the exception printing subsystem think the exception - is a :exc:`SyntaxError`. *filename* is decoded from the filesystem encoding - (:func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`). + is a :exc:`SyntaxError`. - .. versionadded:: 3.2 +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. c:function:: void PyErr_SyntaxLocationEx(char *filename, int lineno, int col_offset) + + Like :c:func:`PyErr_SyntaxLocationObject`, but *filename* is a byte string + decoded from the filesystem encoding (:func:`os.fsdecode`). + +.. versionadded:: 3.2 .. c:function:: void PyErr_SyntaxLocation(char *filename, int lineno) - Like :c:func:`PyErr_SyntaxLocationExc`, but the col_offset parameter is + Like :c:func:`PyErr_SyntaxLocationEx`, but the col_offset parameter is omitted. @@ -355,15 +362,22 @@ in various ways. There is a separate error indicator for each thread. documentation. There is no C API for warning control. -.. c:function:: int PyErr_WarnExplicit(PyObject *category, const char *message, const char *filename, int lineno, const char *module, PyObject *registry) +.. c:function:: int PyErr_WarnExplicitObject(PyObject *category, PyObject *message, PyObject *filename, int lineno, PyObject *module, PyObject *registry) Issue a warning message with explicit control over all warning attributes. This is a straightforward wrapper around the Python function :func:`warnings.warn_explicit`, see there for more information. The *module* and *registry* arguments may be set to *NULL* to get the default effect - described there. *message* and *module* are UTF-8 encoded strings, - *filename* is decoded from the filesystem encoding - (:func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`). + described there. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. c:function:: int PyErr_WarnExplicit(PyObject *category, const char *message, const char *filename, int lineno, const char *module, PyObject *registry) + + Similar to :c:func:`PyErr_WarnExplicitObject` except that *message* and + *module* are UTF-8 encoded strings, and *filename* is decoded from the + filesystem encoding (:func:`os.fsdecode`). .. c:function:: int PyErr_WarnFormat(PyObject *category, Py_ssize_t stack_level, const char *format, ...) diff --git a/Doc/c-api/file.rst b/Doc/c-api/file.rst index cc190c9..6f2ecee 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/file.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/file.rst @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ error reporting in the interpreter; third-party code is advised to access the :mod:`io` APIs instead. -.. c:function:: PyFile_FromFd(int fd, char *name, char *mode, int buffering, char *encoding, char *errors, char *newline, int closefd) +.. c:function:: PyFile_FromFd(int fd, const char *name, const char *mode, int buffering, const char *encoding, const char *errors, const char *newline, int closefd) Create a Python file object from the file descriptor of an already opened file *fd*. The arguments *name*, *encoding*, *errors* and *newline* diff --git a/Doc/c-api/import.rst b/Doc/c-api/import.rst index 270152e..6cd2b8b 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/import.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/import.rst @@ -118,7 +118,7 @@ Importing Modules encoded string instead of a Unicode object. -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModule(char *name, PyObject *co) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModule(const char *name, PyObject *co) .. index:: builtin: compile @@ -145,7 +145,7 @@ Importing Modules :c:func:`PyImport_ExecCodeModuleWithPathnames`. -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx(char *name, PyObject *co, char *pathname) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx(const char *name, PyObject *co, const char *pathname) Like :c:func:`PyImport_ExecCodeModule`, but the :attr:`__file__` attribute of the module object is set to *pathname* if it is non-``NULL``. @@ -162,7 +162,7 @@ Importing Modules .. versionadded:: 3.3 -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModuleWithPathnames(char *name, PyObject *co, char *pathname, char *cpathname) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyImport_ExecCodeModuleWithPathnames(const char *name, PyObject *co, const char *pathname, const char *cpathname) Like :c:func:`PyImport_ExecCodeModuleObject`, but *name*, *pathname* and *cpathname* are UTF-8 encoded strings. Attempts are also made to figure out @@ -246,7 +246,7 @@ Importing Modules .. versionadded:: 3.3 -.. c:function:: int PyImport_ImportFrozenModule(char *name) +.. c:function:: int PyImport_ImportFrozenModule(const char *name) Similar to :c:func:`PyImport_ImportFrozenModuleObject`, but the name is a UTF-8 encoded string instead of a Unicode object. diff --git a/Doc/c-api/init.rst b/Doc/c-api/init.rst index 705509f..6439d7f 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/init.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/init.rst @@ -86,6 +86,36 @@ Process-wide parameters ======================= +.. c:function:: int Py_SetStandardStreamEncoding(char *encoding, char *errors) + + .. index:: + single: Py_Initialize() + single: main() + triple: stdin; stdout; sdterr + + This function should be called before :c:func:`Py_Initialize`, if it is + called at all. It specifies which encoding and error handling to use + with standard IO, with the same meanings as in :func:`str.encode`. + + It overrides :envvar:`PYTHONIOENCODING` values, and allows embedding code + to control IO encoding when the environment variable does not work. + + ``encoding`` and/or ``errors`` may be NULL to use + :envvar:`PYTHONIOENCODING` and/or default values (depending on other + settings). + + Note that :data:`sys.stderr` always uses the "backslashreplace" error + handler, regardless of this (or any other) setting. + + If :c:func:`Py_Finalize` is called, this function will need to be called + again in order to affect subsequent calls to :c:func:`Py_Initialize`. + + Returns 0 if successful, a nonzero value on error (e.g. calling after the + interpreter has already been initialized). + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. c:function:: void Py_SetProgramName(wchar_t *name) .. index:: @@ -329,7 +359,11 @@ Process-wide parameters .. c:function:: void PySys_SetArgv(int argc, wchar_t **argv) - This function works like :c:func:`PySys_SetArgvEx` with *updatepath* set to 1. + This function works like :c:func:`PySys_SetArgvEx` with *updatepath* set + to 1 unless the :program:`python` interpreter was started with the + :option:`-I`. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 The *updatepath* value depends on :option:`-I`. .. c:function:: void Py_SetPythonHome(wchar_t *home) @@ -657,6 +691,20 @@ with sub-interpreters: made on the main thread. This is mainly a helper/diagnostic function. +.. c:function:: int PyGILState_Check() + + Return 1 if the current thread is holding the GIL and 0 otherwise. + This function can be called from any thread at any time. + Only if it has had its Python thread state initialized and currently is + holding the GIL will it return 1. + This is mainly a helper/diagnostic function. It can be useful + for example in callback contexts or memory allocation functions when + knowing that the GIL is locked can allow the caller to perform sensitive + actions or otherwise behave differently. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + The following macros are normally used without a trailing semicolon; look for example usage in the Python source distribution. diff --git a/Doc/c-api/long.rst b/Doc/c-api/long.rst index d5430fd..b348015 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/long.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/long.rst @@ -80,7 +80,7 @@ All integers are implemented as "long" integer objects of arbitrary size. *NULL* on failure. -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyLong_FromString(char *str, char **pend, int base) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyLong_FromString(const char *str, char **pend, int base) Return a new :c:type:`PyLongObject` based on the string value in *str*, which is interpreted according to the radix in *base*. If *pend* is non-*NULL*, diff --git a/Doc/c-api/mapping.rst b/Doc/c-api/mapping.rst index 0ef2961..2803fd0 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/mapping.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/mapping.rst @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ Mapping Protocol expression ``len(o)``. -.. c:function:: int PyMapping_DelItemString(PyObject *o, char *key) +.. c:function:: int PyMapping_DelItemString(PyObject *o, const char *key) Remove the mapping for object *key* from the object *o*. Return ``-1`` on failure. This is equivalent to the Python statement ``del o[key]``. @@ -67,13 +67,13 @@ Mapping Protocol the Python expression ``list(o.items())``. -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyMapping_GetItemString(PyObject *o, char *key) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyMapping_GetItemString(PyObject *o, const char *key) Return element of *o* corresponding to the object *key* or *NULL* on failure. This is the equivalent of the Python expression ``o[key]``. -.. c:function:: int PyMapping_SetItemString(PyObject *o, char *key, PyObject *v) +.. c:function:: int PyMapping_SetItemString(PyObject *o, const char *key, PyObject *v) Map the object *key* to the value *v* in object *o*. Returns ``-1`` on failure. This is the equivalent of the Python statement ``o[key] = v``. diff --git a/Doc/c-api/memory.rst b/Doc/c-api/memory.rst index 8afa56a..a82e1c2 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/memory.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/memory.rst @@ -84,6 +84,48 @@ the C library allocator as shown in the previous example, the allocated memory for the I/O buffer escapes completely the Python memory manager. +Raw Memory Interface +==================== + +The following function sets are wrappers to the system allocator. These +functions are thread-safe, the :term:`GIL <global interpreter lock>` does not +need to be held. + +The default raw memory block allocator uses the following functions: +:c:func:`malloc`, :c:func:`realloc` and :c:func:`free`; call ``malloc(1)`` when +requesting zero bytes. + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. c:function:: void* PyMem_RawMalloc(size_t n) + + Allocates *n* bytes and returns a pointer of type :c:type:`void\*` to the + allocated memory, or *NULL* if the request fails. Requesting zero bytes + returns a distinct non-*NULL* pointer if possible, as if + ``PyMem_RawMalloc(1)`` had been called instead. The memory will not have + been initialized in any way. + + +.. c:function:: void* PyMem_RawRealloc(void *p, size_t n) + + Resizes the memory block pointed to by *p* to *n* bytes. The contents will + be unchanged to the minimum of the old and the new sizes. If *p* is *NULL*, + the call is equivalent to ``PyMem_RawMalloc(n)``; else if *n* is equal to + zero, the memory block is resized but is not freed, and the returned pointer + is non-*NULL*. Unless *p* is *NULL*, it must have been returned by a + previous call to :c:func:`PyMem_RawMalloc` or :c:func:`PyMem_RawRealloc`. If + the request fails, :c:func:`PyMem_RawRealloc` returns *NULL* and *p* remains + a valid pointer to the previous memory area. + + +.. c:function:: void PyMem_RawFree(void *p) + + Frees the memory block pointed to by *p*, which must have been returned by a + previous call to :c:func:`PyMem_RawMalloc` or :c:func:`PyMem_RawRealloc`. + Otherwise, or if ``PyMem_Free(p)`` has been called before, undefined + behavior occurs. If *p* is *NULL*, no operation is performed. + + .. _memoryinterface: Memory Interface @@ -91,8 +133,16 @@ Memory Interface The following function sets, modeled after the ANSI C standard, but specifying behavior when requesting zero bytes, are available for allocating and releasing -memory from the Python heap: +memory from the Python heap. + +The default memory block allocator uses the following functions: +:c:func:`malloc`, :c:func:`realloc` and :c:func:`free`; call ``malloc(1)`` when +requesting zero bytes. + +.. warning:: + The :term:`GIL <global interpreter lock>` must be held when using these + functions. .. c:function:: void* PyMem_Malloc(size_t n) @@ -155,6 +205,125 @@ versions and is therefore deprecated in extension modules. :c:func:`PyMem_NEW`, :c:func:`PyMem_RESIZE`, :c:func:`PyMem_DEL`. +Customize Memory Allocators +=========================== + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. c:type:: PyMemAllocator + + Structure used to describe a memory block allocator. The structure has + four fields: + + +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Field | Meaning | + +==========================================================+=======================================+ + | ``void *ctx`` | user context passed as first argument | + +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | ``void* malloc(void *ctx, size_t size)`` | allocate a memory block | + +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | ``void* realloc(void *ctx, void *ptr, size_t new_size)`` | allocate or resize a memory block | + +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | ``void free(void *ctx, void *ptr)`` | free a memory block | + +----------------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + +.. c:type:: PyMemAllocatorDomain + + Enum used to identify an allocator domain. Domains: + + * :c:data:`PYMEM_DOMAIN_RAW`: functions :c:func:`PyMem_RawMalloc`, + :c:func:`PyMem_RawRealloc` and :c:func:`PyMem_RawFree` + * :c:data:`PYMEM_DOMAIN_MEM`: functions :c:func:`PyMem_Malloc`, + :c:func:`PyMem_Realloc` and :c:func:`PyMem_Free` + * :c:data:`PYMEM_DOMAIN_OBJ`: functions :c:func:`PyObject_Malloc`, + :c:func:`PyObject_Realloc` and :c:func:`PyObject_Free` + + +.. c:function:: void PyMem_GetAllocator(PyMemAllocatorDomain domain, PyMemAllocator *allocator) + + Get the memory block allocator of the specified domain. + + +.. c:function:: void PyMem_SetAllocator(PyMemAllocatorDomain domain, PyMemAllocator *allocator) + + Set the memory block allocator of the specified domain. + + The new allocator must return a distinct non-NULL pointer when requesting + zero bytes. + + For the :c:data:`PYMEM_DOMAIN_RAW` domain, the allocator must be + thread-safe: the :term:`GIL <global interpreter lock>` is not held when the + allocator is called. + + If the new allocator is not a hook (does not call the previous allocator), + the :c:func:`PyMem_SetupDebugHooks` function must be called to reinstall the + debug hooks on top on the new allocator. + + +.. c:function:: void PyMem_SetupDebugHooks(void) + + Setup hooks to detect bugs in the following Python memory allocator + functions: + + - :c:func:`PyMem_RawMalloc`, :c:func:`PyMem_RawRealloc`, + :c:func:`PyMem_RawFree` + - :c:func:`PyMem_Malloc`, :c:func:`PyMem_Realloc`, :c:func:`PyMem_Free` + - :c:func:`PyObject_Malloc`, :c:func:`PyObject_Realloc`, + :c:func:`PyObject_Free` + + Newly allocated memory is filled with the byte ``0xCB``, freed memory is + filled with the byte ``0xDB``. Additionnal checks: + + - detect API violations, ex: :c:func:`PyObject_Free` called on a buffer + allocated by :c:func:`PyMem_Malloc` + - detect write before the start of the buffer (buffer underflow) + - detect write after the end of the buffer (buffer overflow) + + The function does nothing if Python is not compiled is debug mode. + + +Customize PyObject Arena Allocator +================================== + +Python has a *pymalloc* allocator for allocations smaller than 512 bytes. This +allocator is optimized for small objects with a short lifetime. It uses memory +mappings called "arenas" with a fixed size of 256 KB. It falls back to +:c:func:`PyMem_RawMalloc` and :c:func:`PyMem_RawRealloc` for allocations larger +than 512 bytes. *pymalloc* is the default allocator used by +:c:func:`PyObject_Malloc`. + +The default arena allocator uses the following functions: + +* :c:func:`VirtualAlloc` and :c:func:`VirtualFree` on Windows, +* :c:func:`mmap` and :c:func:`munmap` if available, +* :c:func:`malloc` and :c:func:`free` otherwise. + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. c:type:: PyObjectArenaAllocator + + Structure used to describe an arena allocator. The structure has + three fields: + + +--------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | Field | Meaning | + +==================================================+=======================================+ + | ``void *ctx`` | user context passed as first argument | + +--------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | ``void* alloc(void *ctx, size_t size)`` | allocate an arena of size bytes | + +--------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + | ``void free(void *ctx, size_t size, void *ptr)`` | free an arena | + +--------------------------------------------------+---------------------------------------+ + +.. c:function:: PyObject_GetArenaAllocator(PyObjectArenaAllocator *allocator) + + Get the arena allocator. + +.. c:function:: PyObject_SetArenaAllocator(PyObjectArenaAllocator *allocator) + + Set the arena allocator. + + .. _memoryexamples: Examples diff --git a/Doc/c-api/module.rst b/Doc/c-api/module.rst index e80e0ea..26c4384 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/module.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/module.rst @@ -35,13 +35,20 @@ There are only a few functions special to module objects. single: __name__ (module attribute) single: __doc__ (module attribute) single: __file__ (module attribute) + single: __package__ (module attribute) + single: __loader__ (module attribute) Return a new module object with the :attr:`__name__` attribute set to *name*. - Only the module's :attr:`__doc__` and :attr:`__name__` attributes are filled in; - the caller is responsible for providing a :attr:`__file__` attribute. + The module's :attr:`__name__`, :attr:`__doc__`, :attr:`__package__`, and + :attr:`__loader__` attributes are filled in (all but :attr:`__name__` are set + to ``None``); the caller is responsible for providing a :attr:`__file__` + attribute. .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + :attr:`__package__` and :attr:`__loader__` are set to ``None``. + .. c:function:: PyObject* PyModule_New(const char *name) diff --git a/Doc/c-api/object.rst b/Doc/c-api/object.rst index 0aba360..be6d798 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/object.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/object.rst @@ -240,7 +240,7 @@ attribute is considered sufficient for this determination. of the Python expression ``callable_object(*args)``. -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyObject_CallFunction(PyObject *callable, char *format, ...) +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyObject_CallFunction(PyObject *callable, const char *format, ...) Call a callable Python object *callable*, with a variable number of C arguments. The C arguments are described using a :c:func:`Py_BuildValue` style format @@ -250,8 +250,11 @@ attribute is considered sufficient for this determination. pass :c:type:`PyObject \*` args, :c:func:`PyObject_CallFunctionObjArgs` is a faster alternative. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The type of *format* was changed from ``char *``. -.. c:function:: PyObject* PyObject_CallMethod(PyObject *o, char *method, char *format, ...) + +.. c:function:: PyObject* PyObject_CallMethod(PyObject *o, const char *method, const char *format, ...) Call the method named *method* of object *o* with a variable number of C arguments. The C arguments are described by a :c:func:`Py_BuildValue` format @@ -261,6 +264,9 @@ attribute is considered sufficient for this determination. Note that if you only pass :c:type:`PyObject \*` args, :c:func:`PyObject_CallMethodObjArgs` is a faster alternative. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The types of *method* and *format* were changed from ``char *``. + .. c:function:: PyObject* PyObject_CallFunctionObjArgs(PyObject *callable, ..., NULL) @@ -342,6 +348,15 @@ attribute is considered sufficient for this determination. returned. This is the equivalent to the Python expression ``len(o)``. +.. c:function:: Py_ssize_t PyObject_LengthHint(PyObject *o, Py_ssize_t default) + + Return an estimated length for the object *o*. First trying to return its + actual length, then an estimate using ``__length_hint__``, and finally + returning the default value. On error ``-1`` is returned. This is the + equivalent to the Python expression ``operator.length_hint(o, default)``. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. c:function:: PyObject* PyObject_GetItem(PyObject *o, PyObject *key) Return element of *o* corresponding to the object *key* or *NULL* on failure. diff --git a/Doc/c-api/typeobj.rst b/Doc/c-api/typeobj.rst index b2b8038..48b13e5 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/typeobj.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/typeobj.rst @@ -465,6 +465,14 @@ type objects) *must* have the :attr:`ob_size` field. :const:`Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_VERSION_TAG`. + .. data:: Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_FINALIZE + + This bit is set when the :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_finalize` slot is present in the + type structure. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. c:member:: char* PyTypeObject.tp_doc An optional pointer to a NUL-terminated C string giving the docstring for this @@ -968,6 +976,47 @@ type objects) *must* have the :attr:`ob_size` field. This field is not inherited; it is calculated fresh by :c:func:`PyType_Ready`. +.. c:member:: destructor PyTypeObject.tp_finalize + + An optional pointer to an instance finalization function. Its signature is + :c:type:`destructor`:: + + void tp_finalize(PyObject *) + + If :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_finalize` is set, the interpreter calls it once when + finalizing an instance. It is called either from the garbage + collector (if the instance is part of an isolated reference cycle) or + just before the object is deallocated. Either way, it is guaranteed + to be called before attempting to break reference cycles, ensuring + that it finds the object in a sane state. + + :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_finalize` should not mutate the current exception status; + therefore, a recommended way to write a non-trivial finalizer is:: + + static void + local_finalize(PyObject *self) + { + PyObject *error_type, *error_value, *error_traceback; + + /* Save the current exception, if any. */ + PyErr_Fetch(&error_type, &error_value, &error_traceback); + + /* ... */ + + /* Restore the saved exception. */ + PyErr_Restore(error_type, error_value, error_traceback); + } + + For this field to be taken into account (even through inheritance), + you must also set the :const:`Py_TPFLAGS_HAVE_FINALIZE` flags bit. + + This field is inherited by subtypes. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. seealso:: "Safe object finalization" (:pep:`442`) + + .. c:member:: PyObject* PyTypeObject.tp_cache Unused. Not inherited. Internal use only. diff --git a/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst b/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst index 3649cfb..c7ed5e5 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/unicode.rst @@ -526,12 +526,23 @@ APIs: The `"%lld"` and `"%llu"` format specifiers are only available when :const:`HAVE_LONG_LONG` is defined. + .. note:: + The width formatter unit is number of characters rather than bytes. + The precision formatter unit is number of bytes for ``"%s"`` and + ``"%V"`` (if the ``PyObject*`` argument is NULL), and a number of + characters for ``"%A"``, ``"%U"``, ``"%S"``, ``"%R"`` and ``"%V"`` + (if the ``PyObject*`` argument is not NULL). + .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Support for ``"%lld"`` and ``"%llu"`` added. .. versionchanged:: 3.3 Support for ``"%li"``, ``"%lli"`` and ``"%zi"`` added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Support width and precision formatter for ``"%s"``, ``"%A"``, ``"%U"``, + ``"%V"``, ``"%S"``, ``"%R"`` added. + .. c:function:: PyObject* PyUnicode_FromFormatV(const char *format, va_list vargs) diff --git a/Doc/c-api/veryhigh.rst b/Doc/c-api/veryhigh.rst index 14ef8df..9f21b89 100644 --- a/Doc/c-api/veryhigh.rst +++ b/Doc/c-api/veryhigh.rst @@ -144,6 +144,37 @@ the same library that the Python runtime is using. (:func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`). Returns ``0`` at EOF. +.. c:var:: int (*PyOS_InputHook)(void) + + Can be set to point to a function with the prototype + ``int func(void)``. The function will be called when Python's + interpreter prompt is about to become idle and wait for user input + from the terminal. The return value is ignored. Overriding this + hook can be used to integrate the interpreter's prompt with other + event loops, as done in the :file:`Modules/_tkinter.c` in the + Python source code. + + +.. c:var:: char* (*PyOS_ReadlineFunctionPointer)(FILE *, FILE *, const char *) + + Can be set to point to a function with the prototype + ``char *func(FILE *stdin, FILE *stdout, char *prompt)``, + overriding the default function used to read a single line of input + at the interpreter's prompt. The function is expected to output + the string *prompt* if it's not *NULL*, and then read a line of + input from the provided standard input file, returning the + resulting string. For example, The :mod:`readline` module sets + this hook to provide line-editing and tab-completion features. + + The result must be a string allocated by :c:func:`PyMem_RawMalloc` or + :c:func:`PyMem_RawRealloc`, or *NULL* if an error occurred. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The result must be allocated by :c:func:`PyMem_RawMalloc` or + :c:func:`PyMem_RawRealloc`, instead of being allocated by + :c:func:`PyMem_Malloc` or :c:func:`PyMem_Realloc`. + + .. c:function:: struct _node* PyParser_SimpleParseString(const char *str, int start) This is a simplified interface to @@ -235,16 +266,15 @@ the same library that the Python runtime is using. *optimize* set to ``-1``. -.. c:function:: PyObject* Py_CompileStringExFlags(const char *str, const char *filename, int start, PyCompilerFlags *flags, int optimize) +.. c:function:: PyObject* Py_CompileStringObject(const char *str, PyObject *filename, int start, PyCompilerFlags *flags, int optimize) Parse and compile the Python source code in *str*, returning the resulting code object. The start token is given by *start*; this can be used to constrain the code which can be compiled and should be :const:`Py_eval_input`, :const:`Py_file_input`, or :const:`Py_single_input`. The filename specified by *filename* is used to construct the code object and may appear in tracebacks or - :exc:`SyntaxError` exception messages, it is decoded from the filesystem - encoding (:func:`sys.getfilesystemencoding`). This returns *NULL* if the - code cannot be parsed or compiled. + :exc:`SyntaxError` exception messages. This returns *NULL* if the code + cannot be parsed or compiled. The integer *optimize* specifies the optimization level of the compiler; a value of ``-1`` selects the optimization level of the interpreter as given by @@ -252,8 +282,15 @@ the same library that the Python runtime is using. ``__debug__`` is true), ``1`` (asserts are removed, ``__debug__`` is false) or ``2`` (docstrings are removed too). - .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. c:function:: PyObject* Py_CompileStringExFlags(const char *str, const char *filename, int start, PyCompilerFlags *flags, int optimize) + + Like :c:func:`Py_CompileStringExFlags`, but *filename* is a byte string + decoded from the filesystem encoding (:func:`os.fsdecode`). + .. versionadded:: 3.2 .. c:function:: PyObject* PyEval_EvalCode(PyObject *co, PyObject *globals, PyObject *locals) @@ -338,4 +375,3 @@ the same library that the Python runtime is using. This bit can be set in *flags* to cause division operator ``/`` to be interpreted as "true division" according to :pep:`238`. - diff --git a/Doc/data/refcounts.dat b/Doc/data/refcounts.dat index a42584c..814c3b0 100644 --- a/Doc/data/refcounts.dat +++ b/Doc/data/refcounts.dat @@ -220,6 +220,11 @@ PyDict_GetItemString:PyObject*::0: PyDict_GetItemString:PyObject*:p:0: PyDict_GetItemString:const char*:key:: +PyDict_SetDefault:PyObject*::0: +PyDict_SetDefault:PyObject*:p:0: +PyDict_SetDefault:PyObject*:key:0:conditionally +1 if inserted into the dict +PyDict_SetDefault:PyObject*:default:0:conditionally +1 if inserted into the dict + PyDict_Items:PyObject*::+1: PyDict_Items:PyObject*:p:0: @@ -503,13 +508,13 @@ PyImport_AddModule:const char*:name:: PyImport_Cleanup:void::: PyImport_ExecCodeModule:PyObject*::+1: -PyImport_ExecCodeModule:char*:name:: +PyImport_ExecCodeModule:const char*:name:: PyImport_ExecCodeModule:PyObject*:co:0: PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx:PyObject*::+1: -PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx:char*:name:: +PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx:const char*:name:: PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx:PyObject*:co:0: -PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx:char*:pathname:: +PyImport_ExecCodeModuleEx:const char*:pathname:: PyImport_GetMagicNumber:long::: @@ -519,7 +524,7 @@ PyImport_Import:PyObject*::+1: PyImport_Import:PyObject*:name:0: PyImport_ImportFrozenModule:int::: -PyImport_ImportFrozenModule:char*::: +PyImport_ImportFrozenModule:const char*::: PyImport_ImportModule:PyObject*::+1: PyImport_ImportModule:const char*:name:: @@ -668,7 +673,7 @@ PyLong_FromUnsignedLongLong:PyObject*::+1: PyLong_FromUnsignedLongLong:unsigned long long:v:: PyLong_FromString:PyObject*::+1: -PyLong_FromString:char*:str:: +PyLong_FromString:const char*:str:: PyLong_FromString:char**:pend:: PyLong_FromString:int:base:: @@ -696,7 +701,7 @@ PyMapping_DelItemString:const char*:key:: PyMapping_GetItemString:PyObject*::+1: PyMapping_GetItemString:PyObject*:o:0: -PyMapping_GetItemString:char*:key:: +PyMapping_GetItemString:const char*:key:: PyMapping_HasKey:int::: PyMapping_HasKey:PyObject*:o:0: @@ -704,7 +709,7 @@ PyMapping_HasKey:PyObject*:key:: PyMapping_HasKeyString:int::: PyMapping_HasKeyString:PyObject*:o:0: -PyMapping_HasKeyString:char*:key:: +PyMapping_HasKeyString:const char*:key:: PyMapping_Items:PyObject*::+1: PyMapping_Items:PyObject*:o:0: @@ -717,7 +722,7 @@ PyMapping_Length:PyObject*:o:0: PyMapping_SetItemString:int::: PyMapping_SetItemString:PyObject*:o:0: -PyMapping_SetItemString:char*:key:: +PyMapping_SetItemString:const char*:key:: PyMapping_SetItemString:PyObject*:v:+1: PyMapping_Values:PyObject*::+1: @@ -730,7 +735,7 @@ PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromFile:PyObject*::+1: PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromFile:FILE*:file:: PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromString:PyObject*::+1: -PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromString:char*:string:: +PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromString:const char*:string:: PyMarshal_ReadObjectFromString:int:len:: PyMarshal_WriteObjectToString:PyObject*::+1: @@ -912,7 +917,7 @@ PyObject_Call:PyObject*:kw:0: PyObject_CallFunction:PyObject*::+1: PyObject_CallFunction:PyObject*:callable_object:0: -PyObject_CallFunction:char*:format:: +PyObject_CallFunction:const char*:format:: PyObject_CallFunction::...:: PyObject_CallFunctionObjArgs:PyObject*::+1: @@ -921,8 +926,8 @@ PyObject_CallFunctionObjArgs::...:: PyObject_CallMethod:PyObject*::+1: PyObject_CallMethod:PyObject*:o:0: -PyObject_CallMethod:char*:m:: -PyObject_CallMethod:char*:format:: +PyObject_CallMethod:const char*:m:: +PyObject_CallMethod:const char*:format:: PyObject_CallMethod::...:: PyObject_CallMethodObjArgs:PyObject*::+1: diff --git a/Doc/extending/embedding.rst b/Doc/extending/embedding.rst index bd66086..6cb686a 100644 --- a/Doc/extending/embedding.rst +++ b/Doc/extending/embedding.rst @@ -285,14 +285,14 @@ be directly useful to you: * ``pythonX.Y-config --cflags`` will give you the recommended flags when compiling:: - $ /opt/bin/python3.3-config --cflags - -I/opt/include/python3.3m -I/opt/include/python3.3m -DNDEBUG -g -fwrapv -O3 -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes + $ /opt/bin/python3.4-config --cflags + -I/opt/include/python3.4m -I/opt/include/python3.4m -DNDEBUG -g -fwrapv -O3 -Wall -Wstrict-prototypes * ``pythonX.Y-config --ldflags`` will give you the recommended flags when linking:: - $ /opt/bin/python3.3-config --ldflags - -L/opt/lib/python3.3/config-3.3m -lpthread -ldl -lutil -lm -lpython3.3m -Xlinker -export-dynamic + $ /opt/bin/python3.4-config --ldflags + -L/opt/lib/python3.4/config-3.4m -lpthread -ldl -lutil -lm -lpython3.4m -Xlinker -export-dynamic .. note:: To avoid confusion between several Python installations (and especially diff --git a/Doc/extending/newtypes.rst b/Doc/extending/newtypes.rst index f484ba4..45b5721 100644 --- a/Doc/extending/newtypes.rst +++ b/Doc/extending/newtypes.rst @@ -157,7 +157,8 @@ to :const:`Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT`. :: Py_TPFLAGS_DEFAULT, /* tp_flags */ All types should include this constant in their flags. It enables all of the -members defined by the current version of Python. +members defined until at least Python 3.3. If you need further members, +you will need to OR the corresponding flags. We provide a doc string for the type in :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_doc`. :: @@ -928,8 +929,9 @@ Finalization and De-allocation This function is called when the reference count of the instance of your type is reduced to zero and the Python interpreter wants to reclaim it. If your type -has memory to free or other clean-up to perform, put it here. The object itself -needs to be freed here as well. Here is an example of this function:: +has memory to free or other clean-up to perform, you can put it here. The +object itself needs to be freed here as well. Here is an example of this +function:: static void newdatatype_dealloc(newdatatypeobject * obj) @@ -980,6 +982,22 @@ done. This can be done using the :c:func:`PyErr_Fetch` and Py_TYPE(obj)->tp_free((PyObject*)self); } +.. note:: + There are limitations to what you can safely do in a deallocator function. + First, if your type supports garbage collection (using :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_traverse` + and/or :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_clear`), some of the object's members can have been + cleared or finalized by the time :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_dealloc` is called. Second, in + :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_dealloc`, your object is in an unstable state: its reference + count is equal to zero. Any call to a non-trivial object or API (as in the + example above) might end up calling :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_dealloc` again, causing a + double free and a crash. + + Starting with Python 3.4, it is recommended not to put any complex + finalization code in :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_dealloc`, and instead use the new + :c:member:`~PyTypeObject.tp_finalize` type method. + + .. seealso:: + :pep:`442` explains the new finalization scheme. .. index:: single: string; object representation diff --git a/Doc/faq/library.rst b/Doc/faq/library.rst index c8ef9e7..8bd774b 100644 --- a/Doc/faq/library.rst +++ b/Doc/faq/library.rst @@ -211,7 +211,7 @@ using curses, but curses is a fairly large module to learn. try: c = sys.stdin.read(1) print("Got character", repr(c)) - except IOError: + except OSError: pass finally: termios.tcsetattr(fd, termios.TCSAFLUSH, oldterm) @@ -224,7 +224,11 @@ using curses, but curses is a fairly large module to learn. :func:`termios.tcsetattr` turns off stdin's echoing and disables canonical mode. :func:`fcntl.fnctl` is used to obtain stdin's file descriptor flags and modify them for non-blocking mode. Since reading stdin when it is empty - results in an :exc:`IOError`, this error is caught and ignored. + results in an :exc:`OSError`, this error is caught and ignored. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + *sys.stdin.read* used to raise :exc:`IOError`. Starting from Python 3.3 + :exc:`IOError` is alias for :exc:`OSError`. Threads diff --git a/Doc/faq/programming.rst b/Doc/faq/programming.rst index 3fd31b4..12f1a2d 100644 --- a/Doc/faq/programming.rst +++ b/Doc/faq/programming.rst @@ -1765,12 +1765,12 @@ When I edit an imported module and reimport it, the changes don't show up. Why For reasons of efficiency as well as consistency, Python only reads the module file on the first time a module is imported. If it didn't, in a program consisting of many modules where each one imports the same basic module, the -basic module would be parsed and re-parsed many times. To force rereading of a +basic module would be parsed and re-parsed many times. To force re-reading of a changed module, do this:: - import imp + import importlib import modname - imp.reload(modname) + importlib.reload(modname) Warning: this technique is not 100% fool-proof. In particular, modules containing statements like :: @@ -1782,10 +1782,10 @@ module contains class definitions, existing class instances will *not* be updated to use the new class definition. This can result in the following paradoxical behaviour: - >>> import imp + >>> import importlib >>> import cls >>> c = cls.C() # Create an instance of C - >>> imp.reload(cls) + >>> importlib.reload(cls) <module 'cls' from 'cls.py'> >>> isinstance(c, cls.C) # isinstance is false?!? False diff --git a/Doc/glossary.rst b/Doc/glossary.rst index b4465ac..5fcaa85 100644 --- a/Doc/glossary.rst +++ b/Doc/glossary.rst @@ -302,6 +302,15 @@ Glossary >>> sum(i*i for i in range(10)) # sum of squares 0, 1, 4, ... 81 285 + generic function + A function composed of multiple functions implementing the same operation + for different types. Which implementation should be used during a call is + determined by the dispatch algorithm. + + See also the :term:`single dispatch` glossary entry, the + :func:`functools.singledispatch` decorator, and :pep:`443`. + + GIL See :term:`global interpreter lock`. @@ -661,20 +670,27 @@ Glossary positional argument See :term:`argument`. - provisional package - A provisional package is one which has been deliberately excluded from + provisional API + A provisional API is one which has been deliberately excluded from the standard library's backwards compatibility guarantees. While major - changes to such packages are not expected, as long as they are marked + changes to such interfaces are not expected, as long as they are marked provisional, backwards incompatible changes (up to and including removal - of the package) may occur if deemed necessary by core developers. Such + of the interface) may occur if deemed necessary by core developers. Such changes will not be made gratuitously -- they will occur only if serious - flaws are uncovered that were missed prior to the inclusion of the - package. + fundamental flaws are uncovered that were missed prior to the inclusion + of the API. + + Even for provisional APIs, backwards incompatible changes are seen as + a "solution of last resort" - every attempt will still be made to find + a backwards compatible resolution to any identified problems. This process allows the standard library to continue to evolve over time, without locking in problematic design errors for extended periods of time. See :pep:`411` for more details. + provisional package + See :term:`provisional API`. + Python 3000 Nickname for the Python 3.x release line (coined long ago when the release of version 3 was something in the distant future.) This is also @@ -753,6 +769,10 @@ Glossary mapping rather than a sequence because the lookups use arbitrary :term:`immutable` keys rather than integers. + single dispatch + A form of :term:`generic function` dispatch where the implementation is + chosen based on the type of a single argument. + slice An object usually containing a portion of a :term:`sequence`. A slice is created using the subscript notation, ``[]`` with colons between numbers diff --git a/Doc/howto/functional.rst b/Doc/howto/functional.rst index d241f1a..0f4c4e4 100644 --- a/Doc/howto/functional.rst +++ b/Doc/howto/functional.rst @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ ******************************** :Author: A. M. Kuchling -:Release: 0.31 +:Release: 0.32 In this document, we'll take a tour of Python's features suitable for implementing programs in a functional style. After an introduction to the @@ -15,9 +15,9 @@ concepts of functional programming, we'll look at language features such as Introduction ============ -This section explains the basic concept of functional programming; if you're -just interested in learning about Python language features, skip to the next -section. +This section explains the basic concept of functional programming; if +you're just interested in learning about Python language features, +skip to the next section on :ref:`functional-howto-iterators`. Programming languages support decomposing problems in several different ways: @@ -173,6 +173,8 @@ new programs by arranging existing functions in a new configuration and writing a few functions specialized for the current task. +.. _functional-howto-iterators: + Iterators ========= @@ -670,7 +672,7 @@ indexes at which certain conditions are met:: :func:`sorted(iterable, key=None, reverse=False) <sorted>` collects all the elements of the iterable into a list, sorts the list, and returns the sorted -result. The *key*, and *reverse* arguments are passed through to the +result. The *key* and *reverse* arguments are passed through to the constructed list's :meth:`~list.sort` method. :: >>> import random @@ -836,7 +838,8 @@ Another group of functions chooses a subset of an iterator's elements based on a predicate. :func:`itertools.filterfalse(predicate, iter) <itertools.filterfalse>` is the -opposite, returning all elements for which the predicate returns false:: +opposite of :func:`filter`, returning all elements for which the predicate +returns false:: itertools.filterfalse(is_even, itertools.count()) => 1, 3, 5, 7, 9, 11, 13, 15, ... @@ -864,6 +867,77 @@ iterable's results. :: itertools.dropwhile(is_even, itertools.count()) => 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, ... +:func:`itertools.compress(data, selectors) <itertools.compress>` takes two +iterators and returns only those elements of *data* for which the corresponding +element of *selectors* is true, stopping whenever either one is exhausted:: + + itertools.compress([1,2,3,4,5], [True, True, False, False, True]) => + 1, 2, 5 + + +Combinatoric functions +---------------------- + +The :func:`itertools.combinations(iterable, r) <itertools.combinations>` +returns an iterator giving all possible *r*-tuple combinations of the +elements contained in *iterable*. :: + + itertools.combinations([1, 2, 3, 4, 5], 2) => + (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1, 5), + (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), + (3, 4), (3, 5), + (4, 5) + + itertools.combinations([1, 2, 3, 4, 5], 3) => + (1, 2, 3), (1, 2, 4), (1, 2, 5), (1, 3, 4), (1, 3, 5), (1, 4, 5), + (2, 3, 4), (2, 3, 5), (2, 4, 5), + (3, 4, 5) + +The elements within each tuple remain in the same order as +*iterable* returned them. For example, the number 1 is always before +2, 3, 4, or 5 in the examples above. A similar function, +:func:`itertools.permutations(iterable, r=None) <itertools.permutations>`, +removes this constraint on the order, returning all possible +arrangements of length *r*:: + + itertools.permutations([1, 2, 3, 4, 5], 2) => + (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1, 5), + (2, 1), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), + (3, 1), (3, 2), (3, 4), (3, 5), + (4, 1), (4, 2), (4, 3), (4, 5), + (5, 1), (5, 2), (5, 3), (5, 4) + + itertools.permutations([1, 2, 3, 4, 5]) => + (1, 2, 3, 4, 5), (1, 2, 3, 5, 4), (1, 2, 4, 3, 5), + ... + (5, 4, 3, 2, 1) + +If you don't supply a value for *r* the length of the iterable is used, +meaning that all the elements are permuted. + +Note that these functions produce all of the possible combinations by +position and don't require that the contents of *iterable* are unique:: + + itertools.permutations('aba', 3) => + ('a', 'b', 'a'), ('a', 'a', 'b'), ('b', 'a', 'a'), + ('b', 'a', 'a'), ('a', 'a', 'b'), ('a', 'b', 'a') + +The identical tuple ``('a', 'a', 'b')`` occurs twice, but the two 'a' +strings came from different positions. + +The :func:`itertools.combinations_with_replacement(iterable, r) <itertools.combinations_with_replacement>` +function relaxes a different constraint: elements can be repeated +within a single tuple. Conceptually an element is selected for the +first position of each tuple and then is replaced before the second +element is selected. :: + + itertools.combinations_with_replacement([1, 2, 3, 4, 5], 2) => + (1, 1), (1, 2), (1, 3), (1, 4), (1, 5), + (2, 2), (2, 3), (2, 4), (2, 5), + (3, 3), (3, 4), (3, 5), + (4, 4), (4, 5), + (5, 5) + Grouping elements ----------------- @@ -986,6 +1060,17 @@ write the obvious :keyword:`for` loop:: for i in [1,2,3]: product *= i +A related function is `itertools.accumulate(iterable, func=operator.add) <itertools.accumulate`. +It performs the same calculation, but instead of returning only the +final result, :func:`accumulate` returns an iterator that also yields +each partial result:: + + itertools.accumulate([1,2,3,4,5]) => + 1, 3, 6, 10, 15 + + itertools.accumulate([1,2,3,4,5], operator.mul) => + 1, 2, 6, 24, 120 + The operator module ------------------- @@ -1159,51 +1244,6 @@ features in Python 2.5. .. comment - Topics to place - ----------------------------- - - XXX os.walk() - - XXX Need a large example. - - But will an example add much? I'll post a first draft and see - what the comments say. - -.. comment - - Original outline: - Introduction - Idea of FP - Programs built out of functions - Functions are strictly input-output, no internal state - Opposed to OO programming, where objects have state - - Why FP? - Formal provability - Assignment is difficult to reason about - Not very relevant to Python - Modularity - Small functions that do one thing - Debuggability: - Easy to test due to lack of state - Easy to verify output from intermediate steps - Composability - You assemble a toolbox of functions that can be mixed - - Tackling a problem - Need a significant example - - Iterators - Generators - The itertools module - List comprehensions - Small functions and the lambda statement - Built-in functions - map - filter - -.. comment - Handy little function for printing part of an iterator -- used while writing this document. @@ -1214,5 +1254,3 @@ features in Python 2.5. sys.stdout.write(str(elem)) sys.stdout.write(', ') print(elem[-1]) - - diff --git a/Doc/howto/logging-cookbook.rst b/Doc/howto/logging-cookbook.rst index 83b479c..1ad3c25 100644 --- a/Doc/howto/logging-cookbook.rst +++ b/Doc/howto/logging-cookbook.rst @@ -704,9 +704,7 @@ the basis for code meeting your own specific requirements:: break logger = logging.getLogger(record.name) logger.handle(record) # No level or filter logic applied - just do it! - except (KeyboardInterrupt, SystemExit): - raise - except: + except Exception: import sys, traceback print('Whoops! Problem:', file=sys.stderr) traceback.print_exc(file=sys.stderr) diff --git a/Doc/howto/logging.rst b/Doc/howto/logging.rst index 165486a..c7a802a 100644 --- a/Doc/howto/logging.rst +++ b/Doc/howto/logging.rst @@ -900,10 +900,10 @@ provided: disk files, rotating the log file at certain timed intervals. #. :class:`~handlers.SocketHandler` instances send messages to TCP/IP - sockets. + sockets. Since 3.4, Unix domain sockets are also supported. #. :class:`~handlers.DatagramHandler` instances send messages to UDP - sockets. + sockets. Since 3.4, Unix domain sockets are also supported. #. :class:`~handlers.SMTPHandler` instances send messages to a designated email address. diff --git a/Doc/howto/urllib2.rst b/Doc/howto/urllib2.rst index 74eeee0..7b217ea 100644 --- a/Doc/howto/urllib2.rst +++ b/Doc/howto/urllib2.rst @@ -507,7 +507,7 @@ than the URL you pass to .add_password() will also match. :: -- ``ProxyHandler`` (if a proxy setting such as an :envvar:`http_proxy` environment variable is set), ``UnknownHandler``, ``HTTPHandler``, ``HTTPDefaultErrorHandler``, ``HTTPRedirectHandler``, ``FTPHandler``, - ``FileHandler``, ``HTTPErrorProcessor``. + ``FileHandler``, ``DataHandler``, ``HTTPErrorProcessor``. ``top_level_url`` is in fact *either* a full URL (including the 'http:' scheme component and the hostname and optionally the port number) diff --git a/Doc/includes/email-dir.py b/Doc/includes/email-dir.py index cc5529e..3c7c770 100644 --- a/Doc/includes/email-dir.py +++ b/Doc/includes/email-dir.py @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ import smtplib # For guessing MIME type based on file name extension import mimetypes -from optparse import OptionParser +from argparse import ArgumentParser from email import encoders from email.message import Message @@ -22,44 +22,36 @@ COMMASPACE = ', ' def main(): - parser = OptionParser(usage="""\ + parser = ArgumentParser(description="""\ Send the contents of a directory as a MIME message. - -Usage: %prog [options] - Unless the -o option is given, the email is sent by forwarding to your local SMTP server, which then does the normal delivery process. Your local machine must be running an SMTP server. """) - parser.add_option('-d', '--directory', - type='string', action='store', - help="""Mail the contents of the specified directory, - otherwise use the current directory. Only the regular - files in the directory are sent, and we don't recurse to - subdirectories.""") - parser.add_option('-o', '--output', - type='string', action='store', metavar='FILE', - help="""Print the composed message to FILE instead of - sending the message to the SMTP server.""") - parser.add_option('-s', '--sender', - type='string', action='store', metavar='SENDER', - help='The value of the From: header (required)') - parser.add_option('-r', '--recipient', - type='string', action='append', metavar='RECIPIENT', - default=[], dest='recipients', - help='A To: header value (at least one required)') - opts, args = parser.parse_args() - if not opts.sender or not opts.recipients: - parser.print_help() - sys.exit(1) - directory = opts.directory + parser.add_argument('-d', '--directory', + help="""Mail the contents of the specified directory, + otherwise use the current directory. Only the regular + files in the directory are sent, and we don't recurse to + subdirectories.""") + parser.add_argument('-o', '--output', + metavar='FILE', + help="""Print the composed message to FILE instead of + sending the message to the SMTP server.""") + parser.add_argument('-s', '--sender', required=True, + help='The value of the From: header (required)') + parser.add_argument('-r', '--recipient', required=True, + action='append', metavar='RECIPIENT', + default=[], dest='recipients', + help='A To: header value (at least one required)') + args = parser.parse_args() + directory = args.directory if not directory: directory = '.' # Create the enclosing (outer) message outer = MIMEMultipart() outer['Subject'] = 'Contents of directory %s' % os.path.abspath(directory) - outer['To'] = COMMASPACE.join(opts.recipients) - outer['From'] = opts.sender + outer['To'] = COMMASPACE.join(args.recipients) + outer['From'] = args.sender outer.preamble = 'You will not see this in a MIME-aware mail reader.\n' for filename in os.listdir(directory): @@ -76,23 +68,19 @@ must be running an SMTP server. ctype = 'application/octet-stream' maintype, subtype = ctype.split('/', 1) if maintype == 'text': - fp = open(path) - # Note: we should handle calculating the charset - msg = MIMEText(fp.read(), _subtype=subtype) - fp.close() + with open(path) as fp: + # Note: we should handle calculating the charset + msg = MIMEText(fp.read(), _subtype=subtype) elif maintype == 'image': - fp = open(path, 'rb') - msg = MIMEImage(fp.read(), _subtype=subtype) - fp.close() + with open(path, 'rb') as fp: + msg = MIMEImage(fp.read(), _subtype=subtype) elif maintype == 'audio': - fp = open(path, 'rb') - msg = MIMEAudio(fp.read(), _subtype=subtype) - fp.close() + with open(path, 'rb') as fp: + msg = MIMEAudio(fp.read(), _subtype=subtype) else: - fp = open(path, 'rb') - msg = MIMEBase(maintype, subtype) - msg.set_payload(fp.read()) - fp.close() + with open(path, 'rb') as fp: + msg = MIMEBase(maintype, subtype) + msg.set_payload(fp.read()) # Encode the payload using Base64 encoders.encode_base64(msg) # Set the filename parameter @@ -100,14 +88,12 @@ must be running an SMTP server. outer.attach(msg) # Now send or store the message composed = outer.as_string() - if opts.output: - fp = open(opts.output, 'w') - fp.write(composed) - fp.close() + if args.output: + with open(args.output, 'w') as fp: + fp.write(composed) else: - s = smtplib.SMTP('localhost') - s.sendmail(opts.sender, opts.recipients, composed) - s.quit() + with smtplib.SMTP('localhost') as s: + s.sendmail(args.sender, args.recipients, composed) if __name__ == '__main__': diff --git a/Doc/includes/email-unpack.py b/Doc/includes/email-unpack.py index 3653543..574a0b6 100644 --- a/Doc/includes/email-unpack.py +++ b/Doc/includes/email-unpack.py @@ -8,41 +8,27 @@ import email import errno import mimetypes -from optparse import OptionParser +from argparse import ArgumentParser def main(): - parser = OptionParser(usage="""\ + parser = ArgumentParser(description="""\ Unpack a MIME message into a directory of files. - -Usage: %prog [options] msgfile """) - parser.add_option('-d', '--directory', - type='string', action='store', - help="""Unpack the MIME message into the named - directory, which will be created if it doesn't already - exist.""") - opts, args = parser.parse_args() - if not opts.directory: - parser.print_help() - sys.exit(1) + parser.add_argument('-d', '--directory', required=True, + help="""Unpack the MIME message into the named + directory, which will be created if it doesn't already + exist.""") + parser.add_argument('msgfile') + args = parser.parse_args() - try: - msgfile = args[0] - except IndexError: - parser.print_help() - sys.exit(1) + with open(args.msgfile) as fp: + msg = email.message_from_file(fp) try: - os.mkdir(opts.directory) - except OSError as e: - # Ignore directory exists error - if e.errno != errno.EEXIST: - raise - - fp = open(msgfile) - msg = email.message_from_file(fp) - fp.close() + os.mkdir(args.directory) + except FileExistsError: + pass counter = 1 for part in msg.walk(): @@ -59,9 +45,8 @@ Usage: %prog [options] msgfile ext = '.bin' filename = 'part-%03d%s' % (counter, ext) counter += 1 - fp = open(os.path.join(opts.directory, filename), 'wb') - fp.write(part.get_payload(decode=True)) - fp.close() + with open(os.path.join(args.directory, filename), 'wb') as fp: + fp.write(part.get_payload(decode=True)) if __name__ == '__main__': diff --git a/Doc/includes/mp_benchmarks.py b/Doc/includes/mp_benchmarks.py deleted file mode 100644 index 3763ea9..0000000 --- a/Doc/includes/mp_benchmarks.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,239 +0,0 @@ -# -# Simple benchmarks for the multiprocessing package -# -# Copyright (c) 2006-2008, R Oudkerk -# All rights reserved. -# - -import time -import multiprocessing -import threading -import queue -import gc - -_timer = time.perf_counter - -delta = 1 - - -#### TEST_QUEUESPEED - -def queuespeed_func(q, c, iterations): - a = '0' * 256 - c.acquire() - c.notify() - c.release() - - for i in range(iterations): - q.put(a) - - q.put('STOP') - -def test_queuespeed(Process, q, c): - elapsed = 0 - iterations = 1 - - while elapsed < delta: - iterations *= 2 - - p = Process(target=queuespeed_func, args=(q, c, iterations)) - c.acquire() - p.start() - c.wait() - c.release() - - result = None - t = _timer() - - while result != 'STOP': - result = q.get() - - elapsed = _timer() - t - - p.join() - - print(iterations, 'objects passed through the queue in', elapsed, 'seconds') - print('average number/sec:', iterations/elapsed) - - -#### TEST_PIPESPEED - -def pipe_func(c, cond, iterations): - a = '0' * 256 - cond.acquire() - cond.notify() - cond.release() - - for i in range(iterations): - c.send(a) - - c.send('STOP') - -def test_pipespeed(): - c, d = multiprocessing.Pipe() - cond = multiprocessing.Condition() - elapsed = 0 - iterations = 1 - - while elapsed < delta: - iterations *= 2 - - p = multiprocessing.Process(target=pipe_func, - args=(d, cond, iterations)) - cond.acquire() - p.start() - cond.wait() - cond.release() - - result = None - t = _timer() - - while result != 'STOP': - result = c.recv() - - elapsed = _timer() - t - p.join() - - print(iterations, 'objects passed through connection in',elapsed,'seconds') - print('average number/sec:', iterations/elapsed) - - -#### TEST_SEQSPEED - -def test_seqspeed(seq): - elapsed = 0 - iterations = 1 - - while elapsed < delta: - iterations *= 2 - - t = _timer() - - for i in range(iterations): - a = seq[5] - - elapsed = _timer() - t - - print(iterations, 'iterations in', elapsed, 'seconds') - print('average number/sec:', iterations/elapsed) - - -#### TEST_LOCK - -def test_lockspeed(l): - elapsed = 0 - iterations = 1 - - while elapsed < delta: - iterations *= 2 - - t = _timer() - - for i in range(iterations): - l.acquire() - l.release() - - elapsed = _timer() - t - - print(iterations, 'iterations in', elapsed, 'seconds') - print('average number/sec:', iterations/elapsed) - - -#### TEST_CONDITION - -def conditionspeed_func(c, N): - c.acquire() - c.notify() - - for i in range(N): - c.wait() - c.notify() - - c.release() - -def test_conditionspeed(Process, c): - elapsed = 0 - iterations = 1 - - while elapsed < delta: - iterations *= 2 - - c.acquire() - p = Process(target=conditionspeed_func, args=(c, iterations)) - p.start() - - c.wait() - - t = _timer() - - for i in range(iterations): - c.notify() - c.wait() - - elapsed = _timer() - t - - c.release() - p.join() - - print(iterations * 2, 'waits in', elapsed, 'seconds') - print('average number/sec:', iterations * 2 / elapsed) - -#### - -def test(): - manager = multiprocessing.Manager() - - gc.disable() - - print('\n\t######## testing Queue.Queue\n') - test_queuespeed(threading.Thread, queue.Queue(), - threading.Condition()) - print('\n\t######## testing multiprocessing.Queue\n') - test_queuespeed(multiprocessing.Process, multiprocessing.Queue(), - multiprocessing.Condition()) - print('\n\t######## testing Queue managed by server process\n') - test_queuespeed(multiprocessing.Process, manager.Queue(), - manager.Condition()) - print('\n\t######## testing multiprocessing.Pipe\n') - test_pipespeed() - - print() - - print('\n\t######## testing list\n') - test_seqspeed(list(range(10))) - print('\n\t######## testing list managed by server process\n') - test_seqspeed(manager.list(list(range(10)))) - print('\n\t######## testing Array("i", ..., lock=False)\n') - test_seqspeed(multiprocessing.Array('i', list(range(10)), lock=False)) - print('\n\t######## testing Array("i", ..., lock=True)\n') - test_seqspeed(multiprocessing.Array('i', list(range(10)), lock=True)) - - print() - - print('\n\t######## testing threading.Lock\n') - test_lockspeed(threading.Lock()) - print('\n\t######## testing threading.RLock\n') - test_lockspeed(threading.RLock()) - print('\n\t######## testing multiprocessing.Lock\n') - test_lockspeed(multiprocessing.Lock()) - print('\n\t######## testing multiprocessing.RLock\n') - test_lockspeed(multiprocessing.RLock()) - print('\n\t######## testing lock managed by server process\n') - test_lockspeed(manager.Lock()) - print('\n\t######## testing rlock managed by server process\n') - test_lockspeed(manager.RLock()) - - print() - - print('\n\t######## testing threading.Condition\n') - test_conditionspeed(threading.Thread, threading.Condition()) - print('\n\t######## testing multiprocessing.Condition\n') - test_conditionspeed(multiprocessing.Process, multiprocessing.Condition()) - print('\n\t######## testing condition managed by a server process\n') - test_conditionspeed(multiprocessing.Process, manager.Condition()) - - gc.enable() - -if __name__ == '__main__': - multiprocessing.freeze_support() - test() diff --git a/Doc/includes/mp_newtype.py b/Doc/includes/mp_newtype.py index 7291743..1c796a5 100644 --- a/Doc/includes/mp_newtype.py +++ b/Doc/includes/mp_newtype.py @@ -1,11 +1,3 @@ -# -# This module shows how to use arbitrary callables with a subclass of -# `BaseManager`. -# -# Copyright (c) 2006-2008, R Oudkerk -# All rights reserved. -# - from multiprocessing import freeze_support from multiprocessing.managers import BaseManager, BaseProxy import operator @@ -27,12 +19,10 @@ def baz(): # Proxy type for generator objects class GeneratorProxy(BaseProxy): - _exposed_ = ('next', '__next__') + _exposed_ = ['__next__'] def __iter__(self): return self def __next__(self): - return self._callmethod('next') - def __next__(self): return self._callmethod('__next__') # Function to return the operator module @@ -90,8 +80,6 @@ def test(): op = manager.operator() print('op.add(23, 45) =', op.add(23, 45)) print('op.pow(2, 94) =', op.pow(2, 94)) - print('op.getslice(range(10), 2, 6) =', op.getslice(list(range(10)), 2, 6)) - print('op.repeat(range(5), 3) =', op.repeat(list(range(5)), 3)) print('op._exposed_ =', op._exposed_) ## diff --git a/Doc/includes/mp_pool.py b/Doc/includes/mp_pool.py index 1578498..11101e1 100644 --- a/Doc/includes/mp_pool.py +++ b/Doc/includes/mp_pool.py @@ -1,10 +1,3 @@ -# -# A test of `multiprocessing.Pool` class -# -# Copyright (c) 2006-2008, R Oudkerk -# All rights reserved. -# - import multiprocessing import time import random @@ -46,269 +39,115 @@ def noop(x): # def test(): - print('cpu_count() = %d\n' % multiprocessing.cpu_count()) - - # - # Create pool - # - PROCESSES = 4 print('Creating pool with %d processes\n' % PROCESSES) - pool = multiprocessing.Pool(PROCESSES) - print('pool = %s' % pool) - print() - - # - # Tests - # - - TASKS = [(mul, (i, 7)) for i in range(10)] + \ - [(plus, (i, 8)) for i in range(10)] - - results = [pool.apply_async(calculate, t) for t in TASKS] - imap_it = pool.imap(calculatestar, TASKS) - imap_unordered_it = pool.imap_unordered(calculatestar, TASKS) - - print('Ordered results using pool.apply_async():') - for r in results: - print('\t', r.get()) - print() - - print('Ordered results using pool.imap():') - for x in imap_it: - print('\t', x) - print() - - print('Unordered results using pool.imap_unordered():') - for x in imap_unordered_it: - print('\t', x) - print() - - print('Ordered results using pool.map() --- will block till complete:') - for x in pool.map(calculatestar, TASKS): - print('\t', x) - print() - - # - # Simple benchmarks - # - - N = 100000 - print('def pow3(x): return x**3') - t = time.time() - A = list(map(pow3, range(N))) - print('\tmap(pow3, range(%d)):\n\t\t%s seconds' % \ - (N, time.time() - t)) + with multiprocessing.Pool(PROCESSES) as pool: + # + # Tests + # - t = time.time() - B = pool.map(pow3, range(N)) - print('\tpool.map(pow3, range(%d)):\n\t\t%s seconds' % \ - (N, time.time() - t)) + TASKS = [(mul, (i, 7)) for i in range(10)] + \ + [(plus, (i, 8)) for i in range(10)] - t = time.time() - C = list(pool.imap(pow3, range(N), chunksize=N//8)) - print('\tlist(pool.imap(pow3, range(%d), chunksize=%d)):\n\t\t%s' \ - ' seconds' % (N, N//8, time.time() - t)) + results = [pool.apply_async(calculate, t) for t in TASKS] + imap_it = pool.imap(calculatestar, TASKS) + imap_unordered_it = pool.imap_unordered(calculatestar, TASKS) - assert A == B == C, (len(A), len(B), len(C)) - print() + print('Ordered results using pool.apply_async():') + for r in results: + print('\t', r.get()) + print() - L = [None] * 1000000 - print('def noop(x): pass') - print('L = [None] * 1000000') + print('Ordered results using pool.imap():') + for x in imap_it: + print('\t', x) + print() - t = time.time() - A = list(map(noop, L)) - print('\tmap(noop, L):\n\t\t%s seconds' % \ - (time.time() - t)) + print('Unordered results using pool.imap_unordered():') + for x in imap_unordered_it: + print('\t', x) + print() - t = time.time() - B = pool.map(noop, L) - print('\tpool.map(noop, L):\n\t\t%s seconds' % \ - (time.time() - t)) + print('Ordered results using pool.map() --- will block till complete:') + for x in pool.map(calculatestar, TASKS): + print('\t', x) + print() - t = time.time() - C = list(pool.imap(noop, L, chunksize=len(L)//8)) - print('\tlist(pool.imap(noop, L, chunksize=%d)):\n\t\t%s seconds' % \ - (len(L)//8, time.time() - t)) + # + # Test error handling + # - assert A == B == C, (len(A), len(B), len(C)) - print() + print('Testing error handling:') - del A, B, C, L - - # - # Test error handling - # - - print('Testing error handling:') - - try: - print(pool.apply(f, (5,))) - except ZeroDivisionError: - print('\tGot ZeroDivisionError as expected from pool.apply()') - else: - raise AssertionError('expected ZeroDivisionError') - - try: - print(pool.map(f, list(range(10)))) - except ZeroDivisionError: - print('\tGot ZeroDivisionError as expected from pool.map()') - else: - raise AssertionError('expected ZeroDivisionError') - - try: - print(list(pool.imap(f, list(range(10))))) - except ZeroDivisionError: - print('\tGot ZeroDivisionError as expected from list(pool.imap())') - else: - raise AssertionError('expected ZeroDivisionError') - - it = pool.imap(f, list(range(10))) - for i in range(10): try: - x = next(it) + print(pool.apply(f, (5,))) except ZeroDivisionError: - if i == 5: - pass - except StopIteration: - break + print('\tGot ZeroDivisionError as expected from pool.apply()') else: - if i == 5: - raise AssertionError('expected ZeroDivisionError') - - assert i == 9 - print('\tGot ZeroDivisionError as expected from IMapIterator.next()') - print() + raise AssertionError('expected ZeroDivisionError') - # - # Testing timeouts - # - - print('Testing ApplyResult.get() with timeout:', end=' ') - res = pool.apply_async(calculate, TASKS[0]) - while 1: - sys.stdout.flush() try: - sys.stdout.write('\n\t%s' % res.get(0.02)) - break - except multiprocessing.TimeoutError: - sys.stdout.write('.') - print() - print() + print(pool.map(f, list(range(10)))) + except ZeroDivisionError: + print('\tGot ZeroDivisionError as expected from pool.map()') + else: + raise AssertionError('expected ZeroDivisionError') - print('Testing IMapIterator.next() with timeout:', end=' ') - it = pool.imap(calculatestar, TASKS) - while 1: - sys.stdout.flush() try: - sys.stdout.write('\n\t%s' % it.next(0.02)) - except StopIteration: - break - except multiprocessing.TimeoutError: - sys.stdout.write('.') - print() - print() - - # - # Testing callback - # - - print('Testing callback:') - - A = [] - B = [56, 0, 1, 8, 27, 64, 125, 216, 343, 512, 729] - - r = pool.apply_async(mul, (7, 8), callback=A.append) - r.wait() - - r = pool.map_async(pow3, list(range(10)), callback=A.extend) - r.wait() - - if A == B: - print('\tcallbacks succeeded\n') - else: - print('\t*** callbacks failed\n\t\t%s != %s\n' % (A, B)) - - # - # Check there are no outstanding tasks - # - - assert not pool._cache, 'cache = %r' % pool._cache - - # - # Check close() methods - # - - print('Testing close():') - - for worker in pool._pool: - assert worker.is_alive() - - result = pool.apply_async(time.sleep, [0.5]) - pool.close() - pool.join() - - assert result.get() is None - - for worker in pool._pool: - assert not worker.is_alive() - - print('\tclose() succeeded\n') - - # - # Check terminate() method - # - - print('Testing terminate():') - - pool = multiprocessing.Pool(2) - DELTA = 0.1 - ignore = pool.apply(pow3, [2]) - results = [pool.apply_async(time.sleep, [DELTA]) for i in range(100)] - pool.terminate() - pool.join() - - for worker in pool._pool: - assert not worker.is_alive() - - print('\tterminate() succeeded\n') - - # - # Check garbage collection - # - - print('Testing garbage collection:') - - pool = multiprocessing.Pool(2) - DELTA = 0.1 - processes = pool._pool - ignore = pool.apply(pow3, [2]) - results = [pool.apply_async(time.sleep, [DELTA]) for i in range(100)] - - results = pool = None - - time.sleep(DELTA * 2) - - for worker in processes: - assert not worker.is_alive() - - print('\tgarbage collection succeeded\n') + print(list(pool.imap(f, list(range(10))))) + except ZeroDivisionError: + print('\tGot ZeroDivisionError as expected from list(pool.imap())') + else: + raise AssertionError('expected ZeroDivisionError') + + it = pool.imap(f, list(range(10))) + for i in range(10): + try: + x = next(it) + except ZeroDivisionError: + if i == 5: + pass + except StopIteration: + break + else: + if i == 5: + raise AssertionError('expected ZeroDivisionError') + + assert i == 9 + print('\tGot ZeroDivisionError as expected from IMapIterator.next()') + print() + + # + # Testing timeouts + # + + print('Testing ApplyResult.get() with timeout:', end=' ') + res = pool.apply_async(calculate, TASKS[0]) + while 1: + sys.stdout.flush() + try: + sys.stdout.write('\n\t%s' % res.get(0.02)) + break + except multiprocessing.TimeoutError: + sys.stdout.write('.') + print() + print() + + print('Testing IMapIterator.next() with timeout:', end=' ') + it = pool.imap(calculatestar, TASKS) + while 1: + sys.stdout.flush() + try: + sys.stdout.write('\n\t%s' % it.next(0.02)) + except StopIteration: + break + except multiprocessing.TimeoutError: + sys.stdout.write('.') + print() + print() if __name__ == '__main__': multiprocessing.freeze_support() - - assert len(sys.argv) in (1, 2) - - if len(sys.argv) == 1 or sys.argv[1] == 'processes': - print(' Using processes '.center(79, '-')) - elif sys.argv[1] == 'threads': - print(' Using threads '.center(79, '-')) - import multiprocessing.dummy as multiprocessing - else: - print('Usage:\n\t%s [processes | threads]' % sys.argv[0]) - raise SystemExit(2) - test() diff --git a/Doc/includes/mp_synchronize.py b/Doc/includes/mp_synchronize.py deleted file mode 100644 index 81dbc38..0000000 --- a/Doc/includes/mp_synchronize.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,278 +0,0 @@ -# -# A test file for the `multiprocessing` package -# -# Copyright (c) 2006-2008, R Oudkerk -# All rights reserved. -# - -import time -import sys -import random -from queue import Empty - -import multiprocessing # may get overwritten - - -#### TEST_VALUE - -def value_func(running, mutex): - random.seed() - time.sleep(random.random()*4) - - mutex.acquire() - print('\n\t\t\t' + str(multiprocessing.current_process()) + ' has finished') - running.value -= 1 - mutex.release() - -def test_value(): - TASKS = 10 - running = multiprocessing.Value('i', TASKS) - mutex = multiprocessing.Lock() - - for i in range(TASKS): - p = multiprocessing.Process(target=value_func, args=(running, mutex)) - p.start() - - while running.value > 0: - time.sleep(0.08) - mutex.acquire() - print(running.value, end=' ') - sys.stdout.flush() - mutex.release() - - print() - print('No more running processes') - - -#### TEST_QUEUE - -def queue_func(queue): - for i in range(30): - time.sleep(0.5 * random.random()) - queue.put(i*i) - queue.put('STOP') - -def test_queue(): - q = multiprocessing.Queue() - - p = multiprocessing.Process(target=queue_func, args=(q,)) - p.start() - - o = None - while o != 'STOP': - try: - o = q.get(timeout=0.3) - print(o, end=' ') - sys.stdout.flush() - except Empty: - print('TIMEOUT') - - print() - - -#### TEST_CONDITION - -def condition_func(cond): - cond.acquire() - print('\t' + str(cond)) - time.sleep(2) - print('\tchild is notifying') - print('\t' + str(cond)) - cond.notify() - cond.release() - -def test_condition(): - cond = multiprocessing.Condition() - - p = multiprocessing.Process(target=condition_func, args=(cond,)) - print(cond) - - cond.acquire() - print(cond) - cond.acquire() - print(cond) - - p.start() - - print('main is waiting') - cond.wait() - print('main has woken up') - - print(cond) - cond.release() - print(cond) - cond.release() - - p.join() - print(cond) - - -#### TEST_SEMAPHORE - -def semaphore_func(sema, mutex, running): - sema.acquire() - - mutex.acquire() - running.value += 1 - print(running.value, 'tasks are running') - mutex.release() - - random.seed() - time.sleep(random.random()*2) - - mutex.acquire() - running.value -= 1 - print('%s has finished' % multiprocessing.current_process()) - mutex.release() - - sema.release() - -def test_semaphore(): - sema = multiprocessing.Semaphore(3) - mutex = multiprocessing.RLock() - running = multiprocessing.Value('i', 0) - - processes = [ - multiprocessing.Process(target=semaphore_func, - args=(sema, mutex, running)) - for i in range(10) - ] - - for p in processes: - p.start() - - for p in processes: - p.join() - - -#### TEST_JOIN_TIMEOUT - -def join_timeout_func(): - print('\tchild sleeping') - time.sleep(5.5) - print('\n\tchild terminating') - -def test_join_timeout(): - p = multiprocessing.Process(target=join_timeout_func) - p.start() - - print('waiting for process to finish') - - while 1: - p.join(timeout=1) - if not p.is_alive(): - break - print('.', end=' ') - sys.stdout.flush() - - -#### TEST_EVENT - -def event_func(event): - print('\t%r is waiting' % multiprocessing.current_process()) - event.wait() - print('\t%r has woken up' % multiprocessing.current_process()) - -def test_event(): - event = multiprocessing.Event() - - processes = [multiprocessing.Process(target=event_func, args=(event,)) - for i in range(5)] - - for p in processes: - p.start() - - print('main is sleeping') - time.sleep(2) - - print('main is setting event') - event.set() - - for p in processes: - p.join() - - -#### TEST_SHAREDVALUES - -def sharedvalues_func(values, arrays, shared_values, shared_arrays): - for i in range(len(values)): - v = values[i][1] - sv = shared_values[i].value - assert v == sv - - for i in range(len(values)): - a = arrays[i][1] - sa = list(shared_arrays[i][:]) - assert a == sa - - print('Tests passed') - -def test_sharedvalues(): - values = [ - ('i', 10), - ('h', -2), - ('d', 1.25) - ] - arrays = [ - ('i', list(range(100))), - ('d', [0.25 * i for i in range(100)]), - ('H', list(range(1000))) - ] - - shared_values = [multiprocessing.Value(id, v) for id, v in values] - shared_arrays = [multiprocessing.Array(id, a) for id, a in arrays] - - p = multiprocessing.Process( - target=sharedvalues_func, - args=(values, arrays, shared_values, shared_arrays) - ) - p.start() - p.join() - - assert p.exitcode == 0 - - -#### - -def test(namespace=multiprocessing): - global multiprocessing - - multiprocessing = namespace - - for func in [test_value, test_queue, test_condition, - test_semaphore, test_join_timeout, test_event, - test_sharedvalues]: - - print('\n\t######## %s\n' % func.__name__) - func() - - ignore = multiprocessing.active_children() # cleanup any old processes - if hasattr(multiprocessing, '_debug_info'): - info = multiprocessing._debug_info() - if info: - print(info) - raise ValueError('there should be no positive refcounts left') - - -if __name__ == '__main__': - multiprocessing.freeze_support() - - assert len(sys.argv) in (1, 2) - - if len(sys.argv) == 1 or sys.argv[1] == 'processes': - print(' Using processes '.center(79, '-')) - namespace = multiprocessing - elif sys.argv[1] == 'manager': - print(' Using processes and a manager '.center(79, '-')) - namespace = multiprocessing.Manager() - namespace.Process = multiprocessing.Process - namespace.current_process = multiprocessing.current_process - namespace.active_children = multiprocessing.active_children - elif sys.argv[1] == 'threads': - print(' Using threads '.center(79, '-')) - import multiprocessing.dummy as namespace - else: - print('Usage:\n\t%s [processes | manager | threads]' % sys.argv[0]) - raise SystemExit(2) - - test(namespace) diff --git a/Doc/includes/mp_webserver.py b/Doc/includes/mp_webserver.py deleted file mode 100644 index 651024d..0000000 --- a/Doc/includes/mp_webserver.py +++ /dev/null @@ -1,70 +0,0 @@ -# -# Example where a pool of http servers share a single listening socket -# -# On Windows this module depends on the ability to pickle a socket -# object so that the worker processes can inherit a copy of the server -# object. (We import `multiprocessing.reduction` to enable this pickling.) -# -# Not sure if we should synchronize access to `socket.accept()` method by -# using a process-shared lock -- does not seem to be necessary. -# -# Copyright (c) 2006-2008, R Oudkerk -# All rights reserved. -# - -import os -import sys - -from multiprocessing import Process, current_process, freeze_support -from http.server import HTTPServer -from http.server import SimpleHTTPRequestHandler - -if sys.platform == 'win32': - import multiprocessing.reduction # make sockets pickable/inheritable - - -def note(format, *args): - sys.stderr.write('[%s]\t%s\n' % (current_process().name, format % args)) - - -class RequestHandler(SimpleHTTPRequestHandler): - # we override log_message() to show which process is handling the request - def log_message(self, format, *args): - note(format, *args) - -def serve_forever(server): - note('starting server') - try: - server.serve_forever() - except KeyboardInterrupt: - pass - - -def runpool(address, number_of_processes): - # create a single server object -- children will each inherit a copy - server = HTTPServer(address, RequestHandler) - - # create child processes to act as workers - for i in range(number_of_processes - 1): - Process(target=serve_forever, args=(server,)).start() - - # main process also acts as a worker - serve_forever(server) - - -def test(): - DIR = os.path.join(os.path.dirname(__file__), '..') - ADDRESS = ('localhost', 8000) - NUMBER_OF_PROCESSES = 4 - - print('Serving at http://%s:%d using %d worker processes' % \ - (ADDRESS[0], ADDRESS[1], NUMBER_OF_PROCESSES)) - print('To exit press Ctrl-' + ['C', 'Break'][sys.platform=='win32']) - - os.chdir(DIR) - runpool(ADDRESS, NUMBER_OF_PROCESSES) - - -if __name__ == '__main__': - freeze_support() - test() diff --git a/Doc/includes/mp_workers.py b/Doc/includes/mp_workers.py index e66d97b..3b92269 100644 --- a/Doc/includes/mp_workers.py +++ b/Doc/includes/mp_workers.py @@ -1,16 +1,3 @@ -# -# Simple example which uses a pool of workers to carry out some tasks. -# -# Notice that the results will probably not come out of the output -# queue in the same in the same order as the corresponding tasks were -# put on the input queue. If it is important to get the results back -# in the original order then consider using `Pool.map()` or -# `Pool.imap()` (which will save on the amount of code needed anyway). -# -# Copyright (c) 2006-2008, R Oudkerk -# All rights reserved. -# - import time import random diff --git a/Doc/includes/typestruct.h b/Doc/includes/typestruct.h index 32647c0..fcb846a 100644 --- a/Doc/includes/typestruct.h +++ b/Doc/includes/typestruct.h @@ -70,4 +70,11 @@ typedef struct _typeobject { PyObject *tp_subclasses; PyObject *tp_weaklist; + destructor tp_del; + + /* Type attribute cache version tag. Added in version 2.6 */ + unsigned int tp_version_tag; + + destructor tp_finalize; + } PyTypeObject; diff --git a/Doc/library/2to3.rst b/Doc/library/2to3.rst index 1e5f42d..fda214c 100644 --- a/Doc/library/2to3.rst +++ b/Doc/library/2to3.rst @@ -342,6 +342,10 @@ and off individually. They are described here in more detail. Handles the move of :func:`reduce` to :func:`functools.reduce`. +.. 2to3fixer:: reload + + Converts :func:`reload` to :func:`imp.reload`. + .. 2to3fixer:: renames Changes :data:`sys.maxint` to :data:`sys.maxsize`. diff --git a/Doc/library/abc.rst b/Doc/library/abc.rst index 9299124..7853d31 100644 --- a/Doc/library/abc.rst +++ b/Doc/library/abc.rst @@ -12,9 +12,9 @@ -------------- This module provides the infrastructure for defining :term:`abstract base -classes <abstract base class>` (ABCs) in Python, as outlined in :pep:`3119`; see the PEP for why this -was added to Python. (See also :pep:`3141` and the :mod:`numbers` module -regarding a type hierarchy for numbers based on ABCs.) +classes <abstract base class>` (ABCs) in Python, as outlined in :pep:`3119`; +see the PEP for why this was added to Python. (See also :pep:`3141` and the +:mod:`numbers` module regarding a type hierarchy for numbers based on ABCs.) The :mod:`collections` module has some concrete classes that derive from ABCs; these can, of course, be further derived. In addition the @@ -23,7 +23,7 @@ a class or instance provides a particular interface, for example, is it hashable or a mapping. -This module provides the following class: +This module provides the following classes: .. class:: ABCMeta @@ -58,6 +58,10 @@ This module provides the following class: .. versionchanged:: 3.3 Returns the registered subclass, to allow usage as a class decorator. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + To detect calls to :meth:`register`, you can use the + :func:`get_cache_token` function. + You can also override this method in an abstract base class: .. method:: __subclasshook__(subclass) @@ -127,6 +131,19 @@ This module provides the following class: available as a method of ``Foo``, so it is provided separately. +.. class:: ABC + + A helper class that has :class:`ABCMeta` as its metaclass. With this class, + an abstract base class can be created by simply deriving from :class:`ABC`, + avoiding sometimes confusing metaclass usage. + + Note that the type of :class:`ABC` is still :class:`ABCMeta`, therefore + inheriting from :class:`ABC` requires the usual precautions regarding metaclass + usage, as multiple inheritance may lead to metaclass conflicts. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + The :mod:`abc` module also provides the following decorators: .. decorator:: abstractmethod @@ -295,6 +312,19 @@ The :mod:`abc` module also provides the following decorators: :func:`abstractmethod`, making this decorator redundant. +The :mod:`abc` module also provides the following functions: + +.. function:: get_cache_token() + + Returns the current abstract base class cache token. + + The token is an opaque integer identifying the current version of the + abstract base class cache for virtual subclasses. This number changes + with every call to :meth:`ABCMeta.register` on any ABC. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. rubric:: Footnotes .. [#] C++ programmers should note that Python's virtual base class diff --git a/Doc/library/aifc.rst b/Doc/library/aifc.rst index 8a3541b..48c3ea9 100644 --- a/Doc/library/aifc.rst +++ b/Doc/library/aifc.rst @@ -30,8 +30,8 @@ sampling rate or frame rate is the number of times per second the sound is sampled. The number of channels indicate if the audio is mono, stereo, or quadro. Each frame consists of one sample per channel. The sample size is the size in bytes of each sample. Thus a frame consists of -*nchannels*\*\ *samplesize* bytes, and a second's worth of audio consists of -*nchannels*\*\ *samplesize*\*\ *framerate* bytes. +``nchannels * samplesize`` bytes, and a second's worth of audio consists of +``nchannels * samplesize * framerate`` bytes. For example, CD quality audio has a sample size of two bytes (16 bits), uses two channels (stereo) and has a frame rate of 44,100 frames/second. This gives a @@ -51,6 +51,11 @@ Module :mod:`aifc` defines the following function: used for writing, the file object should be seekable, unless you know ahead of time how many samples you are going to write in total and use :meth:`writeframesraw` and :meth:`setnframes`. + The :func:`.open` function may be used in a :keyword:`with` statement. When + the :keyword:`with` block completes, the :meth:`~aifc.close` method is called. + +.. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Support for the :keyword:`with` statement was added. Objects returned by :func:`.open` when a file is opened for reading have the following methods: @@ -92,7 +97,9 @@ following methods: .. method:: aifc.getparams() - Return a tuple consisting of all of the above values in the above order. + Returns a :func:`~collections.namedtuple` ``(nchannels, sampwidth, + framerate, nframes, comptype, compname)``, equivalent to output of the + :meth:`get\*` methods. .. method:: aifc.getmarkers() diff --git a/Doc/library/argparse.rst b/Doc/library/argparse.rst index 0b18c6d..5b7d016 100644 --- a/Doc/library/argparse.rst +++ b/Doc/library/argparse.rst @@ -977,9 +977,9 @@ See the section on the default_ keyword argument for information on when the ``type`` argument is applied to default arguments. To ease the use of various types of files, the argparse module provides the -factory FileType which takes the ``mode=`` and ``bufsize=`` arguments of the -:func:`open` function. For example, ``FileType('w')`` can be used to create a -writable file:: +factory FileType which takes the ``mode=``, ``bufsize=``, ``encoding=`` and +``errors=`` arguments of the :func:`open` function. For example, +``FileType('w')`` can be used to create a writable file:: >>> parser = argparse.ArgumentParser() >>> parser.add_argument('bar', type=argparse.FileType('w')) @@ -1646,17 +1646,19 @@ Sub-commands FileType objects ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -.. class:: FileType(mode='r', bufsize=None) +.. class:: FileType(mode='r', bufsize=-1, encoding=None, errors=None) The :class:`FileType` factory creates objects that can be passed to the type argument of :meth:`ArgumentParser.add_argument`. Arguments that have - :class:`FileType` objects as their type will open command-line arguments as files - with the requested modes and buffer sizes:: + :class:`FileType` objects as their type will open command-line arguments as + files with the requested modes, buffer sizes, encodings and error handling + (see the :func:`open` function for more details):: >>> parser = argparse.ArgumentParser() - >>> parser.add_argument('--output', type=argparse.FileType('wb', 0)) - >>> parser.parse_args(['--output', 'out']) - Namespace(output=<_io.BufferedWriter name='out'>) + >>> parser.add_argument('--raw', type=argparse.FileType('wb', 0)) + >>> parser.add_argument('out', type=argparse.FileType('w', encoding='UTF-8')) + >>> parser.parse_args(['--raw', 'raw.dat', 'file.txt']) + Namespace(out=<_io.TextIOWrapper name='file.txt' mode='w' encoding='UTF-8'>, raw=<_io.FileIO name='raw.dat' mode='wb'>) FileType objects understand the pseudo-argument ``'-'`` and automatically convert this into ``sys.stdin`` for readable :class:`FileType` objects and diff --git a/Doc/library/audioop.rst b/Doc/library/audioop.rst index edb3870..55c58b0 100644 --- a/Doc/library/audioop.rst +++ b/Doc/library/audioop.rst @@ -6,9 +6,12 @@ The :mod:`audioop` module contains some useful operations on sound fragments. -It operates on sound fragments consisting of signed integer samples 8, 16 or 32 -bits wide, stored in bytes objects. All scalar items are integers, unless -specified otherwise. +It operates on sound fragments consisting of signed integer samples 8, 16, 24 +or 32 bits wide, stored in bytes objects. All scalar items are integers, +unless specified otherwise. + +.. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Support for 24-bit samples was added. .. index:: single: Intel/DVI ADPCM @@ -35,7 +38,7 @@ The module defines the following variables and functions: .. function:: add(fragment1, fragment2, width) Return a fragment which is the addition of the two samples passed as parameters. - *width* is the sample width in bytes, either ``1``, ``2`` or ``4``. Both + *width* is the sample width in bytes, either ``1``, ``2``, ``3`` or ``4``. Both fragments should have the same length. Samples are truncated in case of overflow. @@ -133,19 +136,19 @@ The module defines the following variables and functions: .. function:: lin2lin(fragment, width, newwidth) - Convert samples between 1-, 2- and 4-byte formats. + Convert samples between 1-, 2-, 3- and 4-byte formats. .. note:: - In some audio formats, such as .WAV files, 16 and 32 bit samples are + In some audio formats, such as .WAV files, 16, 24 and 32 bit samples are signed, but 8 bit samples are unsigned. So when converting to 8 bit wide samples for these formats, you need to also add 128 to the result:: new_frames = audioop.lin2lin(frames, old_width, 1) new_frames = audioop.bias(new_frames, 1, 128) - The same, in reverse, has to be applied when converting from 8 to 16 or 32 - bit width samples. + The same, in reverse, has to be applied when converting from 8 to 16, 24 + or 32 bit width samples. .. function:: lin2ulaw(fragment, width) diff --git a/Doc/library/base64.rst b/Doc/library/base64.rst index 3b23e79..de87441 100644 --- a/Doc/library/base64.rst +++ b/Doc/library/base64.rst @@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ byte strings, but only using the Base64 standard alphabet. ASCII-only Unicode strings are now accepted by the decoding functions of the modern interface. +.. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Any :term:`bytes-like object`\ s are now accepted by all + encoding and decoding functions in this module. + The modern interface provides: .. function:: b64encode(s, altchars=None) diff --git a/Doc/library/bz2.rst b/Doc/library/bz2.rst index d06a39a..44e1331 100644 --- a/Doc/library/bz2.rst +++ b/Doc/library/bz2.rst @@ -37,8 +37,8 @@ All of the classes in this module may safely be accessed from multiple threads. file object to read from or write to. The *mode* argument can be any of ``'r'``, ``'rb'``, ``'w'``, ``'wb'``, - ``'a'``, or ``'ab'`` for binary mode, or ``'rt'``, ``'wt'``, or ``'at'`` for - text mode. The default is ``'rb'``. + ``'x'``, ``'xb'``, ``'a'`` or ``'ab'`` for binary mode, or ``'rt'``, + ``'wt'``, ``'xt'``, or ``'at'`` for text mode. The default is ``'rb'``. The *compresslevel* argument is an integer from 1 to 9, as for the :class:`BZ2File` constructor. @@ -54,6 +54,9 @@ All of the classes in this module may safely be accessed from multiple threads. .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The ``'x'`` (exclusive creation) mode was added. + .. class:: BZ2File(filename, mode='r', buffering=None, compresslevel=9) @@ -64,8 +67,9 @@ All of the classes in this module may safely be accessed from multiple threads. be used to read or write the compressed data. The *mode* argument can be either ``'r'`` for reading (default), ``'w'`` for - overwriting, or ``'a'`` for appending. These can equivalently be given as - ``'rb'``, ``'wb'``, and ``'ab'`` respectively. + overwriting, ``'x'`` for exclusive creation, or ``'a'`` for appending. These + can equivalently be given as ``'rb'``, ``'wb'``, ``'xb'`` and ``'ab'`` + respectively. If *filename* is a file object (rather than an actual file name), a mode of ``'w'`` does not truncate the file, and is instead equivalent to ``'a'``. @@ -108,6 +112,9 @@ All of the classes in this module may safely be accessed from multiple threads. The ``'a'`` (append) mode was added, along with support for reading multi-stream files. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The ``'x'`` (exclusive creation) mode was added. + Incremental (de)compression --------------------------- diff --git a/Doc/library/code.rst b/Doc/library/code.rst index e869004..5b5d7cc 100644 --- a/Doc/library/code.rst +++ b/Doc/library/code.rst @@ -132,12 +132,15 @@ interpreter objects as well as the following additions. .. method:: InteractiveConsole.interact(banner=None) - Closely emulate the interactive Python console. The optional banner argument + Closely emulate the interactive Python console. The optional *banner* argument specify the banner to print before the first interaction; by default it prints a banner similar to the one printed by the standard Python interpreter, followed by the class name of the console object in parentheses (so as not to confuse this with the real interpreter -- since it's so close!). + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + To suppress printing any banner, pass an empty string. + .. method:: InteractiveConsole.push(line) diff --git a/Doc/library/codecs.rst b/Doc/library/codecs.rst index 009ae26..0925e82 100644 --- a/Doc/library/codecs.rst +++ b/Doc/library/codecs.rst @@ -1229,36 +1229,41 @@ mappings. .. tabularcolumns:: |l|L|L| -+----------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+ -| Codec | Purpose | Encoder/decoder | -+======================+===========================+==============================+ -| base64_codec [#b64]_ | Convert operand to MIME | :meth:`base64.b64encode`, | -| | base64 (the result always | :meth:`base64.b64decode` | -| | includes a trailing | | -| | ``'\n'``) | | -+----------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+ -| bz2_codec | Compress the operand | :meth:`bz2.compress`, | -| | using bz2 | :meth:`bz2.decompress` | -+----------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+ -| hex_codec | Convert operand to | :meth:`base64.b16encode`, | -| | hexadecimal | :meth:`base64.b16decode` | -| | representation, with two | | -| | digits per byte | | -+----------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+ -| quopri_codec | Convert operand to MIME | :meth:`quopri.encodestring`, | -| | quoted printable | :meth:`quopri.decodestring` | -+----------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+ -| uu_codec | Convert the operand using | :meth:`uu.encode`, | -| | uuencode | :meth:`uu.decode` | -+----------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+ -| zlib_codec | Compress the operand | :meth:`zlib.compress`, | -| | using gzip | :meth:`zlib.decompress` | -+----------------------+---------------------------+------------------------------+ - -.. [#b64] Rather than accepting any :term:`bytes-like object`, - ``'base64_codec'`` accepts only :class:`bytes` and :class:`bytearray` for - encoding and only :class:`bytes`, :class:`bytearray`, and ASCII-only - instances of :class:`str` for decoding ++----------------------+------------------------------+------------------------------+ +| Codec | Purpose | Encoder / decoder | ++======================+==============================+==============================+ +| base64_codec [#b64]_ | Convert operand to MIME | :meth:`base64.b64encode` / | +| | base64 (the result always | :meth:`base64.b64decode` | +| | includes a trailing | | +| | ``'\n'``) | | +| | | | +| | .. versionchanged:: 3.4 | | +| | accepts any | | +| | :term:`bytes-like object` | | +| | as input for encoding and | | +| | decoding | | ++----------------------+------------------------------+------------------------------+ +| bz2_codec | Compress the operand | :meth:`bz2.compress` / | +| | using bz2 | :meth:`bz2.decompress` | ++----------------------+------------------------------+------------------------------+ +| hex_codec | Convert operand to | :meth:`base64.b16encode` / | +| | hexadecimal | :meth:`base64.b16decode` | +| | representation, with two | | +| | digits per byte | | ++----------------------+------------------------------+------------------------------+ +| quopri_codec | Convert operand to MIME | :meth:`quopri.encodestring` /| +| | quoted printable | :meth:`quopri.decodestring` | ++----------------------+------------------------------+------------------------------+ +| uu_codec | Convert the operand using | :meth:`uu.encode` / | +| | uuencode | :meth:`uu.decode` | ++----------------------+------------------------------+------------------------------+ +| zlib_codec | Compress the operand | :meth:`zlib.compress` / | +| | using gzip | :meth:`zlib.decompress` | ++----------------------+------------------------------+------------------------------+ + +.. [#b64] In addition to :term:`bytes-like objects <bytes-like object>`, + ``'base64_codec'`` also accepts ASCII-only instances of :class:`str` for + decoding The following codecs provide :class:`str` to :class:`str` mappings. diff --git a/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst b/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst index 4b21932..356f473 100644 --- a/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst +++ b/Doc/library/collections.abc.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ import itertools __name__ = '<doctest>' -**Source code:** :source:`Lib/collections/abc.py` +**Source code:** :source:`Lib/_collections_abc.py` -------------- diff --git a/Doc/library/collections.rst b/Doc/library/collections.rst index 7645f2a..80c6c76 100644 --- a/Doc/library/collections.rst +++ b/Doc/library/collections.rst @@ -76,14 +76,19 @@ The class can be used to simulate nested scopes and is useful in templating. be modified to change which mappings are searched. The list should always contain at least one mapping. - .. method:: new_child() + .. method:: new_child(m=None) - Returns a new :class:`ChainMap` containing a new :class:`dict` followed by - all of the maps in the current instance. A call to ``d.new_child()`` is - equivalent to: ``ChainMap({}, *d.maps)``. This method is used for + Returns a new :class:`ChainMap` containing a new map followed by + all of the maps in the current instance. If ``m`` is specified, + it becomes the new map at the front of the list of mappings; if not + specified, an empty dict is used, so that a call to ``d.new_child()`` + is equivalent to: ``ChainMap({}, *d.maps)``. This method is used for creating subcontexts that can be updated without altering values in any of the parent mappings. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The optional ``m`` parameter was added. + .. attribute:: parents Property returning a new :class:`ChainMap` containing all of the maps in @@ -369,10 +374,6 @@ or subtracting from an empty counter. .. seealso:: - * `Counter class <http://code.activestate.com/recipes/576611/>`_ - adapted for Python 2.5 and an early `Bag recipe - <http://code.activestate.com/recipes/259174/>`_ for Python 2.4. - * `Bag class <http://www.gnu.org/software/smalltalk/manual-base/html_node/Bag.html>`_ in Smalltalk. @@ -915,11 +916,6 @@ and more efficient to use a simple class declaration: >>> class Status: open, pending, closed = range(3) -.. seealso:: - - * `Named tuple recipe <http://code.activestate.com/recipes/500261/>`_ - adapted for Python 2.4. - * `Recipe for named tuple abstract base class with a metaclass mix-in <http://code.activestate.com/recipes/577629-namedtupleabc-abstract-base-class-mix-in-for-named/>`_ by Jan Kaliszewski. Besides providing an :term:`abstract base class` for @@ -982,10 +978,6 @@ The :class:`OrderedDict` constructor and :meth:`update` method both accept keyword arguments, but their order is lost because Python's function call semantics pass-in keyword arguments using a regular unordered dictionary. -.. seealso:: - - `Equivalent OrderedDict recipe <http://code.activestate.com/recipes/576693/>`_ - that runs on Python 2.4 or later. :class:`OrderedDict` Examples and Recipes ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ diff --git a/Doc/library/concurrency.rst b/Doc/library/concurrency.rst index f2a512f..2d69107 100644 --- a/Doc/library/concurrency.rst +++ b/Doc/library/concurrency.rst @@ -21,6 +21,7 @@ multitasking). Here's an overview: sched.rst queue.rst select.rst + selectors.rst The following are support modules for some of the above services: diff --git a/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst b/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst index c2f92b3..93538e4 100644 --- a/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst +++ b/Doc/library/concurrent.futures.rst @@ -164,6 +164,9 @@ uses a pool of processes to execute calls asynchronously. allows it to side-step the :term:`Global Interpreter Lock` but also means that only picklable objects can be executed and returned. +The ``__main__`` module must be importable by worker subprocesses. This means +that :class:`ProcessPoolExecutor` will not work in the interactive interpreter. + Calling :class:`Executor` or :class:`Future` methods from a callable submitted to a :class:`ProcessPoolExecutor` will result in deadlock. diff --git a/Doc/library/contextlib.rst b/Doc/library/contextlib.rst index fba48f4..4bb54c5 100644 --- a/Doc/library/contextlib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/contextlib.rst @@ -95,6 +95,83 @@ Functions and classes provided: ``page.close()`` will be called when the :keyword:`with` block is exited. +.. function:: suppress(*exceptions) + + Return a context manager that suppresses any of the specified exceptions + if they occur in the body of a with statement and then resumes execution + with the first statement following the end of the with statement. + + As with any other mechanism that completely suppresses exceptions, this + context manager should be used only to cover very specific errors where + silently continuing with program execution is known to be the right + thing to do. + + For example:: + + from contextlib import suppress + + with suppress(FileNotFoundError): + os.remove('somefile.tmp') + + with suppress(FileNotFoundError): + os.remove('someotherfile.tmp') + + This code is equivalent to:: + + try: + os.remove('somefile.tmp') + except FileNotFoundError: + pass + + try: + os.remove('someotherfile.tmp') + except FileNotFoundError: + pass + + This context manager is :ref:`reentrant <reentrant-cms>`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. function:: redirect_stdout(new_target) + + Context manager for temporarily redirecting :data:`sys.stdout` to + another file or file-like object. + + This tool adds flexibility to existing functions or classes whose output + is hardwired to stdout. + + For example, the output of :func:`help` normally is sent to *sys.stdout*. + You can capture that output in a string by redirecting the output to a + :class:`io.StringIO` object:: + + f = io.StringIO() + with redirect_stdout(f): + help(pow) + s = f.getvalue() + + To send the output of :func:`help` to a file on disk, redirect the output + to a regular file:: + + with open('help.txt', 'w') as f: + with redirect_stdout(f): + help(pow) + + To send the output of :func:`help` to *sys.stderr*:: + + with redirect_stdout(sys.stderr): + help(pow) + + Note that the global side effect on :data:`sys.stdout` means that this + context manager is not suitable for use in library code and most threaded + applications. It also has no effect on the output of subprocesses. + However, it is still a useful approach for many utility scripts. + + This context manager is :ref:`reusable but not reentrant <reusable-cms>`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. class:: ContextDecorator() A base class that enables a context manager to also be used as a decorator. @@ -520,3 +597,116 @@ an explicit ``with`` statement. The specification, background, and examples for the Python :keyword:`with` statement. +.. _single-use-reusable-and-reentrant-cms: + +Single use, reusable and reentrant context managers +--------------------------------------------------- + +Most context managers are written in a way that means they can only be +used effectively in a :keyword:`with` statement once. These single use +context managers must be created afresh each time they're used - +attempting to use them a second time will trigger an exception or +otherwise not work correctly. + +This common limitation means that it is generally advisable to create +context managers directly in the header of the :keyword:`with` statement +where they are used (as shown in all of the usage examples above). + +Files are an example of effectively single use context managers, since +the first :keyword:`with` statement will close the file, preventing any +further IO operations using that file object. + +Context managers created using :func:`contextmanager` are also single use +context managers, and will complain about the underlying generator failing +to yield if an attempt is made to use them a second time:: + + >>> from contextlib import contextmanager + >>> @contextmanager + ... def singleuse(): + ... print("Before") + ... yield + ... print("After") + ... + >>> cm = singleuse() + >>> with cm: + ... pass + ... + Before + After + >>> with cm: + ... pass + ... + Traceback (most recent call last): + ... + RuntimeError: generator didn't yield + + +.. _reentrant-cms: + +Reentrant context managers +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +More sophisticated context managers may be "reentrant". These context +managers can not only be used in multiple :keyword:`with` statements, +but may also be used *inside* a :keyword:`with` statement that is already +using the same context manager. + +:class:`threading.RLock` is an example of a reentrant context manager, as is +:func:`suppress`. Here's a toy example of reentrant use (real world +examples of reentrancy are more likely to occur with objects like recursive +locks and are likely to be far more complicated than this example):: + + >>> from contextlib import suppress + >>> ignore_raised_exception = suppress(ZeroDivisionError) + >>> with ignore_raised_exception: + ... with ignore_raised_exception: + ... 1/0 + ... print("This line runs") + ... 1/0 + ... print("This is skipped") + ... + This line runs + >>> # The second exception is also suppressed + + +.. _reusable-cms: + +Reusable context managers +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Distinct from both single use and reentrant context managers are "reusable" +context managers (or, to be completely explicit, "reusable, but not +reentrant" context managers, since reentrant context managers are also +reusable). These context managers support being used multiple times, but +will fail (or otherwise not work correctly) if the specific context manager +instance has already been used in a containing with statement. + +An example of a reusable context manager is :func:`redirect_stdout`:: + + >>> from contextlib import redirect_stdout + >>> from io import StringIO + >>> f = StringIO() + >>> collect_output = redirect_stdout(f) + >>> with collect_output: + ... print("Collected") + ... + >>> print("Not collected") + Not collected + >>> with collect_output: + ... print("Also collected") + ... + >>> print(f.getvalue()) + Collected + Also collected + +However, this context manager is not reentrant, so attempting to reuse it +within a containing with statement fails: + + >>> with collect_output: + ... # Nested reuse is not permitted + ... with collect_output: + ... pass + ... + Traceback (most recent call last): + ... + RuntimeError: Cannot reenter <...> diff --git a/Doc/library/datatypes.rst b/Doc/library/datatypes.rst index d0382e0..48af082 100644 --- a/Doc/library/datatypes.rst +++ b/Doc/library/datatypes.rst @@ -30,3 +30,4 @@ The following modules are documented in this chapter: copy.rst pprint.rst reprlib.rst + enum.rst diff --git a/Doc/library/datetime.rst b/Doc/library/datetime.rst index 6ca15b7..f9d6918 100644 --- a/Doc/library/datetime.rst +++ b/Doc/library/datetime.rst @@ -170,10 +170,12 @@ dates or times. * ``0 <= seconds < 3600*24`` (the number of seconds in one day) * ``-999999999 <= days <= 999999999`` - If any argument is a float and there are fractional microseconds, the fractional - microseconds left over from all arguments are combined and their sum is rounded - to the nearest microsecond. If no argument is a float, the conversion and - normalization processes are exact (no information is lost). + If any argument is a float and there are fractional microseconds, + the fractional microseconds left over from all arguments are + combined and their sum is rounded to the nearest microsecond using + round-half-to-even tiebreaker. If no argument is a float, the + conversion and normalization processes are exact (no information is + lost). If the normalized value of days lies outside the indicated range, :exc:`OverflowError` is raised. diff --git a/Doc/library/dis.rst b/Doc/library/dis.rst index ec7112d..40aaeeb 100644 --- a/Doc/library/dis.rst +++ b/Doc/library/dis.rst @@ -26,7 +26,8 @@ Example: Given the function :func:`myfunc`:: def myfunc(alist): return len(alist) -the following command can be used to get the disassembly of :func:`myfunc`:: +the following command can be used to display the disassembly of +:func:`myfunc`:: >>> dis.dis(myfunc) 2 0 LOAD_GLOBAL 0 (len) @@ -36,8 +37,62 @@ the following command can be used to get the disassembly of :func:`myfunc`:: (The "2" is a line number). -The :mod:`dis` module defines the following functions and constants: +Bytecode analysis +----------------- +The bytecode analysis API allows pieces of Python code to be wrapped in a +:class:`Bytecode` object that provides easy access to details of the +compiled code. + +.. class:: Bytecode + + The bytecode operations of a piece of code + + This is a convenient wrapper around many of the functions listed below. + Instantiate it with a function, method, string of code, or a code object + (as returned by :func:`compile`). + + Iterating over this yields the bytecode operations as :class:`Instruction` + instances. + + .. data:: codeobj + + The compiled code object. + + .. method:: display_code(*, file=None) + + Print a formatted view of the bytecode operations, like :func:`dis`. + + .. method:: info() + + Return a formatted multi-line string with detailed information about the + code object, like :func:`code_info`. + + .. method:: show_info(*, file=None) + + Print the information about the code object as returned by :meth:`info`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +Example:: + + >>> bytecode = dis.Bytecode(myfunc) + >>> for instr in bytecode: + ... print(instr.opname) + ... + LOAD_GLOBAL + LOAD_FAST + CALL_FUNCTION + RETURN_VALUE + + +Analysis functions +------------------ + +The :mod:`dis` module also defines the following analysis functions that +convert the input directly to the desired output. They can be useful if +only a single operation is being performed, so the intermediate analysis +object isn't useful: .. function:: code_info(x) @@ -51,17 +106,22 @@ The :mod:`dis` module defines the following functions and constants: .. versionadded:: 3.2 -.. function:: show_code(x) +.. function:: show_code(x, *, file=None) Print detailed code object information for the supplied function, method, - source code string or code object to stdout. + source code string or code object to *file* (or ``sys.stdout`` if *file* + is not specified). - This is a convenient shorthand for ``print(code_info(x))``, intended for - interactive exploration at the interpreter prompt. + This is a convenient shorthand for ``print(code_info(x), file=file)``, + intended for interactive exploration at the interpreter prompt. .. versionadded:: 3.2 -.. function:: dis(x=None) + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added ``file`` parameter + + +.. function:: dis(x=None, *, file=None) Disassemble the *x* object. *x* can denote either a module, a class, a method, a function, a code object, a string of source code or a byte sequence @@ -72,16 +132,28 @@ The :mod:`dis` module defines the following functions and constants: disassembled. If no object is provided, this function disassembles the last traceback. + The disassembly is written as text to the supplied ``file`` argument if + provided and to ``sys.stdout`` otherwise. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added ``file`` parameter + -.. function:: distb(tb=None) +.. function:: distb(tb=None, *, file=None) Disassemble the top-of-stack function of a traceback, using the last traceback if none was passed. The instruction causing the exception is indicated. + The disassembly is written as text to the supplied ``file`` argument if + provided and to ``sys.stdout`` otherwise. -.. function:: disassemble(code, lasti=-1) - disco(code, lasti=-1) + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added ``file`` parameter + + +.. function:: disassemble(code, lasti=-1, *, file=None) + disco(code, lasti=-1, *, file=None) Disassemble a code object, indicating the last instruction if *lasti* was provided. The output is divided in the following columns: @@ -97,6 +169,26 @@ The :mod:`dis` module defines the following functions and constants: The parameter interpretation recognizes local and global variable names, constant values, branch targets, and compare operators. + The disassembly is written as text to the supplied ``file`` argument if + provided and to ``sys.stdout`` otherwise. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added ``file`` parameter + + +.. function:: get_instructions(x, *, line_offset=0) + + Return an iterator over the instructions in the supplied function, method, + source code string or code object. + + The iterator generates a series of :class:`Instruction` named tuples + giving the details of each operation in the supplied code. + + The given *line_offset* is added to the ``starts_line`` attribute of any + instructions that start a new line. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. function:: findlinestarts(code) @@ -110,61 +202,60 @@ The :mod:`dis` module defines the following functions and constants: Detect all offsets in the code object *code* which are jump targets, and return a list of these offsets. +.. _bytecodes: -.. data:: opname +Python Bytecode Instructions +---------------------------- - Sequence of operation names, indexable using the bytecode. +The :func:`get_instructions` function and :class:`Bytecode` class provide +details of bytecode instructions as :class:`Instruction` instances: +.. class:: Instruction -.. data:: opmap + Details for a bytecode operation - Dictionary mapping operation names to bytecodes. + .. data:: opcode + numeric code for operation, corresponding to the opcode values listed + below and the bytecode values in the :ref:`opcode_collections`. -.. data:: cmp_op - Sequence of all compare operation names. + .. data:: opname + human readable name for operation -.. data:: hasconst - Sequence of bytecodes that have a constant parameter. + .. data:: arg + numeric argument to operation (if any), otherwise None -.. data:: hasfree - Sequence of bytecodes that access a free variable. + .. data:: argval - -.. data:: hasname - - Sequence of bytecodes that access an attribute by name. + resolved arg value (if known), otherwise same as arg -.. data:: hasjrel - - Sequence of bytecodes that have a relative jump target. + .. data:: argrepr + human readable description of operation argument -.. data:: hasjabs - Sequence of bytecodes that have an absolute jump target. + .. data:: offset + start index of operation within bytecode sequence -.. data:: haslocal - Sequence of bytecodes that access a local variable. + .. data:: starts_line + line started by this opcode (if any), otherwise None -.. data:: hascompare - Sequence of bytecodes of Boolean operations. + .. data:: is_jump_target + True if other code jumps to here, otherwise False -.. _bytecodes: + .. versionadded:: 3.4 -Python Bytecode Instructions ----------------------------- The Python compiler currently generates the following bytecode instructions. @@ -506,12 +597,6 @@ the stack so that it is available for further iterations of the loop. .. XXX explain the WHY stuff! -.. opcode:: STORE_LOCALS - - Pops TOS from the stack and stores it as the current frame's ``f_locals``. - This is used in class construction. - - All of the following opcodes expect arguments. An argument is two bytes, with the more significant byte last. @@ -722,6 +807,13 @@ the more significant byte last. Pushes a reference to the object the cell contains on the stack. +.. opcode:: LOAD_CLASSDEREF (i) + + Much like :opcode:`LOAD_DEREF` but first checks the locals dictionary before + consulting the cell. This is used for loading free variables in class + bodies. + + .. opcode:: STORE_DEREF (i) Stores TOS into the cell contained in slot *i* of the cell and free variable @@ -820,3 +912,62 @@ the more significant byte last. which don't take arguments ``< HAVE_ARGUMENT`` and those which do ``>= HAVE_ARGUMENT``. +.. _opcode_collections: + +Opcode collections +------------------ + +These collections are provided for automatic introspection of bytecode +instructions: + +.. data:: opname + + Sequence of operation names, indexable using the bytecode. + + +.. data:: opmap + + Dictionary mapping operation names to bytecodes. + + +.. data:: cmp_op + + Sequence of all compare operation names. + + +.. data:: hasconst + + Sequence of bytecodes that have a constant parameter. + + +.. data:: hasfree + + Sequence of bytecodes that access a free variable (note that 'free' in + this context refers to names in the current scope that are referenced by + inner scopes or names in outer scopes that are referenced from this scope. + It does *not* include references to global or builtin scopes). + + +.. data:: hasname + + Sequence of bytecodes that access an attribute by name. + + +.. data:: hasjrel + + Sequence of bytecodes that have a relative jump target. + + +.. data:: hasjabs + + Sequence of bytecodes that have an absolute jump target. + + +.. data:: haslocal + + Sequence of bytecodes that access a local variable. + + +.. data:: hascompare + + Sequence of bytecodes of Boolean operations. diff --git a/Doc/library/doctest.rst b/Doc/library/doctest.rst index 222c719..6138e30 100644 --- a/Doc/library/doctest.rst +++ b/Doc/library/doctest.rst @@ -495,7 +495,10 @@ Option Flags A number of option flags control various aspects of doctest's behavior. Symbolic names for the flags are supplied as module constants, which can be or'ed together and passed to various functions. The names can also be used in -:ref:`doctest directives <doctest-directives>`. +:ref:`doctest directives <doctest-directives>`, and may be passed to the +doctest command line interface via the ``-o`` option. + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 the ``-o`` command line option The first group of options define test semantics, controlling aspects of how doctest decides whether actual output matches an example's expected output: @@ -633,6 +636,19 @@ The second group of options controls how test failures are reported: the output is suppressed. +.. data:: FAIL_FAST + + When specified, exit after the first failing example and don't attempt to run + the remaining examples. Thus, the number of failures reported will be at most + 1. This flag may be useful during debugging, since examples after the first + failure won't even produce debugging output. + + The doctest command line accepts the option ``-f`` as a shorthand for ``-o + FAIL_FAST``. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. data:: REPORTING_FLAGS A bitmask or'ing together all the reporting flags above. diff --git a/Doc/library/email.contentmanager.rst b/Doc/library/email.contentmanager.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..f3ba794 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/email.contentmanager.rst @@ -0,0 +1,427 @@ +:mod:`email.contentmanager`: Managing MIME Content +-------------------------------------------------- + +.. module:: email.contentmanager + :synopsis: Storing and Retrieving Content from MIME Parts + +.. moduleauthor:: R. David Murray <rdmurray@bitdance.com> +.. sectionauthor:: R. David Murray <rdmurray@bitdance.com> + + +.. note:: + + The contentmanager module has been included in the standard library on a + :term:`provisional basis <provisional package>`. Backwards incompatible + changes (up to and including removal of the module) may occur if deemed + necessary by the core developers. + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + as a :term:`provisional module <provisional package>`. + +The :mod:`~email.message` module provides a class that can represent an +arbitrary email message. That basic message model has a useful and flexible +API, but it provides only a lower-level API for interacting with the generic +parts of a message (the headers, generic header parameters, and the payload, +which may be a list of sub-parts). This module provides classes and tools +that provide an enhanced and extensible API for dealing with various specific +types of content, including the ability to retrieve the content of the message +as a specialized object type rather than as a simple bytes object. The module +automatically takes care of the RFC-specified MIME details (required headers +and parameters, etc.) for the certain common content types content properties, +and support for additional types can be added by an application using the +extension mechanisms. + +This module defines the eponymous "Content Manager" classes. The base +:class:`.ContentManager` class defines an API for registering content +management functions which extract data from ``Message`` objects or insert data +and headers into ``Message`` objects, thus providing a way of converting +between ``Message`` objects containing data and other representations of that +data (Python data types, specialized Python objects, external files, etc). The +module also defines one concrete content manager: :data:`raw_data_manager` +converts between MIME content types and ``str`` or ``bytes`` data. It also +provides a convenient API for managing the MIME parameters when inserting +content into ``Message``\ s. It also handles inserting and extracting +``Message`` objects when dealing with the ``message/rfc822`` content type. + +Another part of the enhanced interface is subclasses of +:class:`~email.message.Message` that provide new convenience API functions, +including convenience methods for calling the Content Managers derived from +this module. + +.. note:: + + Although :class:`.EmailMessage` and :class:`.MIMEPart` are currently + documented in this module because of the provisional nature of the code, the + implementation lives in the :mod:`email.message` module. + + +.. class:: EmailMessage(policy=default) + + If *policy* is specified (it must be an instance of a :mod:`~email.policy` + class) use the rules it specifies to udpate and serialize the representation + of the message. If *policy* is not set, use the + :class:`~email.policy.default` policy, which follows the rules of the email + RFCs except for line endings (instead of the RFC mandated ``\r\n``, it uses + the Python standard ``\n`` line endings). For more information see the + :mod:`~email.policy` documentation. + + This class is a subclass of :class:`~email.message.Message`. It adds + the following methods: + + + .. attribute:: is_attachment + + Set to ``True`` if there is a :mailheader:`Content-Disposition` header + and its (case insensitive) value is ``attachment``, ``False`` otherwise. + + + .. method:: get_body(preferencelist=('related', 'html', 'plain')) + + Return the MIME part that is the best candidate to be the "body" of the + message. + + *preferencelist* must be a sequence of strings from the set ``related``, + ``html``, and ``plain``, and indicates the order of preference for the + content type of the part returned. + + Start looking for candidate matches with the object on which the + ``get_body`` method is called. + + If ``related`` is not included in *preferencelist*, consider the root + part (or subpart of the root part) of any related encountered as a + candidate if the (sub-)part matches a preference. + + When encountering a ``multipart/related``, check the ``start`` parameter + and if a part with a matching :mailheader:`Content-ID` is found, consider + only it when looking for candidate matches. Otherwise consider only the + first (default root) part of the ``multipart/related``. + + If a part has a :mailheader:``Content-Disposition`` header, only consider + the part a candidate match if the value of the header is ``inline``. + + If none of the candidates matches any of the preferences in + *preferneclist*, return ``None``. + + Notes: (1) For most applications the only *preferencelist* combinations + that really make sense are ``('plain',)``, ``('html', 'plain')``, and the + default, ``('related', 'html', 'plain')``. (2) Because matching starts + with the object on which ``get_body`` is called, calling ``get_body`` on + a ``multipart/related`` will return the object itself unless + *preferencelist* has a non-default value. (3) Messages (or message parts) + that do not specify a :mailheader:`Content-Type` or whose + :mailheader:`Content-Type` header is invalid will be treated as if they + are of type ``text/plain``, which may occasionally cause ``get_body`` to + return unexpected results. + + + .. method:: iter_attachments() + + Return an iterator over all of the parts of the message that are not + candidate "body" parts. That is, skip the first occurrence of each of + ``text/plain``, ``text/html``, ``multipart/related``, or + ``multipart/alternative`` (unless they are explicitly marked as + attachments via :mailheader:`Content-Disposition: attachment`), and + return all remaining parts. When applied directly to a + ``multipart/related``, return an iterator over the all the related parts + except the root part (ie: the part pointed to by the ``start`` parameter, + or the first part if there is no ``start`` parameter or the ``start`` + parameter doesn't match the :mailheader:`Content-ID` of any of the + parts). When applied directly to a ``multipart/alternative`` or a + non-``multipart``, return an empty iterator. + + + .. method:: iter_parts() + + Return an iterator over all of the immediate sub-parts of the message, + which will be empty for a non-``multipart``. (See also + :meth:``~email.message.walk``.) + + + .. method:: get_content(*args, content_manager=None, **kw) + + Call the ``get_content`` method of the *content_manager*, passing self + as the message object, and passing along any other arguments or keywords + as additional arguments. If *content_manager* is not specified, use + the ``content_manager`` specified by the current :mod:`~email.policy`. + + + .. method:: set_content(*args, content_manager=None, **kw) + + Call the ``set_content`` method of the *content_manager*, passing self + as the message object, and passing along any other arguments or keywords + as additional arguments. If *content_manager* is not specified, use + the ``content_manager`` specified by the current :mod:`~email.policy`. + + + .. method:: make_related(boundary=None) + + Convert a non-``multipart`` message into a ``multipart/related`` message, + moving any existing :mailheader:`Content-` headers and payload into a + (new) first part of the ``multipart``. If *boundary* is specified, use + it as the boundary string in the multipart, otherwise leave the boundary + to be automatically created when it is needed (for example, when the + message is serialized). + + + .. method:: make_alternative(boundary=None) + + Convert a non-``multipart`` or a ``multipart/related`` into a + ``multipart/alternative``, moving any existing :mailheader:`Content-` + headers and payload into a (new) first part of the ``multipart``. If + *boundary* is specified, use it as the boundary string in the multipart, + otherwise leave the boundary to be automatically created when it is + needed (for example, when the message is serialized). + + + .. method:: make_mixed(boundary=None) + + Convert a non-``multipart``, a ``multipart/related``, or a + ``multipart-alternative`` into a ``multipart/mixed``, moving any existing + :mailheader:`Content-` headers and payload into a (new) first part of the + ``multipart``. If *boundary* is specified, use it as the boundary string + in the multipart, otherwise leave the boundary to be automatically + created when it is needed (for example, when the message is serialized). + + + .. method:: add_related(*args, content_manager=None, **kw) + + If the message is a ``multipart/related``, create a new message + object, pass all of the arguments to its :meth:`set_content` method, + and :meth:`~email.message.Message.attach` it to the ``multipart``. If + the message is a non-``multipart``, call :meth:`make_related` and then + proceed as above. If the message is any other type of ``multipart``, + raise a :exc:`TypeError`. If *content_manager* is not specified, use + the ``content_manager`` specified by the current :mod:`~email.policy`. + If the added part has no :mailheader:`Content-Disposition` header, + add one with the value ``inline``. + + + .. method:: add_alternative(*args, content_manager=None, **kw) + + If the message is a ``multipart/alternative``, create a new message + object, pass all of the arguments to its :meth:`set_content` method, and + :meth:`~email.message.Message.attach` it to the ``multipart``. If the + message is a non-``multipart`` or ``multipart/related``, call + :meth:`make_alternative` and then proceed as above. If the message is + any other type of ``multipart``, raise a :exc:`TypeError`. If + *content_manager* is not specified, use the ``content_manager`` specified + by the current :mod:`~email.policy`. + + + .. method:: add_attachment(*args, content_manager=None, **kw) + + If the message is a ``multipart/mixed``, create a new message object, + pass all of the arguments to its :meth:`set_content` method, and + :meth:`~email.message.Message.attach` it to the ``multipart``. If the + message is a non-``multipart``, ``multipart/related``, or + ``multipart/alternative``, call :meth:`make_mixed` and then proceed as + above. If *content_manager* is not specified, use the ``content_manager`` + specified by the current :mod:`~email.policy`. If the added part + has no :mailheader:`Content-Disposition` header, add one with the value + ``attachment``. This method can be used both for explicit attachments + (:mailheader:`Content-Disposition: attachment` and ``inline`` attachments + (:mailheader:`Content-Disposition: inline`), by passing appropriate + options to the ``content_manager``. + + + .. method:: clear() + + Remove the payload and all of the headers. + + + .. method:: clear_content() + + Remove the payload and all of the :exc:`Content-` headers, leaving + all other headers intact and in their original order. + + +.. class:: ContentManager() + + Base class for content managers. Provides the standard registry mechanisms + to register converters between MIME content and other representations, as + well as the ``get_content`` and ``set_content`` dispatch methods. + + + .. method:: get_content(msg, *args, **kw) + + Look up a handler function based on the ``mimetype`` of *msg* (see next + paragraph), call it, passing through all arguments, and return the result + of the call. The expectation is that the handler will extract the + payload from *msg* and return an object that encodes information about + the extracted data. + + To find the handler, look for the following keys in the registry, + stopping with the first one found: + + * the string representing the full MIME type (``maintype/subtype``) + * the string representing the ``maintype`` + * the empty string + + If none of these keys produce a handler, raise a :exc:`KeyError` for the + full MIME type. + + + .. method:: set_content(msg, obj, *args, **kw) + + If the ``maintype`` is ``multipart``, raise a :exc:`TypeError`; otherwise + look up a handler function based on the type of *obj* (see next + paragraph), call :meth:`~email.message.EmailMessage.clear_content` on the + *msg*, and call the handler function, passing through all arguments. The + expectation is that the handler will transform and store *obj* into + *msg*, possibly making other changes to *msg* as well, such as adding + various MIME headers to encode information needed to interpret the stored + data. + + To find the handler, obtain the type of *obj* (``typ = type(obj)``), and + look for the following keys in the registry, stopping with the first one + found: + + * the type itself (``typ``) + * the type's fully qualified name (``typ.__module__ + '.' + + typ.__qualname__``). + * the type's qualname (``typ.__qualname__``) + * the type's name (``typ.__name__``). + + If none of the above match, repeat all of the checks above for each of + the types in the :term:`MRO` (``typ.__mro__``). Finally, if no other key + yields a handler, check for a handler for the key ``None``. If there is + no handler for ``None``, raise a :exc:`KeyError` for the fully + qualified name of the type. + + Also add a :mailheader:`MIME-Version` header if one is not present (see + also :class:`.MIMEPart`). + + + .. method:: add_get_handler(key, handler) + + Record the function *handler* as the handler for *key*. For the possible + values of *key*, see :meth:`get_content`. + + + .. method:: add_set_handler(typekey, handler) + + Record *handler* as the function to call when an object of a type + matching *typekey* is passed to :meth:`set_content`. For the possible + values of *typekey*, see :meth:`set_content`. + + +.. class:: MIMEPart(policy=default) + + This class represents a subpart of a MIME message. It is identical to + :class:`EmailMessage`, except that no :mailheader:`MIME-Version` headers are + added when :meth:`~EmailMessage.set_content` is called, since sub-parts do + not need their own :mailheader:`MIME-Version` headers. + + +Content Manager Instances +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Currently the email package provides only one concrete content manager, +:data:`raw_data_manager`, although more may be added in the future. +:data:`raw_data_manager` is the +:attr:`~email.policy.EmailPolicy.content_manager` provided by +:attr:`~email.policy.EmailPolicy` and its derivatives. + + +.. data:: raw_data_manager + + This content manager provides only a minimum interface beyond that provided + by :class:`~email.message.Message` itself: it deals only with text, raw + byte strings, and :class:`~email.message.Message` objects. Nevertheless, it + provides significant advantages compared to the base API: ``get_content`` on + a text part will return a unicode string without the application needing to + manually decode it, ``set_content`` provides a rich set of options for + controlling the headers added to a part and controlling the content transfer + encoding, and it enables the use of the various ``add_`` methods, thereby + simplifying the creation of multipart messages. + + .. method:: get_content(msg, errors='replace') + + Return the payload of the part as either a string (for ``text`` parts), a + :class:`~email.message.EmailMessage` object (for ``message/rfc822`` + parts), or a ``bytes`` object (for all other non-multipart types). Raise + a :exc:`KeyError` if called on a ``multipart``. If the part is a + ``text`` part and *errors* is specified, use it as the error handler when + decoding the payload to unicode. The default error handler is + ``replace``. + + .. method:: set_content(msg, <'str'>, subtype="plain", charset='utf-8' \ + cte=None, \ + disposition=None, filename=None, cid=None, \ + params=None, headers=None) + set_content(msg, <'bytes'>, maintype, subtype, cte="base64", \ + disposition=None, filename=None, cid=None, \ + params=None, headers=None) + set_content(msg, <'Message'>, cte=None, \ + disposition=None, filename=None, cid=None, \ + params=None, headers=None) + set_content(msg, <'list'>, subtype='mixed', \ + disposition=None, filename=None, cid=None, \ + params=None, headers=None) + + Add headers and payload to *msg*: + + Add a :mailheader:`Content-Type` header with a ``maintype/subtype`` + value. + + * For ``str``, set the MIME ``maintype`` to ``text``, and set the + subtype to *subtype* if it is specified, or ``plain`` if it is not. + * For ``bytes``, use the specified *maintype* and *subtype*, or + raise a :exc:`TypeError` if they are not specified. + * For :class:`~email.message.Message` objects, set the maintype to + ``message``, and set the subtype to *subtype* if it is specified + or ``rfc822`` if it is not. If *subtype* is ``partial``, raise an + error (``bytes`` objects must be used to construct + ``message/partial`` parts). + * For *<'list'>*, which should be a list of + :class:`~email.message.Message` objects, set the ``maintype`` to + ``multipart``, and the ``subtype`` to *subtype* if it is + specified, and ``mixed`` if it is not. If the message parts in + the *<'list'>* have :mailheader:`MIME-Version` headers, remove + them. + + If *charset* is provided (which is valid only for ``str``), encode the + string to bytes using the specified character set. The default is + ``utf-8``. If the specified *charset* is a known alias for a standard + MIME charset name, use the standard charset instead. + + If *cte* is set, encode the payload using the specified content transfer + encoding, and set the :mailheader:`Content-Transfer-Endcoding` header to + that value. For ``str`` objects, if it is not set use heuristics to + determine the most compact encoding. Possible values for *cte* are + ``quoted-printable``, ``base64``, ``7bit``, ``8bit``, and ``binary``. + If the input cannot be encoded in the specified encoding (eg: ``7bit``), + raise a :exc:`ValueError`. For :class:`~email.message.Message`, per + :rfc:`2046`, raise an error if a *cte* of ``quoted-printable`` or + ``base64`` is requested for *subtype* ``rfc822``, and for any *cte* + other than ``7bit`` for *subtype* ``external-body``. For + ``message/rfc822``, use ``8bit`` if *cte* is not specified. For all + other values of *subtype*, use ``7bit``. + + .. note:: A *cte* of ``binary`` does not actually work correctly yet. + The ``Message`` object as modified by ``set_content`` is correct, but + :class:`~email.generator.BytesGenerator` does not serialize it + correctly. + + If *disposition* is set, use it as the value of the + :mailheader:`Content-Disposition` header. If not specified, and + *filename* is specified, add the header with the value ``attachment``. + If it is not specified and *filename* is also not specified, do not add + the header. The only valid values for *disposition* are ``attachment`` + and ``inline``. + + If *filename* is specified, use it as the value of the ``filename`` + parameter of the :mailheader:`Content-Disposition` header. There is no + default. + + If *cid* is specified, add a :mailheader:`Content-ID` header with + *cid* as its value. + + If *params* is specified, iterate its ``items`` method and use the + resulting ``(key, value)`` pairs to set additional paramters on the + :mailheader:`Content-Type` header. + + If *headers* is specified and is a list of strings of the form + ``headername: headervalue`` or a list of ``header`` objects + (distinguised from strings by having a ``name`` attribute), add the + headers to *msg*. diff --git a/Doc/library/email.message.rst b/Doc/library/email.message.rst index 576531d..f278a0a 100644 --- a/Doc/library/email.message.rst +++ b/Doc/library/email.message.rst @@ -33,23 +33,31 @@ Here are the methods of the :class:`Message` class: .. class:: Message(policy=compat32) - The *policy* argument determiens the :mod:`~email.policy` that will be used - to update the message model. The default value, :class:`compat32 - <email.policy.Compat32>` maintains backward compatibility with the - Python 3.2 version of the email package. For more information see the + If *policy* is specified (it must be an instance of a :mod:`~email.policy` + class) use the rules it specifies to udpate and serialize the representation + of the message. If *policy* is not set, use the :class`compat32 + <email.policy.Compat32>` policy, which maintains backward compatibility with + the Python 3.2 version of the email package. For more information see the :mod:`~email.policy` documentation. .. versionchanged:: 3.3 The *policy* keyword argument was added. - .. method:: as_string(unixfrom=False, maxheaderlen=0) + .. method:: as_string(unixfrom=False, maxheaderlen=0, policy=None) Return the entire message flattened as a string. When optional *unixfrom* - is ``True``, the envelope header is included in the returned string. - *unixfrom* defaults to ``False``. Flattening the message may trigger - changes to the :class:`Message` if defaults need to be filled in to - complete the transformation to a string (for example, MIME boundaries may - be generated or modified). + is true, the envelope header is included in the returned string. + *unixfrom* defaults to ``False``. For backward compabitility reasons, + *maxheaderlen* defaults to ``0``, so if you want a different value you + must override it explicitly (the value specified for *max_line_length* in + the policy will be ignored by this method). The *policy* argument may be + used to override the default policy obtained from the message instance. + This can be used to control some of the formatting produced by the + method, since the specified *policy* will be passed to the ``Generator``. + + Flattening the message may trigger changes to the :class:`Message` if + defaults need to be filled in to complete the transformation to a string + (for example, MIME boundaries may be generated or modified). Note that this method is provided as a convenience and may not always format the message the way you want. For example, by default it does @@ -65,10 +73,58 @@ Here are the methods of the :class:`Message` class: g.flatten(msg) text = fp.getvalue() + If the message object contains binary data that is not encoded according + to RFC standards, the non-compliant data will be replaced by unicode + "unknown character" code points. (See also :meth:`.as_bytes` and + :class:`~email.generator.BytesGenerator`.) + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 the *policy* keyword argument was added. + .. method:: __str__() - Equivalent to ``as_string(unixfrom=True)``. + Equivalent to :meth:`.as_string()`. Allows ``str(msg)`` to produce a + string containing the formatted message. + + + .. method:: as_bytes(unixfrom=False, policy=None) + + Return the entire message flattened as a bytes object. When optional + *unixfrom* is true, the envelope header is included in the returned + string. *unixfrom* defaults to ``False``. The *policy* argument may be + used to override the default policy obtained from the message instance. + This can be used to control some of the formatting produced by the + method, since the specified *policy* will be passed to the + ``BytesGenerator``. + + Flattening the message may trigger changes to the :class:`Message` if + defaults need to be filled in to complete the transformation to a string + (for example, MIME boundaries may be generated or modified). + + Note that this method is provided as a convenience and may not always + format the message the way you want. For example, by default it does + not do the mangling of lines that begin with ``From`` that is + required by the unix mbox format. For more flexibility, instantiate a + :class:`~email.generator.BytesGenerator` instance and use its + :meth:`~email.generator.BytesGenerator.flatten` method directly. + For example:: + + from io import BytesIO + from email.generator import BytesGenerator + fp = BytesIO() + g = BytesGenerator(fp, mangle_from_=True, maxheaderlen=60) + g.flatten(msg) + text = fp.getvalue() + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + + .. method:: __bytes__() + + Equivalent to :meth:`.as_bytes()`. Allows ``bytes(msg)`` to produce a + bytes object containing the formatted message. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 .. method:: is_multipart() @@ -410,7 +466,8 @@ Here are the methods of the :class:`Message` class: to ``False``. - .. method:: set_param(param, value, header='Content-Type', requote=True, charset=None, language='') + .. method:: set_param(param, value, header='Content-Type', requote=True, + charset=None, language='', replace=False) Set a parameter in the :mailheader:`Content-Type` header. If the parameter already exists in the header, its value will be replaced with @@ -427,6 +484,12 @@ Here are the methods of the :class:`Message` class: language, defaulting to the empty string. Both *charset* and *language* should be strings. + If *replace* is ``False`` (the default) the header is moved to the + end of the list of headers. If *replace* is ``True``, the header + will be updated in place. + + .. versionchanged: 3.4 ``replace`` keyword was added. + .. method:: del_param(param, header='content-type', requote=True) diff --git a/Doc/library/email.policy.rst b/Doc/library/email.policy.rst index cb2023c..c2f9e6a 100644 --- a/Doc/library/email.policy.rst +++ b/Doc/library/email.policy.rst @@ -97,6 +97,17 @@ correct line separator characters when creating the binary string to feed into ``sendmail's`` ``stdin``, where the default policy would use ``\n`` line separators. +Some email package methods accept a *policy* keyword argument, allowing the +policy to be overridden for that method. For example, the following code uses +the :meth:`~email.message.Message.as_string` method of the *msg* object from +the previous example and writes the message to a file using the native line +separators for the platform on which it is running:: + + >>> import os + >>> with open('converted.txt', 'wb') as f: + ... f.write(msg.as_bytes(policy=msg.policy.clone(linesep=os.linesep))) + 17 + Policy objects can also be combined using the addition operator, producing a policy object whose settings are a combination of the non-default values of the summed objects:: @@ -360,7 +371,7 @@ added matters. To illustrate:: to) :rfc:`5322`, :rfc:`2047`, and the current MIME RFCs. This policy adds new header parsing and folding algorithms. Instead of - simple strings, headers are custom objects with custom attributes depending + simple strings, headers are ``str`` subclasses with attributes that depend on the type of the field. The parsing and folding algorithm fully implement :rfc:`2047` and :rfc:`5322`. @@ -397,6 +408,20 @@ added matters. To illustrate:: fields are treated as unstructured. This list will be completed before the extension is marked stable.) + .. attribute:: content_manager + + An object with at least two methods: get_content and set_content. When + the :meth:`~email.message.Message.get_content` or + :meth:`~email.message.Message.set_content` method of a + :class:`~email.message.Message` object is called, it calls the + corresponding method of this object, passing it the message object as its + first argument, and any arguments or keywords that were passed to it as + additional arguments. By default ``content_manager`` is set to + :data:`~email.contentmanager.raw_data_manager`. + + .. versionadded 3.4 + + The class provides the following concrete implementations of the abstract methods of :class:`Policy`: @@ -416,7 +441,7 @@ added matters. To illustrate:: The name is returned unchanged. If the input value has a ``name`` attribute and it matches *name* ignoring case, the value is returned unchanged. Otherwise the *name* and *value* are passed to - ``header_factory``, and the resulting custom header object is returned as + ``header_factory``, and the resulting header object is returned as the value. In this case a ``ValueError`` is raised if the input value contains CR or LF characters. @@ -424,7 +449,7 @@ added matters. To illustrate:: If the value has a ``name`` attribute, it is returned to unmodified. Otherwise the *name*, and the *value* with any CR or LF characters - removed, are passed to the ``header_factory``, and the resulting custom + removed, are passed to the ``header_factory``, and the resulting header object is returned. Any surrogateescaped bytes get turned into the unicode unknown-character glyph. @@ -434,9 +459,9 @@ added matters. To illustrate:: A value is considered to be a 'source value' if and only if it does not have a ``name`` attribute (having a ``name`` attribute means it is a header object of some sort). If a source value needs to be refolded - according to the policy, it is converted into a custom header object by + according to the policy, it is converted into a header object by passing the *name* and the *value* with any CR and LF characters removed - to the ``header_factory``. Folding of a custom header object is done by + to the ``header_factory``. Folding of a header object is done by calling its ``fold`` method with the current policy. Source values are split into lines using :meth:`~str.splitlines`. If @@ -491,23 +516,23 @@ With all of these :class:`EmailPolicies <.EmailPolicy>`, the effective API of the email package is changed from the Python 3.2 API in the following ways: * Setting a header on a :class:`~email.message.Message` results in that - header being parsed and a custom header object created. + header being parsed and a header object created. * Fetching a header value from a :class:`~email.message.Message` results - in that header being parsed and a custom header object created and + in that header being parsed and a header object created and returned. - * Any custom header object, or any header that is refolded due to the + * Any header object, or any header that is refolded due to the policy settings, is folded using an algorithm that fully implements the RFC folding algorithms, including knowing where encoded words are required and allowed. From the application view, this means that any header obtained through the -:class:`~email.message.Message` is a custom header object with custom +:class:`~email.message.Message` is a header object with extra attributes, whose string value is the fully decoded unicode value of the header. Likewise, a header may be assigned a new value, or a new header created, using a unicode string, and the policy will take care of converting the unicode string into the correct RFC encoded form. -The custom header objects and their attributes are described in +The header objects and their attributes are described in :mod:`~email.headerregistry`. diff --git a/Doc/library/email.rst b/Doc/library/email.rst index a6cbbce..331d2ef 100644 --- a/Doc/library/email.rst +++ b/Doc/library/email.rst @@ -53,6 +53,7 @@ Contents of the :mod:`email` package documentation: email.generator.rst email.policy.rst email.headerregistry.rst + email.contentmanager.rst email.mime.rst email.header.rst email.charset.rst diff --git a/Doc/library/enum.rst b/Doc/library/enum.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..c2030fa --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/enum.rst @@ -0,0 +1,688 @@ +:mod:`enum` --- Support for enumerations +======================================== + +.. module:: enum + :synopsis: Implementation of an enumeration class. + +.. :moduleauthor:: Ethan Furman <ethan@stoneleaf.us> +.. :sectionauthor:: Barry Warsaw <barry@python.org>, +.. :sectionauthor:: Eli Bendersky <eliben@gmail.com>, +.. :sectionauthor:: Ethan Furman <ethan@stoneleaf.us> + +**Source code:** :source:`Lib/enum.py` + +---------------- + +An enumeration is a set of symbolic names (members) bound to unique, constant +values. Within an enumeration, the members can be compared by identity, and +the enumeration itself can be iterated over. + +This module defines two enumeration classes that can be used to define unique +sets of names and values: :class:`Enum` and :class:`IntEnum`. It also defines +one decorator, :func:`unique`, that ensures only unique member values are +present in an enumeration. + + +Creating an Enum +---------------- + +Enumerations are created using the :keyword:`class` syntax, which makes them +easy to read and write. An alternative creation method is described in +`Functional API`_. To define an enumeration, subclass :class:`Enum` as +follows:: + + >>> from enum import Enum + >>> class Color(Enum): + ... red = 1 + ... green = 2 + ... blue = 3 + ... + +.. note:: Nomenclature + + - The class :class:`Color` is an *enumeration* (or *enum*) + - The attributes :attr:`Color.red`, :attr:`Color.green`, etc., are + *enumeration members* (or *enum members*). + - The enum members have *names* and *values* (the name of + :attr:`Color.red` is ``red``, the value of :attr:`Color.blue` is + ``3``, etc.) + +.. note:: + + Even though we use the :keyword:`class` syntax to create Enums, Enums + are not normal Python classes. See `How are Enums different?`_ for + more details. + +Enumeration members have human readable string representations:: + + >>> print(Color.red) + Color.red + +...while their ``repr`` has more information:: + + >>> print(repr(Color.red)) + <Color.red: 1> + +The *type* of an enumeration member is the enumeration it belongs to:: + + >>> type(Color.red) + <enum 'Color'> + >>> isinstance(Color.green, Color) + True + >>> + +Enum members also have a property that contains just their item name:: + + >>> print(Color.red.name) + red + +Enumerations support iteration, in definition order:: + + >>> class Shake(Enum): + ... vanilla = 7 + ... chocolate = 4 + ... cookies = 9 + ... mint = 3 + ... + >>> for shake in Shake: + ... print(shake) + ... + Shake.vanilla + Shake.chocolate + Shake.cookies + Shake.mint + +Enumeration members are hashable, so they can be used in dictionaries and sets:: + + >>> apples = {} + >>> apples[Color.red] = 'red delicious' + >>> apples[Color.green] = 'granny smith' + >>> apples == {Color.red: 'red delicious', Color.green: 'granny smith'} + True + + +Programmatic access to enumeration members and their attributes +--------------------------------------------------------------- + +Sometimes it's useful to access members in enumerations programmatically (i.e. +situations where ``Color.red`` won't do because the exact color is not known +at program-writing time). ``Enum`` allows such access:: + + >>> Color(1) + <Color.red: 1> + >>> Color(3) + <Color.blue: 3> + +If you want to access enum members by *name*, use item access:: + + >>> Color['red'] + <Color.red: 1> + >>> Color['green'] + <Color.green: 2> + +If have an enum member and need its :attr:`name` or :attr:`value`:: + + >>> member = Color.red + >>> member.name + 'red' + >>> member.value + 1 + + +Duplicating enum members and values +----------------------------------- + +Having two enum members with the same name is invalid:: + + >>> class Shape(Enum): + ... square = 2 + ... square = 3 + ... + Traceback (most recent call last): + ... + TypeError: Attempted to reuse key: 'square' + +However, two enum members are allowed to have the same value. Given two members +A and B with the same value (and A defined first), B is an alias to A. By-value +lookup of the value of A and B will return A. By-name lookup of B will also +return A:: + + >>> class Shape(Enum): + ... square = 2 + ... diamond = 1 + ... circle = 3 + ... alias_for_square = 2 + ... + >>> Shape.square + <Shape.square: 2> + >>> Shape.alias_for_square + <Shape.square: 2> + >>> Shape(2) + <Shape.square: 2> + +.. note:: + + Attempting to create a member with the same name as an already + defined attribute (another member, a method, etc.) or attempting to create + an attribute with the same name as a member is not allowed. + + +Ensuring unique enumeration values +---------------------------------- + +By default, enumerations allow multiple names as aliases for the same value. +When this behavior isn't desired, the following decorator can be used to +ensure each value is used only once in the enumeration: + +.. decorator:: unique + +A :keyword:`class` decorator specifically for enumerations. It searches an +enumeration's :attr:`__members__` gathering any aliases it finds; if any are +found :exc:`ValueError` is raised with the details:: + + >>> from enum import Enum, unique + >>> @unique + ... class Mistake(Enum): + ... one = 1 + ... two = 2 + ... three = 3 + ... four = 3 + ... + Traceback (most recent call last): + ... + ValueError: duplicate values found in <enum 'Mistake'>: four -> three + + +Iteration +--------- + +Iterating over the members of an enum does not provide the aliases:: + + >>> list(Shape) + [<Shape.square: 2>, <Shape.diamond: 1>, <Shape.circle: 3>] + +The special attribute ``__members__`` is an ordered dictionary mapping names +to members. It includes all names defined in the enumeration, including the +aliases:: + + >>> for name, member in Shape.__members__.items(): + ... name, member + ... + ('square', <Shape.square: 2>) + ('diamond', <Shape.diamond: 1>) + ('circle', <Shape.circle: 3>) + ('alias_for_square', <Shape.square: 2>) + +The ``__members__`` attribute can be used for detailed programmatic access to +the enumeration members. For example, finding all the aliases:: + + >>> [name for name, member in Shape.__members__.items() if member.name != name] + ['alias_for_square'] + + +Comparisons +----------- + +Enumeration members are compared by identity:: + + >>> Color.red is Color.red + True + >>> Color.red is Color.blue + False + >>> Color.red is not Color.blue + True + +Ordered comparisons between enumeration values are *not* supported. Enum +members are not integers (but see `IntEnum`_ below):: + + >>> Color.red < Color.blue + Traceback (most recent call last): + File "<stdin>", line 1, in <module> + TypeError: unorderable types: Color() < Color() + +Equality comparisons are defined though:: + + >>> Color.blue == Color.red + False + >>> Color.blue != Color.red + True + >>> Color.blue == Color.blue + True + +Comparisons against non-enumeration values will always compare not equal +(again, :class:`IntEnum` was explicitly designed to behave differently, see +below):: + + >>> Color.blue == 2 + False + + +Allowed members and attributes of enumerations +---------------------------------------------- + +The examples above use integers for enumeration values. Using integers is +short and handy (and provided by default by the `Functional API`_), but not +strictly enforced. In the vast majority of use-cases, one doesn't care what +the actual value of an enumeration is. But if the value *is* important, +enumerations can have arbitrary values. + +Enumerations are Python classes, and can have methods and special methods as +usual. If we have this enumeration:: + + >>> class Mood(Enum): + ... funky = 1 + ... happy = 3 + ... + ... def describe(self): + ... # self is the member here + ... return self.name, self.value + ... + ... def __str__(self): + ... return 'my custom str! {0}'.format(self.value) + ... + ... @classmethod + ... def favorite_mood(cls): + ... # cls here is the enumeration + ... return cls.happy + ... + +Then:: + + >>> Mood.favorite_mood() + <Mood.happy: 3> + >>> Mood.happy.describe() + ('happy', 3) + >>> str(Mood.funky) + 'my custom str! 1' + +The rules for what is allowed are as follows: _sunder_ names (starting and +ending with a single underscore) are reserved by enum and cannot be used; +all other attributes defined within an enumeration will become members of this +enumeration, with the exception of *__dunder__* names and descriptors (methods +are also descriptors). + +Note: if your enumeration defines :meth:`__new__` and/or :meth:`__init__` then +whatever value(s) were given to the enum member will be passed into those +methods. See `Planet`_ for an example. + + +Restricted subclassing of enumerations +-------------------------------------- + +Subclassing an enumeration is allowed only if the enumeration does not define +any members. So this is forbidden:: + + >>> class MoreColor(Color): + ... pink = 17 + ... + Traceback (most recent call last): + ... + TypeError: Cannot extend enumerations + +But this is allowed:: + + >>> class Foo(Enum): + ... def some_behavior(self): + ... pass + ... + >>> class Bar(Foo): + ... happy = 1 + ... sad = 2 + ... + +Allowing subclassing of enums that define members would lead to a violation of +some important invariants of types and instances. On the other hand, it makes +sense to allow sharing some common behavior between a group of enumerations. +(See `OrderedEnum`_ for an example.) + + +Pickling +-------- + +Enumerations can be pickled and unpickled:: + + >>> from test.test_enum import Fruit + >>> from pickle import dumps, loads + >>> Fruit.tomato is loads(dumps(Fruit.tomato)) + True + +The usual restrictions for pickling apply: picklable enums must be defined in +the top level of a module, since unpickling requires them to be importable +from that module. + +.. warning:: + + In order to support the singleton nature of enumeration members, pickle + protocol version 2 or higher must be used. + + +Functional API +-------------- + +The :class:`Enum` class is callable, providing the following functional API:: + + >>> Animal = Enum('Animal', 'ant bee cat dog') + >>> Animal + <enum 'Animal'> + >>> Animal.ant + <Animal.ant: 1> + >>> Animal.ant.value + 1 + >>> list(Animal) + [<Animal.ant: 1>, <Animal.bee: 2>, <Animal.cat: 3>, <Animal.dog: 4>] + +The semantics of this API resemble :class:`~collections.namedtuple`. The first +argument of the call to :class:`Enum` is the name of the enumeration. + +The second argument is the *source* of enumeration member names. It can be a +whitespace-separated string of names, a sequence of names, a sequence of +2-tuples with key/value pairs, or a mapping (e.g. dictionary) of names to +values. The last two options enable assigning arbitrary values to +enumerations; the others auto-assign increasing integers starting with 1. A +new class derived from :class:`Enum` is returned. In other words, the above +assignment to :class:`Animal` is equivalent to:: + + >>> class Animals(Enum): + ... ant = 1 + ... bee = 2 + ... cat = 3 + ... dog = 4 + ... + +The reason for defaulting to ``1`` as the starting number and not ``0`` is +that ``0`` is ``False`` in a boolean sense, but enum members all evaluate +to ``True``. + +Pickling enums created with the functional API can be tricky as frame stack +implementation details are used to try and figure out which module the +enumeration is being created in (e.g. it will fail if you use a utility +function in separate module, and also may not work on IronPython or Jython). +The solution is to specify the module name explicitly as follows:: + + >>> Animals = Enum('Animals', 'ant bee cat dog', module=__name__) + +Derived Enumerations +-------------------- + +IntEnum +^^^^^^^ + +A variation of :class:`Enum` is provided which is also a subclass of +:class:`int`. Members of an :class:`IntEnum` can be compared to integers; +by extension, integer enumerations of different types can also be compared +to each other:: + + >>> from enum import IntEnum + >>> class Shape(IntEnum): + ... circle = 1 + ... square = 2 + ... + >>> class Request(IntEnum): + ... post = 1 + ... get = 2 + ... + >>> Shape == 1 + False + >>> Shape.circle == 1 + True + >>> Shape.circle == Request.post + True + +However, they still can't be compared to standard :class:`Enum` enumerations:: + + >>> class Shape(IntEnum): + ... circle = 1 + ... square = 2 + ... + >>> class Color(Enum): + ... red = 1 + ... green = 2 + ... + >>> Shape.circle == Color.red + False + +:class:`IntEnum` values behave like integers in other ways you'd expect:: + + >>> int(Shape.circle) + 1 + >>> ['a', 'b', 'c'][Shape.circle] + 'b' + >>> [i for i in range(Shape.square)] + [0, 1] + +For the vast majority of code, :class:`Enum` is strongly recommended, +since :class:`IntEnum` breaks some semantic promises of an enumeration (by +being comparable to integers, and thus by transitivity to other +unrelated enumerations). It should be used only in special cases where +there's no other choice; for example, when integer constants are +replaced with enumerations and backwards compatibility is required with code +that still expects integers. + + +Others +^^^^^^ + +While :class:`IntEnum` is part of the :mod:`enum` module, it would be very +simple to implement independently:: + + class IntEnum(int, Enum): + pass + +This demonstrates how similar derived enumerations can be defined; for example +a :class:`StrEnum` that mixes in :class:`str` instead of :class:`int`. + +Some rules: + +1. When subclassing :class:`Enum`, mix-in types must appear before + :class:`Enum` itself in the sequence of bases, as in the :class:`IntEnum` + example above. +2. While :class:`Enum` can have members of any type, once you mix in an + additional type, all the members must have values of that type, e.g. + :class:`int` above. This restriction does not apply to mix-ins which only + add methods and don't specify another data type such as :class:`int` or + :class:`str`. +3. When another data type is mixed in, the :attr:`value` attribute is *not the + same* as the enum member itself, although it is equivalant and will compare + equal. +4. %-style formatting: `%s` and `%r` call :class:`Enum`'s :meth:`__str__` and + :meth:`__repr__` respectively; other codes (such as `%i` or `%h` for + IntEnum) treat the enum member as its mixed-in type. +5. :meth:`str.__format__` (or :func:`format`) will use the mixed-in + type's :meth:`__format__`. If the :class:`Enum`'s :func:`str` or + :func:`repr` is desired use the `!s` or `!r` :class:`str` format codes. + + +Interesting examples +-------------------- + +While :class:`Enum` and :class:`IntEnum` are expected to cover the majority of +use-cases, they cannot cover them all. Here are recipes for some different +types of enumerations that can be used directly, or as examples for creating +one's own. + + +AutoNumber +^^^^^^^^^^ + +Avoids having to specify the value for each enumeration member:: + + >>> class AutoNumber(Enum): + ... def __new__(cls): + ... value = len(cls.__members__) + 1 + ... obj = object.__new__(cls) + ... obj._value_ = value + ... return obj + ... + >>> class Color(AutoNumber): + ... red = () + ... green = () + ... blue = () + ... + >>> Color.green.value == 2 + True + +.. note:: + + The :meth:`__new__` method, if defined, is used during creation of the Enum + members; it is then replaced by Enum's :meth:`__new__` which is used after + class creation for lookup of existing members. Due to the way Enums are + supposed to behave, there is no way to customize Enum's :meth:`__new__`. + + +OrderedEnum +^^^^^^^^^^^ + +An ordered enumeration that is not based on :class:`IntEnum` and so maintains +the normal :class:`Enum` invariants (such as not being comparable to other +enumerations):: + + >>> class OrderedEnum(Enum): + ... def __ge__(self, other): + ... if self.__class__ is other.__class__: + ... return self.value >= other.value + ... return NotImplemented + ... def __gt__(self, other): + ... if self.__class__ is other.__class__: + ... return self.value > other.value + ... return NotImplemented + ... def __le__(self, other): + ... if self.__class__ is other.__class__: + ... return self.value <= other.value + ... return NotImplemented + ... def __lt__(self, other): + ... if self.__class__ is other.__class__: + ... return self.value < other.value + ... return NotImplemented + ... + >>> class Grade(OrderedEnum): + ... A = 5 + ... B = 4 + ... C = 3 + ... D = 2 + ... F = 1 + ... + >>> Grade.C < Grade.A + True + + +DuplicateFreeEnum +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Raises an error if a duplicate member name is found instead of creating an +alias:: + + >>> class DuplicateFreeEnum(Enum): + ... def __init__(self, *args): + ... cls = self.__class__ + ... if any(self.value == e.value for e in cls): + ... a = self.name + ... e = cls(self.value).name + ... raise ValueError( + ... "aliases not allowed in DuplicateFreeEnum: %r --> %r" + ... % (a, e)) + ... + >>> class Color(DuplicateFreeEnum): + ... red = 1 + ... green = 2 + ... blue = 3 + ... grene = 2 + ... + Traceback (most recent call last): + ... + ValueError: aliases not allowed in DuplicateFreeEnum: 'grene' --> 'green' + +.. note:: + + This is a useful example for subclassing Enum to add or change other + behaviors as well as disallowing aliases. If the only desired change is + disallowing aliases, the :func:`unique` decorator can be used instead. + + +Planet +^^^^^^ + +If :meth:`__new__` or :meth:`__init__` is defined the value of the enum member +will be passed to those methods:: + + >>> class Planet(Enum): + ... MERCURY = (3.303e+23, 2.4397e6) + ... VENUS = (4.869e+24, 6.0518e6) + ... EARTH = (5.976e+24, 6.37814e6) + ... MARS = (6.421e+23, 3.3972e6) + ... JUPITER = (1.9e+27, 7.1492e7) + ... SATURN = (5.688e+26, 6.0268e7) + ... URANUS = (8.686e+25, 2.5559e7) + ... NEPTUNE = (1.024e+26, 2.4746e7) + ... def __init__(self, mass, radius): + ... self.mass = mass # in kilograms + ... self.radius = radius # in meters + ... @property + ... def surface_gravity(self): + ... # universal gravitational constant (m3 kg-1 s-2) + ... G = 6.67300E-11 + ... return G * self.mass / (self.radius * self.radius) + ... + >>> Planet.EARTH.value + (5.976e+24, 6378140.0) + >>> Planet.EARTH.surface_gravity + 9.802652743337129 + + +How are Enums different? +------------------------ + +Enums have a custom metaclass that affects many aspects of both derived Enum +classes and their instances (members). + + +Enum Classes +^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The :class:`EnumMeta` metaclass is responsible for providing the +:meth:`__contains__`, :meth:`__dir__`, :meth:`__iter__` and other methods that +allow one to do things with an :class:`Enum` class that fail on a typical +class, such as `list(Color)` or `some_var in Color`. :class:`EnumMeta` is +responsible for ensuring that various other methods on the final :class:`Enum` +class are correct (such as :meth:`__new__`, :meth:`__getnewargs__`, +:meth:`__str__` and :meth:`__repr__`) + + +Enum Members (aka instances) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +The most interesting thing about Enum members is that they are singletons. +:class:`EnumMeta` creates them all while it is creating the :class:`Enum` +class itself, and then puts a custom :meth:`__new__` in place to ensure +that no new ones are ever instantiated by returning only the existing +member instances. + + +Finer Points +^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Enum members are instances of an Enum class, and even though they are +accessible as `EnumClass.member`, they are not accessible directly from +the member:: + + >>> Color.red + <Color.red: 1> + >>> Color.red.blue + Traceback (most recent call last): + ... + AttributeError: 'Color' object has no attribute 'blue' + +Likewise, the :attr:`__members__` is only available on the class. + +If you give your :class:`Enum` subclass extra methods, like the `Planet`_ +class above, those methods will show up in a :func:`dir` of the member, +but not of the class:: + + >>> dir(Planet) + ['EARTH', 'JUPITER', 'MARS', 'MERCURY', 'NEPTUNE', 'SATURN', 'URANUS', 'VENUS', '__class__', '__doc__', '__members__', '__module__'] + >>> dir(Planet.EARTH) + ['__class__', '__doc__', '__module__', 'name', 'surface_gravity', 'value'] + +A :meth:`__new__` method will only be used for the creation of the +:class:`Enum` members -- after that it is replaced. This means if you wish to +change how :class:`Enum` members are looked up you either have to write a +helper function or a :func:`classmethod`. diff --git a/Doc/library/exceptions.rst b/Doc/library/exceptions.rst index 1854318..bcaed24 100644 --- a/Doc/library/exceptions.rst +++ b/Doc/library/exceptions.rst @@ -259,6 +259,12 @@ The following exceptions are the exceptions that are usually raised. :exc:`VMSError`, :exc:`socket.error`, :exc:`select.error` and :exc:`mmap.error` have been merged into :exc:`OSError`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + + The :attr:`filename` attribute is now the original file name passed to + the function, instead of the name encoded to or decoded from the + filesystem encoding. + .. exception:: OverflowError diff --git a/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst b/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst index 3c33621..61bc503 100644 --- a/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst +++ b/Doc/library/faulthandler.rst @@ -27,6 +27,7 @@ tracebacks: * Only the filename, the function name and the line number are displayed. (no source code) * It is limited to 100 frames and 100 threads. +* The order is reversed: the most recent call is shown first. By default, the Python traceback is written to :data:`sys.stderr`. To see tracebacks, applications must be run in the terminal. A log file can @@ -129,7 +130,7 @@ Example of a segmentation fault on Linux: :: >>> ctypes.string_at(0) Fatal Python error: Segmentation fault - Current thread 0x00007fb899f39700: + Current thread 0x00007fb899f39700 (most recent call first): File "/home/python/cpython/Lib/ctypes/__init__.py", line 486 in string_at File "<stdin>", line 1 in <module> Segmentation fault diff --git a/Doc/library/filecmp.rst b/Doc/library/filecmp.rst index 8a88f8c..8471a72 100644 --- a/Doc/library/filecmp.rst +++ b/Doc/library/filecmp.rst @@ -27,6 +27,10 @@ The :mod:`filecmp` module defines the following functions: Note that no external programs are called from this function, giving it portability and efficiency. + This function uses a cache for past comparisons and the results, + with a cache invalidation mechanism relying on stale signatures + or by explicitly calling :func:`clear_cache`. + .. function:: cmpfiles(dir1, dir2, common, shallow=True) @@ -48,6 +52,15 @@ The :mod:`filecmp` module defines the following functions: one of the three returned lists. +.. function:: clear_cache() + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + Clear the filecmp cache. This may be useful if a file is compared so quickly + after it is modified that it is within the mtime resolution of + the underlying filesystem. + + .. _dircmp-objects: The :class:`dircmp` class @@ -55,28 +68,25 @@ The :class:`dircmp` class .. class:: dircmp(a, b, ignore=None, hide=None) - Construct a new directory comparison object, to compare the directories *a* and - *b*. *ignore* is a list of names to ignore, and defaults to ``['RCS', 'CVS', - 'tags']``. *hide* is a list of names to hide, and defaults to ``[os.curdir, - os.pardir]``. + Construct a new directory comparison object, to compare the directories *a* + and *b*. *ignore* is a list of names to ignore, and defaults to + :attr:`filecmp.DEFAULT_IGNORES`. *hide* is a list of names to hide, and + defaults to ``[os.curdir, os.pardir]``. The :class:`dircmp` class compares files by doing *shallow* comparisons as described for :func:`filecmp.cmp`. The :class:`dircmp` class provides the following methods: - .. method:: report() Print (to :data:`sys.stdout`) a comparison between *a* and *b*. - .. method:: report_partial_closure() Print a comparison between *a* and *b* and common immediate subdirectories. - .. method:: report_full_closure() Print a comparison between *a* and *b* and common subdirectories @@ -133,7 +143,7 @@ The :class:`dircmp` class .. attribute:: common_files - Files in both *a* and *b* + Files in both *a* and *b*. .. attribute:: common_funny @@ -164,6 +174,12 @@ The :class:`dircmp` class A dictionary mapping names in :attr:`common_dirs` to :class:`dircmp` objects. +.. attribute:: DEFAULT_IGNORES + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + List of directories ignored by :class:`dircmp` by default. + Here is a simplified example of using the ``subdirs`` attribute to search recursively through two directories to show common different files:: diff --git a/Doc/library/formatter.rst b/Doc/library/formatter.rst index 88be11c..bdc9e7b 100644 --- a/Doc/library/formatter.rst +++ b/Doc/library/formatter.rst @@ -4,6 +4,10 @@ .. module:: formatter :synopsis: Generic output formatter and device interface. +.. deprecated:: 3.4 + Due to lack of usage, the formatter module has been deprecated and is slated + for removal in Python 3.6. + This module supports two interface definitions, each with multiple implementations: The *formatter* interface, and the *writer* interface which is diff --git a/Doc/library/functions.rst b/Doc/library/functions.rst index 4ebf3ca..ffee09e 100644 --- a/Doc/library/functions.rst +++ b/Doc/library/functions.rst @@ -543,6 +543,10 @@ are always available. They are listed here in alphabetical order. :exc:`TypeError` exception is raised if the method is not found or if either the *format_spec* or the return value are not strings. + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + ``object().__format__(format_spec)`` raises :exc:`TypeError` + if *format_spec* is not empty string. + .. _func-frozenset: .. function:: frozenset([iterable]) @@ -666,6 +670,12 @@ are always available. They are listed here in alphabetical order. The integer type is described in :ref:`typesnumeric`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + If *base* is not an instance of :class:`int` and the *base* object has a + :meth:`base.__index__ <object.__index__>` method, that method is called + to obtain an integer for the base. Previous versions used + :meth:`base.__int__ <object.__int__>` instead of :meth:`base.__index__ + <object.__index__>`. .. function:: isinstance(object, classinfo) @@ -748,19 +758,22 @@ are always available. They are listed here in alphabetical order. already arranged into argument tuples, see :func:`itertools.starmap`\. -.. function:: max(iterable, *[, key]) +.. function:: max(iterable, *[, default, key]) max(arg1, arg2, *args[, key]) Return the largest item in an iterable or the largest of two or more arguments. - If one positional argument is provided, *iterable* must be a non-empty - iterable (such as a non-empty string, tuple or list). The largest item - in the iterable is returned. If two or more positional arguments are - provided, the largest of the positional arguments is returned. + If one positional argument is provided, it should be an :term:`iterable`. + The largest item in the iterable is returned. If two or more positional + arguments are provided, the smallest of the positional arguments is + returned. - The optional keyword-only *key* argument specifies a one-argument ordering - function like that used for :meth:`list.sort`. + There are two optional keyword-only arguments. The *key* argument specifies + a one-argument ordering function like that used for :meth:`list.sort`. The + *default* argument specifies an object to return if the provided iterable is + empty. If the iterable is empty and *default* is not provided, a + :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If multiple items are maximal, the function returns the first one encountered. This is consistent with other sort-stability preserving tools @@ -776,19 +789,22 @@ are always available. They are listed here in alphabetical order. :ref:`typememoryview` for more information. -.. function:: min(iterable, *[, key]) +.. function:: min(iterable, *[, default, key]) min(arg1, arg2, *args[, key]) Return the smallest item in an iterable or the smallest of two or more arguments. - If one positional argument is provided, *iterable* must be a non-empty - iterable (such as a non-empty string, tuple or list). The smallest item - in the iterable is returned. If two or more positional arguments are - provided, the smallest of the positional arguments is returned. + If one positional argument is provided, it should be an :term:`iterable`. + The smallest item in the iterable is returned. If two or more positional + arguments are provided, the smallest of the positional arguments is + returned. - The optional keyword-only *key* argument specifies a one-argument ordering - function like that used for :meth:`list.sort`. + There are two optional keyword-only arguments. The *key* argument specifies + a one-argument ordering function like that used for :meth:`list.sort`. The + *default* argument specifies an object to return if the provided iterable is + empty. If the iterable is empty and *default* is not provided, a + :exc:`ValueError` is raised. If multiple items are minimal, the function returns the first one encountered. This is consistent with other sort-stability preserving tools @@ -963,6 +979,8 @@ are always available. They are listed here in alphabetical order. :mod:`os.open` as *opener* results in functionality similar to passing ``None``). + The newly created file is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. + The following example uses the :ref:`dir_fd <dir_fd>` parameter of the :func:`os.open` function to open a file relative to a given directory:: @@ -976,10 +994,6 @@ are always available. They are listed here in alphabetical order. ... >>> os.close(dir_fd) # don't leak a file descriptor - .. versionchanged:: 3.3 - The *opener* parameter was added. - The ``'x'`` mode was added. - The type of :term:`file object` returned by the :func:`open` function depends on the mode. When :func:`open` is used to open a file in a text mode (``'w'``, ``'r'``, ``'wt'``, ``'rt'``, etc.), it returns a subclass of @@ -1006,10 +1020,15 @@ are always available. They are listed here in alphabetical order. and :mod:`shutil`. .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + The *opener* parameter was added. + The ``'x'`` mode was added. :exc:`IOError` used to be raised, it is now an alias of :exc:`OSError`. :exc:`FileExistsError` is now raised if the file opened in exclusive creation mode (``'x'``) already exists. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The file is now non-inheritable. + .. XXX works for bytes too, but should it? .. function:: ord(c) diff --git a/Doc/library/functools.rst b/Doc/library/functools.rst index 3c946e3..14e1351 100644 --- a/Doc/library/functools.rst +++ b/Doc/library/functools.rst @@ -6,6 +6,7 @@ .. moduleauthor:: Peter Harris <scav@blueyonder.co.uk> .. moduleauthor:: Raymond Hettinger <python@rcn.com> .. moduleauthor:: Nick Coghlan <ncoghlan@gmail.com> +.. moduleauthor:: Łukasz Langa <lukasz@langa.pl> .. sectionauthor:: Peter Harris <scav@blueyonder.co.uk> **Source code:** :source:`Lib/functools.py` @@ -133,15 +134,34 @@ The :mod:`functools` module defines the following functions: @total_ordering class Student: + def _is_valid_operand(self, other): + return (hasattr(other, "lastname") and + hasattr(other, "firstname")) def __eq__(self, other): + if not self._is_valid_operand(other): + return NotImplemented return ((self.lastname.lower(), self.firstname.lower()) == (other.lastname.lower(), other.firstname.lower())) def __lt__(self, other): + if not self._is_valid_operand(other): + return NotImplemented return ((self.lastname.lower(), self.firstname.lower()) < (other.lastname.lower(), other.firstname.lower())) + .. note:: + + While this decorator makes it easy to create well behaved totally + ordered types, it *does* come at the cost of slower execution and + more complex stack traces for the derived comparison methods. If + performance benchmarking indicates this is a bottleneck for a given + application, implementing all six rich comparison methods instead is + likely to provide an easy speed boost. + .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Returning NotImplemented from the underlying comparison function for + unrecognised types is now supported. .. function:: partial(func, *args, **keywords) @@ -198,6 +218,111 @@ The :mod:`functools` module defines the following functions: return value +.. decorator:: singledispatch(default) + + Transforms a function into a :term:`single-dispatch <single + dispatch>` :term:`generic function`. + + To define a generic function, decorate it with the ``@singledispatch`` + decorator. Note that the dispatch happens on the type of the first argument, + create your function accordingly:: + + >>> from functools import singledispatch + >>> @singledispatch + ... def fun(arg, verbose=False): + ... if verbose: + ... print("Let me just say,", end=" ") + ... print(arg) + + To add overloaded implementations to the function, use the :func:`register` + attribute of the generic function. It is a decorator, taking a type + parameter and decorating a function implementing the operation for that + type:: + + >>> @fun.register(int) + ... def _(arg, verbose=False): + ... if verbose: + ... print("Strength in numbers, eh?", end=" ") + ... print(arg) + ... + >>> @fun.register(list) + ... def _(arg, verbose=False): + ... if verbose: + ... print("Enumerate this:") + ... for i, elem in enumerate(arg): + ... print(i, elem) + + To enable registering lambdas and pre-existing functions, the + :func:`register` attribute can be used in a functional form:: + + >>> def nothing(arg, verbose=False): + ... print("Nothing.") + ... + >>> fun.register(type(None), nothing) + + The :func:`register` attribute returns the undecorated function which + enables decorator stacking, pickling, as well as creating unit tests for + each variant independently:: + + >>> @fun.register(float) + ... @fun.register(Decimal) + ... def fun_num(arg, verbose=False): + ... if verbose: + ... print("Half of your number:", end=" ") + ... print(arg / 2) + ... + >>> fun_num is fun + False + + When called, the generic function dispatches on the type of the first + argument:: + + >>> fun("Hello, world.") + Hello, world. + >>> fun("test.", verbose=True) + Let me just say, test. + >>> fun(42, verbose=True) + Strength in numbers, eh? 42 + >>> fun(['spam', 'spam', 'eggs', 'spam'], verbose=True) + Enumerate this: + 0 spam + 1 spam + 2 eggs + 3 spam + >>> fun(None) + Nothing. + >>> fun(1.23) + 0.615 + + Where there is no registered implementation for a specific type, its + method resolution order is used to find a more generic implementation. + The original function decorated with ``@singledispatch`` is registered + for the base ``object`` type, which means it is used if no better + implementation is found. + + To check which implementation will the generic function choose for + a given type, use the ``dispatch()`` attribute:: + + >>> fun.dispatch(float) + <function fun_num at 0x1035a2840> + >>> fun.dispatch(dict) # note: default implementation + <function fun at 0x103fe0000> + + To access all registered implementations, use the read-only ``registry`` + attribute:: + + >>> fun.registry.keys() + dict_keys([<class 'NoneType'>, <class 'int'>, <class 'object'>, + <class 'decimal.Decimal'>, <class 'list'>, + <class 'float'>]) + >>> fun.registry[float] + <function fun_num at 0x1035a2840> + >>> fun.registry[object] + <function fun at 0x103fe0000> + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. function:: update_wrapper(wrapper, wrapped, assigned=WRAPPER_ASSIGNMENTS, updated=WRAPPER_UPDATES) Update a *wrapper* function to look like the *wrapped* function. The optional @@ -212,8 +337,8 @@ The :mod:`functools` module defines the following functions: To allow access to the original function for introspection and other purposes (e.g. bypassing a caching decorator such as :func:`lru_cache`), this function - automatically adds a __wrapped__ attribute to the wrapper that refers to - the original function. + automatically adds a ``__wrapped__`` attribute to the wrapper that refers to + the function being wrapped. The main intended use for this function is in :term:`decorator` functions which wrap the decorated function and return the wrapper. If the wrapper function is @@ -236,6 +361,11 @@ The :mod:`functools` module defines the following functions: .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Missing attributes no longer trigger an :exc:`AttributeError`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The ``__wrapped__`` attribute now always refers to the wrapped + function, even if that function defined a ``__wrapped__`` attribute. + (see :issue:`17482`) + .. decorator:: wraps(wrapped, assigned=WRAPPER_ASSIGNMENTS, updated=WRAPPER_UPDATES) diff --git a/Doc/library/gc.rst b/Doc/library/gc.rst index 5878da5..8e3a4bd 100644 --- a/Doc/library/gc.rst +++ b/Doc/library/gc.rst @@ -67,6 +67,24 @@ The :mod:`gc` module provides the following functions: returned. +.. function:: get_stats() + + Return a list of 3 per-generation dictionaries containing collection + statistics since interpreter start. At this moment, each dictionary will + contain the following items: + + * ``collections`` is the number of times this generation was collected; + + * ``collected`` is the total number of objects collected inside this + generation; + + * ``uncollectable`` is the total number of objects which were found + to be uncollectable (and were therefore moved to the :data:`garbage` + list) inside this generation. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. function:: set_threshold(threshold0[, threshold1[, threshold2]]) Set the garbage collection thresholds (the collection frequency). Setting @@ -158,24 +176,13 @@ values but should not rebind them): .. data:: garbage - A list of objects which the collector found to be unreachable but could not be - freed (uncollectable objects). By default, this list contains only objects with - :meth:`__del__` methods. Objects that have :meth:`__del__` methods and are - part of a reference cycle cause the entire reference cycle to be uncollectable, - including objects not necessarily in the cycle but reachable only from it. - Python doesn't collect such cycles automatically because, in general, it isn't - possible for Python to guess a safe order in which to run the :meth:`__del__` - methods. If you know a safe order, you can force the issue by examining the - *garbage* list, and explicitly breaking cycles due to your objects within the - list. Note that these objects are kept alive even so by virtue of being in the - *garbage* list, so they should be removed from *garbage* too. For example, - after breaking cycles, do ``del gc.garbage[:]`` to empty the list. It's - generally better to avoid the issue by not creating cycles containing objects - with :meth:`__del__` methods, and *garbage* can be examined in that case to - verify that no such cycles are being created. - - If :const:`DEBUG_SAVEALL` is set, then all unreachable objects will be added - to this list rather than freed. + A list of objects which the collector found to be unreachable but could + not be freed (uncollectable objects). Starting with Python 3.4, this + list should be empty most of the time, except when using instances of + C extension types with a non-NULL ``tp_del`` slot. + + If :const:`DEBUG_SAVEALL` is set, then all unreachable objects will be + added to this list rather than freed. .. versionchanged:: 3.2 If this list is non-empty at interpreter shutdown, a @@ -183,6 +190,10 @@ values but should not rebind them): :const:`DEBUG_UNCOLLECTABLE` is set, in addition all uncollectable objects are printed. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Following :pep:`442`, objects with a :meth:`__del__` method don't end + up in :attr:`gc.garbage` anymore. + .. data:: callbacks A list of callbacks that will be invoked by the garbage collector before and diff --git a/Doc/library/gzip.rst b/Doc/library/gzip.rst index ec16f6a..de5063a 100644 --- a/Doc/library/gzip.rst +++ b/Doc/library/gzip.rst @@ -35,8 +35,8 @@ The module defines the following items: :class:`bytes` object), or an existing file object to read from or write to. The *mode* argument can be any of ``'r'``, ``'rb'``, ``'a'``, ``'ab'``, - ``'w'``, or ``'wb'`` for binary mode, or ``'rt'``, ``'at'``, or ``'wt'`` for - text mode. The default is ``'rb'``. + ``'w'``, ``'wb'``, ``'x'`` or ``'xb'`` for binary mode, or ``'rt'``, + ``'at'``, ``'wt'``, or ``'xt'`` for text mode. The default is ``'rb'``. The *compresslevel* argument is an integer from 0 to 9, as for the :class:`GzipFile` constructor. @@ -53,6 +53,9 @@ The module defines the following items: Added support for *filename* being a file object, support for text mode, and the *encoding*, *errors* and *newline* arguments. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added support for the ``'x'``, ``'xb'`` and ``'xt'`` modes. + .. class:: GzipFile(filename=None, mode=None, compresslevel=9, fileobj=None, mtime=None) @@ -73,8 +76,9 @@ The module defines the following items: original filename is not included in the header. The *mode* argument can be any of ``'r'``, ``'rb'``, ``'a'``, ``'ab'``, ``'w'``, - or ``'wb'``, depending on whether the file will be read or written. The default - is the mode of *fileobj* if discernible; otherwise, the default is ``'rb'``. + ``'wb'``, ``'x'``, or ``'xb'``, depending on whether the file will be read or + written. The default is the mode of *fileobj* if discernible; otherwise, the + default is ``'rb'``. Note that the file is always opened in binary mode. To open a compressed file in text mode, use :func:`.open` (or wrap your :class:`GzipFile` with an @@ -125,6 +129,9 @@ The module defines the following items: .. versionchanged:: 3.3 The :meth:`io.BufferedIOBase.read1` method is now implemented. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added support for the ``'x'`` and ``'xb'`` modes. + .. function:: compress(data, compresslevel=9) diff --git a/Doc/library/hashlib.rst b/Doc/library/hashlib.rst index 49fedec..b1daba1 100644 --- a/Doc/library/hashlib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/hashlib.rst @@ -32,6 +32,10 @@ digests. The modern term is secure hash. Some algorithms have known hash collision weaknesses, refer to the "See also" section at the end. + +Hash algorithms +--------------- + There is one constructor method named for each type of :dfn:`hash`. All return a hash object with the same simple interface. For example: use :func:`sha1` to create a SHA1 hash object. You can now feed this object with :term:`bytes-like @@ -53,9 +57,13 @@ concatenation of the data fed to it so far using the :meth:`digest` or .. index:: single: OpenSSL; (use in module hashlib) Constructors for hash algorithms that are always present in this module are -:func:`md5`, :func:`sha1`, :func:`sha224`, :func:`sha256`, :func:`sha384`, and -:func:`sha512`. Additional algorithms may also be available depending upon the -OpenSSL library that Python uses on your platform. +:func:`md5`, :func:`sha1`, :func:`sha224`, :func:`sha256`, :func:`sha384`, +:func:`sha512`, :func:`sha3_224`, :func:`sha3_256`, :func:`sha3_384`, and +:func:`sha3_512`. Additional algorithms may also be available depending upon +the OpenSSL library that Python uses on your platform. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Add sha3 family of hash algorithms. For example, to obtain the digest of the byte string ``b'Nobody inspects the spammish repetition'``:: @@ -122,6 +130,18 @@ returned by the constructors: The internal block size of the hash algorithm in bytes. +A hash object has the following attributes: + +.. attribute:: hash.name + + The canonical name of this hash, always lowercase and always suitable as a + parameter to :func:`new` to create another hash of this type. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The name attribute has been present in CPython since its inception, but + until Python 3.4 was not formally specified, so may not exist on some + platforms. + A hash object has the following methods: @@ -158,6 +178,45 @@ A hash object has the following methods: compute the digests of data sharing a common initial substring. +Key Derivation Function +----------------------- + +Key derivation and key stretching algorithms are designed for secure password +hashing. Naive algorithms such as ``sha1(password)`` are not resistant +against brute-force attacks. A good password hashing function must be tunable, +slow and include a salt. + + +.. function:: pbkdf2_hmac(name, password, salt, rounds, dklen=None) + + The function provides PKCS#5 password-based key derivation function 2. It + uses HMAC as pseudorandom function. + + The string *name* is the desired name of the hash digest algorithm for + HMAC, e.g. 'sha1' or 'sha256'. *password* and *salt* are interpreted as + buffers of bytes. Applications and libraries should limit *password* to + a sensible value (e.g. 1024). *salt* should be about 16 or more bytes from + a proper source, e.g. :func:`os.urandom`. + + The number of *rounds* should be chosen based on the hash algorithm and + computing power. As of 2013 a value of at least 100,000 rounds of SHA-256 + have been suggested. + + *dklen* is the length of the derived key. If *dklen* is ``None`` then the + digest size of the hash algorithm *name* is used, e.g. 64 for SHA-512. + + >>> import hashlib, binascii + >>> dk = hashlib.pbkdf2_hmac('sha256', b'password', b'salt', 100000) + >>> binascii.hexlify(dk) + b'0394a2ede332c9a13eb82e9b24631604c31df978b4e2f0fbd2c549944f9d79a5' + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. note:: A fast implementation of *pbkdf2_hmac* is available with OpenSSL. + The Python implementation uses an inline version of :mod:`hmac`. It is + about three times slower and doesn't release the GIL. + + .. seealso:: Module :mod:`hmac` @@ -173,3 +232,5 @@ A hash object has the following methods: Wikipedia article with information on which algorithms have known issues and what that means regarding their use. + http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc2898.txt + PKCS #5: Password-Based Cryptography Specification Version 2.0 diff --git a/Doc/library/hmac.rst b/Doc/library/hmac.rst index 9575693..1d928ea 100644 --- a/Doc/library/hmac.rst +++ b/Doc/library/hmac.rst @@ -16,20 +16,26 @@ This module implements the HMAC algorithm as described by :rfc:`2104`. .. function:: new(key, msg=None, digestmod=None) - Return a new hmac object. *key* is a bytes object giving the secret key. If - *msg* is present, the method call ``update(msg)`` is made. *digestmod* is - the digest constructor or module for the HMAC object to use. It defaults to - the :data:`hashlib.md5` constructor. + Return a new hmac object. *key* is a bytes or bytearray object giving the + secret key. If *msg* is present, the method call ``update(msg)`` is made. + *digestmod* is the digest constructor or module for the HMAC object to use. + It defaults to the :data:`hashlib.md5` constructor. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Parameter *key* can be a bytes or bytearray object. Parameter *msg* can + be of any type supported by :mod:`hashlib`. An HMAC object has the following methods: .. method:: HMAC.update(msg) - Update the hmac object with the bytes object *msg*. Repeated calls are - equivalent to a single call with the concatenation of all the arguments: + Update the hmac object with *msg*. Repeated calls are equivalent to a + single call with the concatenation of all the arguments: ``m.update(a); m.update(b)`` is equivalent to ``m.update(a + b)``. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Parameter *msg* can be of any type supported by :mod:`hashlib`. + .. method:: HMAC.digest() diff --git a/Doc/library/http.client.rst b/Doc/library/http.client.rst index 4daeeea..892e62f 100644 --- a/Doc/library/http.client.rst +++ b/Doc/library/http.client.rst @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ HTTPS protocols. It is normally not used directly --- the module The module provides the following classes: -.. class:: HTTPConnection(host, port=None[, strict][, timeout], \ +.. class:: HTTPConnection(host, port=None[, timeout], \ source_address=None) An :class:`HTTPConnection` instance represents one transaction with an HTTP @@ -51,13 +51,13 @@ The module provides the following classes: .. versionchanged:: 3.2 *source_address* was added. - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.2 3.4 - The *strict* parameter is deprecated. HTTP 0.9-style "Simple Responses" - are not supported anymore. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The *strict* parameter is removed. HTTP 0.9-style "Simple Responses" are + not supported. .. class:: HTTPSConnection(host, port=None, key_file=None, \ - cert_file=None[, strict][, timeout], \ + cert_file=None[, timeout], \ source_address=None, *, context=None, \ check_hostname=None) @@ -89,19 +89,19 @@ The module provides the following classes: This class now supports HTTPS virtual hosts if possible (that is, if :data:`ssl.HAS_SNI` is true). - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.2 3.4 - The *strict* parameter is deprecated. HTTP 0.9-style "Simple Responses" - are not supported anymore. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The *strict* parameter is removed. HTTP 0.9-style "Simple Responses" are + not supported anymore. -.. class:: HTTPResponse(sock, debuglevel=0[, strict], method=None, url=None) +.. class:: HTTPResponse(sock, debuglevel=0, method=None, url=None) Class whose instances are returned upon successful connection. Not instantiated directly by user. - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.2 3.4 - The *strict* parameter is deprecated. HTTP 0.9-style "Simple Responses" - are not supported anymore. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The *strict* parameter is removed. HTTP 0.9 style "Simple Responses" are + not supported anymore. The following exceptions are raised as appropriate: diff --git a/Doc/library/http.server.rst b/Doc/library/http.server.rst index 5aeb719..113ac44 100644 --- a/Doc/library/http.server.rst +++ b/Doc/library/http.server.rst @@ -170,12 +170,19 @@ of which this module provides three different variants: .. versionadded:: 3.2 - .. method:: send_error(code, message=None) + .. method:: send_error(code, message=None, explain=None) Sends and logs a complete error reply to the client. The numeric *code* - specifies the HTTP error code, with *message* as optional, more specific text. A - complete set of headers is sent, followed by text composed using the - :attr:`error_message_format` class variable. + specifies the HTTP error code, with *message* as optional, more specific + text, usually referring to short message response. The *explain* + argument can be used to send a detailed information about the error in + response content body. A complete set of headers is sent, followed by + text composed using the :attr:`error_message_format` class variable. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The error response includes a Content-Length header. + Added the *explain* argument. + .. method:: send_response(code, message=None) @@ -361,6 +368,15 @@ the previous example, this serves files relative to the current directory. :: python -m http.server 8000 +By default, server binds itself to all interfaces. To restrict it to bind to a +particular interface only, ``--bind ADDRESS`` argument can be used. For e.g, to +restrict the server to bind only to localhost. :: + + python -m http.server 8000 --bind 127.0.0.1 + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + ``--bind`` argument was introduced. + .. class:: CGIHTTPRequestHandler(request, client_address, server) diff --git a/Doc/library/idle.rst b/Doc/library/idle.rst index 36d78b0..2718cef 100644 --- a/Doc/library/idle.rst +++ b/Doc/library/idle.rst @@ -16,70 +16,82 @@ IDLE has the following features: * coded in 100% pure Python, using the :mod:`tkinter` GUI toolkit -* cross-platform: works on Windows and Unix +* cross-platform: works on Windows, Unix, and Mac OS X -* multi-window text editor with multiple undo, Python colorizing and many other - features, e.g. smart indent and call tips +* multi-window text editor with multiple undo, Python colorizing, + smart indent, call tips, and many other features * Python shell window (a.k.a. interactive interpreter) -* debugger (not complete, but you can set breakpoints, view and step) +* debugger (not complete, but you can set breakpoints, view and step) Menus ----- +IDLE has two window types, the Shell window and the Editor window. It is +possible to have multiple editor windows simultaneously. IDLE's +menus dynamically change based on which window is currently selected. Each menu +documented below indicates which window type it is associated with. Click on +the dotted line at the top of a menu to "tear it off": a separate window +containing the menu is created (for Unix and Windows only). -File menu -^^^^^^^^^ +File menu (Shell and Editor) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ New file - create a new file editing window + Create a new file editing window Open... - open an existing file + Open an existing file Open module... - open an existing module (searches sys.path) + Open an existing module (searches sys.path) + +Recent Files + Open a list of recent files Class browser - show classes and methods in current file + Show classes and methods in current file Path browser - show sys.path directories, modules, classes and methods + Show sys.path directories, modules, classes and methods .. index:: single: Class browser single: Path browser Save - save current window to the associated file (unsaved windows have a \* before and - after the window title) + Save current window to the associated file (unsaved windows have a + \* before and after the window title) Save As... - save current window to new file, which becomes the associated file + Save current window to new file, which becomes the associated file Save Copy As... - save current window to different file without changing the associated file + Save current window to different file without changing the associated file + +Print Window + Print the current window Close - close current window (asks to save if unsaved) + Close current window (asks to save if unsaved) Exit - close all windows and quit IDLE (asks to save if unsaved) + Close all windows and quit IDLE (asks to save if unsaved) -Edit menu -^^^^^^^^^ +Edit menu (Shell and Editor) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Undo - Undo last change to current window (max 1000 changes) + Undo last change to current window (a maximum of 1000 changes may be undone) Redo Redo last undone change to current window Cut - Copy selection into system-wide clipboard; then delete selection + Copy selection into system-wide clipboard; then delete the selection Copy Copy selection into system-wide clipboard @@ -108,11 +120,30 @@ Replace... Go to line Ask for a line number and show that line +Expand word + Expand the word you have typed to match another word in the same buffer; + repeat to get a different expansion + +Show call tip + After an unclosed parenthesis for a function, open a small window with + function parameter hints + +Show surrounding parens + Highlight the surrounding parenthesis + +Show Completions + Open a scroll window allowing selection keywords and attributes. See + Completions below. + + +Format menu (Editor window only) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + Indent region - Shift selected lines right 4 spaces + Shift selected lines right by the indent width (default 4 spaces) Dedent region - Shift selected lines left 4 spaces + Shift selected lines left by the indent width (default 4 spaces) Comment out region Insert ## in front of selected lines @@ -121,67 +152,121 @@ Uncomment region Remove leading # or ## from selected lines Tabify region - Turns *leading* stretches of spaces into tabs + Turns *leading* stretches of spaces into tabs. (Note: We recommend using + 4 space blocks to indent Python code.) Untabify region - Turn *all* tabs into the right number of spaces + Turn *all* tabs into the correct number of spaces -Expand word - Expand the word you have typed to match another word in the same buffer; repeat - to get a different expansion +Toggle tabs + Open a dialog to switch between indenting with spaces and tabs. -Format Paragraph - Reformat the current blank-line-separated paragraph +New Indent Width + Open a dialog to change indent width. The accepted default by the Python + community is 4 spaces. -Import module - Import or reload the current module +Format Paragraph + Reformat the current blank-line-separated paragraph. All lines in the + paragraph will be formatted to less than 80 columns. -Run script - Execute the current file in the __main__ namespace +Strip trailing whitespace + Removes any space characters after the end of the last non-space character .. index:: single: Import module single: Run script -Windows menu -^^^^^^^^^^^^ +Run menu (Editor window only) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -Zoom Height - toggles the window between normal size (24x80) and maximum height. +Python Shell + Open or wake up the Python Shell window -The rest of this menu lists the names of all open windows; select one to bring -it to the foreground (deiconifying it if necessary). +Check module + Check the syntax of the module currently open in the Editor window. If the + module has not been saved IDLE will prompt the user to save the code. + +Run module + Restart the shell to clean the environment, then execute the currently + open module. If the module has not been saved IDLE will prompt the user + to save the code. +Shell menu (Shell window only) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -Debug menu -^^^^^^^^^^ +View Last Restart + Scroll the shell window to the last Shell restart -* in the Python Shell window only +Restart Shell + Restart the shell to clean the environment + +Debug menu (Shell window only) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ Go to file/line Look around the insert point for a filename and line number, open the file, and show the line. Useful to view the source lines referenced in an - exception traceback. + exception traceback. Available in the context menu of the Shell window. -Debugger - Run commands in the shell under the debugger. +Debugger (toggle) + This feature is not complete and considered experimental. Run commands in + the shell under the debugger Stack viewer - Show the stack traceback of the last exception. + Show the stack traceback of the last exception Auto-open Stack Viewer - Open stack viewer on traceback. + Toggle automatically opening the stack viewer on unhandled exception .. index:: single: stack viewer single: debugger +Options menu (Shell and Editor) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Configure IDLE + Open a configuration dialog. Fonts, indentation, keybindings, and color + themes may be altered. Startup Preferences may be set, and additional + help sources can be specified. + +Code Context (toggle)(Editor Window only) + Open a pane at the top of the edit window which shows the block context + of the section of code which is scrolling off the top of the window. + +Windows menu (Shell and Editor) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Zoom Height + Toggles the window between normal size (40x80 initial setting) and maximum + height. The initial size is in the Configure IDLE dialog under the general + tab. + +The rest of this menu lists the names of all open windows; select one to bring +it to the foreground (deiconifying it if necessary). + +Help menu (Shell and Editor) +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +About IDLE + Version, copyright, license, credits + +IDLE Help + Display a help file for IDLE detailing the menu options, basic editing and + navigation, and other tips. + +Python Docs + Access local Python documentation, if installed. Or will start a web browser + and open docs.python.org showing the latest Python documentation. -Edit context menu -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +Additional help sources may be added here with the Configure IDLE dialog under +the General tab. -* Right-click in Edit window (Control-click on OS X) +Editor Window context menu +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +* Right-click in Editor window (Control-click on OS X) Cut Copy selection into system-wide clipboard; then delete selection @@ -207,8 +292,8 @@ Clear Breakpoint single: breakpoints -Shell context menu -^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ +Shell Window context menu +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ * Right-click in Python Shell window (Control-click on OS X) @@ -225,19 +310,44 @@ Go to file/line Same as in Debug menu. -Basic editing and navigation ----------------------------- +Editing and navigation +---------------------- * :kbd:`Backspace` deletes to the left; :kbd:`Del` deletes to the right +* :kbd:`C-Backspace` delete word left; :kbd:`C-Del` delete word to the right + * Arrow keys and :kbd:`Page Up`/:kbd:`Page Down` to move around +* :kbd:`C-LeftArrow` and :kbd:`C-RightArrow` moves by words + * :kbd:`Home`/:kbd:`End` go to begin/end of line * :kbd:`C-Home`/:kbd:`C-End` go to begin/end of file -* Some :program:`Emacs` bindings may also work, including :kbd:`C-B`, - :kbd:`C-P`, :kbd:`C-A`, :kbd:`C-E`, :kbd:`C-D`, :kbd:`C-L` +* Some useful Emacs bindings are inherited from Tcl/Tk: + + * :kbd:`C-a` beginning of line + + * :kbd:`C-e` end of line + + * :kbd:`C-k` kill line (but doesn't put it in clipboard) + + * :kbd:`C-l` center window around the insertion point + + * :kbd:`C-b` go backwards one character without deleting (usually you can + also use the cursor key for this) + + * :kbd:`C-f` go forward one character without deleting (usually you can + also use the cursor key for this) + + * :kbd:`C-p` go up one line (usually you can also use the cursor key for + this) + + * :kbd:`C-d` delete next character + +Standard keybindings (like :kbd:`C-c` to copy and :kbd:`C-v` to paste) +may work. Keybindings are selected in the Configure IDLE dialog. Automatic indentation @@ -246,27 +356,76 @@ Automatic indentation After a block-opening statement, the next line is indented by 4 spaces (in the Python Shell window by one tab). After certain keywords (break, return etc.) the next line is dedented. In leading indentation, :kbd:`Backspace` deletes up -to 4 spaces if they are there. :kbd:`Tab` inserts 1-4 spaces (in the Python -Shell window one tab). See also the indent/dedent region commands in the edit -menu. - +to 4 spaces if they are there. :kbd:`Tab` inserts spaces (in the Python +Shell window one tab), number depends on Indent width. Currently tabs +are restricted to four spaces due to Tcl/Tk limitations. + +See also the indent/dedent region commands in the edit menu. + +Completions +^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Completions are supplied for functions, classes, and attributes of classes, +both built-in and user-defined. Completions are also provided for +filenames. + +The AutoCompleteWindow (ACW) will open after a predefined delay (default is +two seconds) after a '.' or (in a string) an os.sep is typed. If after one +of those characters (plus zero or more other characters) a tab is typed +the ACW will open immediately if a possible continuation is found. + +If there is only one possible completion for the characters entered, a +:kbd:`Tab` will supply that completion without opening the ACW. + +'Show Completions' will force open a completions window, by default the +:kbd:`C-space` will open a completions window. In an empty +string, this will contain the files in the current directory. On a +blank line, it will contain the built-in and user-defined functions and +classes in the current name spaces, plus any modules imported. If some +characters have been entered, the ACW will attempt to be more specific. + +If a string of characters is typed, the ACW selection will jump to the +entry most closely matching those characters. Entering a :kbd:`tab` will +cause the longest non-ambiguous match to be entered in the Editor window or +Shell. Two :kbd:`tab` in a row will supply the current ACW selection, as +will return or a double click. Cursor keys, Page Up/Down, mouse selection, +and the scroll wheel all operate on the ACW. + +"Hidden" attributes can be accessed by typing the beginning of hidden +name after a '.', e.g. '_'. This allows access to modules with +``__all__`` set, or to class-private attributes. + +Completions and the 'Expand Word' facility can save a lot of typing! + +Completions are currently limited to those in the namespaces. Names in +an Editor window which are not via ``__main__`` and :data:`sys.modules` will +not be found. Run the module once with your imports to correct this situation. +Note that IDLE itself places quite a few modules in sys.modules, so +much can be found by default, e.g. the re module. + +If you don't like the ACW popping up unbidden, simply make the delay +longer or disable the extension. Or another option is the delay could +be set to zero. Another alternative to preventing ACW popups is to +disable the call tips extension. Python Shell window ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ -* :kbd:`C-C` interrupts executing command +* :kbd:`C-c` interrupts executing command -* :kbd:`C-D` sends end-of-file; closes window if typed at a ``>>>`` prompt +* :kbd:`C-d` sends end-of-file; closes window if typed at a ``>>>`` prompt + (this is :kbd:`C-z` on Windows). -* :kbd:`Alt-p` retrieves previous command matching what you have typed +* :kbd:`Alt-/` (Expand word) is also useful to reduce typing -* :kbd:`Alt-n` retrieves next + Command history -* :kbd:`Return` while on any previous command retrieves that command + * :kbd:`Alt-p` retrieves previous command matching what you have typed. On + OS X use :kbd:`C-p`. -* :kbd:`Alt-/` (Expand word) is also useful here + * :kbd:`Alt-n` retrieves next. On OS X use :kbd:`C-n`. -.. index:: single: indentation + * :kbd:`Return` while on any previous command retrieves that command Syntax colors @@ -308,17 +467,17 @@ Startup Upon startup with the ``-s`` option, IDLE will execute the file referenced by the environment variables :envvar:`IDLESTARTUP` or :envvar:`PYTHONSTARTUP`. -Idle first checks for ``IDLESTARTUP``; if ``IDLESTARTUP`` is present the file -referenced is run. If ``IDLESTARTUP`` is not present, Idle checks for +IDLE first checks for ``IDLESTARTUP``; if ``IDLESTARTUP`` is present the file +referenced is run. If ``IDLESTARTUP`` is not present, IDLE checks for ``PYTHONSTARTUP``. Files referenced by these environment variables are -convenient places to store functions that are used frequently from the Idle +convenient places to store functions that are used frequently from the IDLE shell, or for executing import statements to import common modules. In addition, ``Tk`` also loads a startup file if it is present. Note that the Tk file is loaded unconditionally. This additional file is ``.Idle.py`` and is looked for in the user's home directory. Statements in this file will be executed in the Tk namespace, so this file is not useful for importing functions -to be used from Idle's Python shell. +to be used from IDLE's Python shell. Command line usage @@ -349,3 +508,45 @@ If there are arguments: the arguments are still available in ``sys.argv``. +Additional help sources +----------------------- + +IDLE includes a help menu entry called "Python Docs" that will open the +extensive sources of help, including tutorials, available at docs.python.org. +Selected URLs can be added or removed from the help menu at any time using the +Configure IDLE dialog. See the IDLE help option in the help menu of IDLE for +more information. + + +Other preferences +----------------- + +The font preferences, highlighting, keys, and general preferences can be +changed via the Configure IDLE menu option. Be sure to note that +keys can be user defined, IDLE ships with four built in key sets. In +addition a user can create a custom key set in the Configure IDLE dialog +under the keys tab. + +Extensions +---------- + +IDLE contains an extension facility. See the beginning of +config-extensions.def in the idlelib directory for further information. The +default extensions are currently: + +* FormatParagraph + +* AutoExpand + +* ZoomHeight + +* ScriptBinding + +* CallTips + +* ParenMatch + +* AutoComplete + +* CodeContext + diff --git a/Doc/library/imp.rst b/Doc/library/imp.rst index ebdbd4d..6647b9e 100644 --- a/Doc/library/imp.rst +++ b/Doc/library/imp.rst @@ -1,6 +1,9 @@ :mod:`imp` --- Access the :ref:`import <importsystem>` internals ================================================================ +.. deprecated:: 3.4 + The :mod:`imp` package is pending deprecation in favor of :mod:`importlib`. + .. module:: imp :synopsis: Access the implementation of the import statement. @@ -11,10 +14,6 @@ This module provides an interface to the mechanisms used to implement the :keyword:`import` statement. It defines the following constants and functions: -.. note:: - New programs should use :mod:`importlib` rather than this module. - - .. function:: get_magic() .. index:: pair: file; byte-code @@ -22,6 +21,9 @@ This module provides an interface to the mechanisms used to implement the Return the magic string value used to recognize byte-compiled code files (:file:`.pyc` files). (This value may be different for each Python version.) + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + Use :attr:`importlib.util.MAGIC_NUMBER` instead. + .. function:: get_suffixes() @@ -101,8 +103,10 @@ This module provides an interface to the mechanisms used to implement the using a :keyword:`try` ... :keyword:`finally` statement. .. deprecated:: 3.3 - Unneeded as loaders should be used to load modules and - :func:`find_module` is deprecated. + If previously used in conjunction with :func:`imp.find_module` then + call ``load_module()`` on the returned loader. If you wish to load a + module from a specific file, then use one of the file-based loaders found + in :mod:`importlib.machinery`. .. function:: new_module(name) @@ -110,6 +114,9 @@ This module provides an interface to the mechanisms used to implement the Return a new empty module object called *name*. This object is *not* inserted in ``sys.modules``. + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + Use :class:`types.ModuleType` instead. + .. function:: reload(module) @@ -176,6 +183,9 @@ This module provides an interface to the mechanisms used to implement the Relies on both ``__name__`` and ``__loader__`` being defined on the module being reloaded instead of just ``__name__``. + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + Use :func:`importlib.reload` instead. + The following functions are conveniences for handling :pep:`3147` byte-compiled file paths. @@ -201,6 +211,9 @@ file paths. If :attr:`sys.implementation.cache_tag` is ``None``, then :exc:`NotImplementedError` is raised. + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + Use :func:`importlib.util.cache_from_source` instead. + .. function:: source_from_cache(path) @@ -216,14 +229,17 @@ file paths. Raise :exc:`NotImplementedError` when :attr:`sys.implementation.cache_tag` is not defined. + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + Use :func:`importlib.util.source_from_cache` instead. + .. function:: get_tag() Return the :pep:`3147` magic tag string matching this version of Python's magic number, as returned by :func:`get_magic`. - .. note:: - You may use :attr:`sys.implementation.cache_tag` directly starting + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + Use :attr:`sys.implementation.cache_tag` directly starting in Python 3.3. @@ -251,6 +267,8 @@ that circular imports work without any deadlocks. the most part. A global import lock is kept for some critical tasks, such as initializing the per-module locks. +.. deprecated:: 3.4 + .. function:: acquire_lock() @@ -269,6 +287,8 @@ that circular imports work without any deadlocks. the most part. A global import lock is kept for some critical tasks, such as initializing the per-module locks. +.. deprecated:: 3.4 + .. function:: release_lock() @@ -280,6 +300,8 @@ that circular imports work without any deadlocks. the most part. A global import lock is kept for some critical tasks, such as initializing the per-module locks. +.. deprecated:: 3.4 + The following constants with integer values, defined in this module, are used to indicate the search result of :func:`find_module`. @@ -345,6 +367,9 @@ to indicate the search result of :func:`find_module`. ``None`` is inserted into ``sys.path_importer_cache`` instead of an instance of :class:`NullImporter`. + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + Insert ``None`` into ``sys.path_importer_cache`` instead. + .. _examples-imp: diff --git a/Doc/library/importlib.rst b/Doc/library/importlib.rst index efd027b..f918bfb 100644 --- a/Doc/library/importlib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/importlib.rst @@ -90,7 +90,7 @@ Functions Find the loader for a module, optionally within the specified *path*. If the module is in :attr:`sys.modules`, then ``sys.modules[name].__loader__`` is - returned (unless the loader would be ``None``, in which case + returned (unless the loader would be ``None`` or is not set, in which case :exc:`ValueError` is raised). Otherwise a search using :attr:`sys.meta_path` is done. ``None`` is returned if no loader is found. @@ -99,6 +99,12 @@ Functions will need to import all parent packages of the submodule and use the correct argument to *path*. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + If ``__loader__`` is not set, raise :exc:`ValueError`, just like when the + attribute is set to ``None``. + .. function:: invalidate_caches() Invalidate the internal caches of finders stored at @@ -109,6 +115,74 @@ Functions .. versionadded:: 3.3 +.. function:: reload(module) + + Reload a previously imported *module*. The argument must be a module object, + so it must have been successfully imported before. This is useful if you + have edited the module source file using an external editor and want to try + out the new version without leaving the Python interpreter. The return value + is the module object (which can be different if re-importing causes a + different object to be placed in :data:`sys.modules`). + + When :func:`reload` is executed: + + * Python modules' code is recompiled and the module-level code re-executed, + defining a new set of objects which are bound to names in the module's + dictionary by reusing the :term:`loader` which originally loaded the + module. The ``init`` function of extension modules is not called a second + time. + + * As with all other objects in Python the old objects are only reclaimed + after their reference counts drop to zero. + + * The names in the module namespace are updated to point to any new or + changed objects. + + * Other references to the old objects (such as names external to the module) are + not rebound to refer to the new objects and must be updated in each namespace + where they occur if that is desired. + + There are a number of other caveats: + + If a module is syntactically correct but its initialization fails, the first + :keyword:`import` statement for it does not bind its name locally, but does + store a (partially initialized) module object in ``sys.modules``. To reload + the module you must first :keyword:`import` it again (this will bind the name + to the partially initialized module object) before you can :func:`reload` it. + + When a module is reloaded, its dictionary (containing the module's global + variables) is retained. Redefinitions of names will override the old + definitions, so this is generally not a problem. If the new version of a + module does not define a name that was defined by the old version, the old + definition remains. This feature can be used to the module's advantage if it + maintains a global table or cache of objects --- with a :keyword:`try` + statement it can test for the table's presence and skip its initialization if + desired:: + + try: + cache + except NameError: + cache = {} + + It is legal though generally not very useful to reload built-in or + dynamically loaded modules (this is not true for e.g. :mod:`sys`, + :mod:`__main__`, :mod:`builtins` and other key modules where reloading is + frowned upon). In many cases, however, extension modules are not designed to + be initialized more than once, and may fail in arbitrary ways when reloaded. + + If a module imports objects from another module using :keyword:`from` ... + :keyword:`import` ..., calling :func:`reload` for the other module does not + redefine the objects imported from it --- one way around this is to + re-execute the :keyword:`from` statement, another is to use :keyword:`import` + and qualified names (*module.name*) instead. + + If a module instantiates instances of a class, reloading the module that + defines the class does not affect the method definitions of the instances --- + they continue to use the old class definition. The same is true for derived + classes. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + :mod:`importlib.abc` -- Abstract base classes related to import --------------------------------------------------------------- @@ -132,8 +206,6 @@ ABC hierarchy:: +-- ExecutionLoader --+ +-- FileLoader +-- SourceLoader - +-- PyLoader (deprecated) - +-- PyPycLoader (deprecated) .. class:: Finder @@ -149,6 +221,10 @@ ABC hierarchy:: module. Originally specified in :pep:`302`, this method was meant for use in :data:`sys.meta_path` and in the path-based import subsystem. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Returns ``None`` when called instead of raising + :exc:`NotImplementedError`. + .. class:: MetaPathFinder @@ -165,12 +241,19 @@ ABC hierarchy:: will be the value of :attr:`__path__` from the parent package. If a loader cannot be found, ``None`` is returned. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Returns ``None`` when called instead of raising + :exc:`NotImplementedError`. + .. method:: invalidate_caches() An optional method which, when called, should invalidate any internal cache used by the finder. Used by :func:`importlib.invalidate_caches` when invalidating the caches of all finders on :data:`sys.meta_path`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Returns ``None`` when called instead of ``NotImplemented``. + .. class:: PathEntryFinder @@ -178,7 +261,7 @@ ABC hierarchy:: it bears some similarities to :class:`MetaPathFinder`, ``PathEntryFinder`` is meant for use only within the path-based import subsystem provided by :class:`PathFinder`. This ABC is a subclass of :class:`Finder` for - compatibility. + compatibility reasons only. .. versionadded:: 3.3 @@ -190,9 +273,12 @@ ABC hierarchy:: package. The loader may be ``None`` while specifying ``portion`` to signify the contribution of the file system locations to a namespace package. An empty list can be used for ``portion`` to signify the loader - is not part of a package. If ``loader`` is ``None`` and ``portion`` is - the empty list then no loader or location for a namespace package were - found (i.e. failure to find anything for the module). + is not part of a namespace package. If ``loader`` is ``None`` and + ``portion`` is the empty list then no loader or location for a namespace + package were found (i.e. failure to find anything for the module). + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Returns ``(None, [])`` instead of raising :exc:`NotImplementedError`. .. method:: find_module(fullname) @@ -224,12 +310,11 @@ ABC hierarchy:: from the import. If the loader inserted a module and the load fails, it must be removed by the loader from :data:`sys.modules`; modules already in :data:`sys.modules` before the loader began execution should be left - alone. The :func:`importlib.util.module_for_loader` decorator handles - all of these details. + alone (see :func:`importlib.util.module_to_load`). The loader should set several attributes on the module. (Note that some of these attributes can change when a module is - reloaded.) + reloaded; see :meth:`init_module_attrs`): - :attr:`__name__` The name of the module. @@ -249,20 +334,39 @@ ABC hierarchy:: - :attr:`__package__` The parent package for the module/package. If the module is top-level then it has a value of the empty string. The - :func:`importlib.util.set_package` decorator can handle the details - for :attr:`__package__`. + :func:`importlib.util.module_for_loader` decorator can handle the + details for :attr:`__package__`. - :attr:`__loader__` - The loader used to load the module. - (This is not set by the built-in import machinery, - but it should be set whenever a :term:`loader` is used.) + The loader used to load the module. The + :func:`importlib.util.module_for_loader` decorator can handle the + details for :attr:`__package__`. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Raise :exc:`ImportError` when called instead of + :exc:`NotImplementedError`. .. method:: module_repr(module) - An abstract method which when implemented calculates and returns the - given module's repr, as a string. + An optional method which when implemented calculates and returns the + given module's repr, as a string. The module type's default repr() will + use the result of this method as appropriate. - .. versionadded: 3.3 + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Made optional instead of an abstractmethod. + + .. method:: init_module_attrs(module) + + Set the :attr:`__loader__` attribute on the module. + + Subclasses overriding this method should set whatever appropriate + attributes it can, getting the module's name from :attr:`__name__` when + needed. All values should also be overridden so that reloading works as + expected. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 .. class:: ResourceLoader @@ -281,6 +385,9 @@ ABC hierarchy:: be found. The *path* is expected to be constructed using a module's :attr:`__file__` attribute or an item from a package's :attr:`__path__`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Raises :exc:`IOError` instead of :exc:`NotImplementedError`. + .. class:: InspectLoader @@ -289,14 +396,21 @@ ABC hierarchy:: .. method:: get_code(fullname) - An abstract method to return the :class:`code` object for a module. - ``None`` is returned if the module does not have a code object + Return the code object for a module. + ``None`` should be returned if the module does not have a code object (e.g. built-in module). :exc:`ImportError` is raised if loader cannot find the requested module. + .. note:: + While the method has a default implementation, it is suggested that + it be overridden if possible for performance. + .. index:: single: universal newlines; importlib.abc.InspectLoader.get_source method + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + No longer abstract and a concrete implementation is provided. + .. method:: get_source(fullname) An abstract method to return the source of a module. It is returned as @@ -305,12 +419,41 @@ ABC hierarchy:: if no source is available (e.g. a built-in module). Raises :exc:`ImportError` if the loader cannot find the module specified. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Raises :exc:`ImportError` instead of :exc:`NotImplementedError`. + .. method:: is_package(fullname) An abstract method to return a true value if the module is a package, a false value otherwise. :exc:`ImportError` is raised if the :term:`loader` cannot find the module. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Raises :exc:`ImportError` instead of :exc:`NotImplementedError`. + + .. method:: source_to_code(data, path='<string>') + + Create a code object from Python source. + + The *data* argument can be whatever the :func:`compile` function + supports (i.e. string or bytes). The *path* argument should be + the "path" to where the source code originated from, which can be an + abstract concept (e.g. location in a zip file). + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. method:: init_module_attrs(module) + + Set the :attr:`__package__` attribute and :attr:`__path__` attribute to + the empty list if appropriate along with what + :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.init_module_attrs` sets. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. method:: load_module(fullname) + + Implementation of :meth:`Loader.load_module`. + .. class:: ExecutionLoader @@ -328,6 +471,18 @@ ABC hierarchy:: the source file, regardless of whether a bytecode was used to load the module. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Raises :exc:`ImportError` instead of :exc:`NotImplementedError`. + + .. method:: init_module_attrs(module) + + Set :attr:`__file__` and if initializing a package then set + :attr:`__path__` to ``[os.path.dirname(__file__)]`` along with + all attributes set by + :meth:`importlib.abc.InspectLoader.init_module_attrs`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. class:: FileLoader(fullname, path) @@ -358,7 +513,7 @@ ABC hierarchy:: .. method:: get_data(path) - Returns the open, binary file for *path*. + Reads *path* as a binary file and returns the bytes from it. .. class:: SourceLoader @@ -373,7 +528,8 @@ ABC hierarchy:: loading is not supported. The abstract methods defined by this class are to add optional bytecode - file support. Not implementing these optional methods causes the loader to + file support. Not implementing these optional methods (or causing them to + raise :exc:`NotImplementedError`) causes the loader to only work with source code. Implementing the methods allows the loader to work with source *and* bytecode files; it does not allow for *sourceless* loading where only bytecode is provided. Bytecode files are an @@ -390,10 +546,13 @@ ABC hierarchy:: - ``'size'`` (optional): the size in bytes of the source code. Any other keys in the dictionary are ignored, to allow for future - extensions. + extensions. If the path cannot be handled, :exc:`IOError` is raised. .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Raise :exc:`IOError` instead of :exc:`NotImplementedError`. + .. method:: path_mtime(path) Optional abstract method which returns the modification time for the @@ -402,7 +561,10 @@ ABC hierarchy:: .. deprecated:: 3.3 This method is deprecated in favour of :meth:`path_stats`. You don't have to implement it, but it is still available for compatibility - purposes. + purposes. Raise :exc:`IOError` if the path cannot be handled. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Raise :exc:`IOError` instead of :exc:`NotImplementedError`. .. method:: set_data(path, data) @@ -414,6 +576,9 @@ ABC hierarchy:: (:attr:`errno.EACCES`/:exc:`PermissionError`), do not propagate the exception. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + No longer raises :exc:`NotImplementedError` when called. + .. method:: get_code(fullname) Concrete implementation of :meth:`InspectLoader.get_code`. @@ -434,141 +599,13 @@ ABC hierarchy:: ``__init__`` when the file extension is removed **and** the module name itself does not end in ``__init__``. + .. method:: init_module_attr(module) -.. class:: PyLoader - - An abstract base class inheriting from - :class:`ExecutionLoader` and - :class:`ResourceLoader` designed to ease the loading of - Python source modules (bytecode is not handled; see - :class:`SourceLoader` for a source/bytecode ABC). A subclass - implementing this ABC will only need to worry about exposing how the source - code is stored; all other details for loading Python source code will be - handled by the concrete implementations of key methods. - - .. deprecated:: 3.2 - This class has been deprecated in favor of :class:`SourceLoader` and is - slated for removal in Python 3.4. See below for how to create a - subclass that is compatible with Python 3.1 onwards. - - If compatibility with Python 3.1 is required, then use the following idiom - to implement a subclass that will work with Python 3.1 onwards (make sure - to implement :meth:`ExecutionLoader.get_filename`):: + Set :attr:`__cached__` using :func:`imp.cache_from_source`. Other + attributes set by + :meth:`importlib.abc.ExecutionLoader.init_module_attrs`. - try: - from importlib.abc import SourceLoader - except ImportError: - from importlib.abc import PyLoader as SourceLoader - - - class CustomLoader(SourceLoader): - def get_filename(self, fullname): - """Return the path to the source file.""" - # Implement ... - - def source_path(self, fullname): - """Implement source_path in terms of get_filename.""" - try: - return self.get_filename(fullname) - except ImportError: - return None - - def is_package(self, fullname): - """Implement is_package by looking for an __init__ file - name as returned by get_filename.""" - filename = os.path.basename(self.get_filename(fullname)) - return os.path.splitext(filename)[0] == '__init__' - - - .. method:: source_path(fullname) - - An abstract method that returns the path to the source code for a - module. Should return ``None`` if there is no source code. - Raises :exc:`ImportError` if the loader knows it cannot handle the - module. - - .. method:: get_filename(fullname) - - A concrete implementation of - :meth:`importlib.abc.ExecutionLoader.get_filename` that - relies on :meth:`source_path`. If :meth:`source_path` returns - ``None``, then :exc:`ImportError` is raised. - - .. method:: load_module(fullname) - - A concrete implementation of :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.load_module` - that loads Python source code. All needed information comes from the - abstract methods required by this ABC. The only pertinent assumption - made by this method is that when loading a package - :attr:`__path__` is set to ``[os.path.dirname(__file__)]``. - - .. method:: get_code(fullname) - - A concrete implementation of - :meth:`importlib.abc.InspectLoader.get_code` that creates code objects - from Python source code, by requesting the source code (using - :meth:`source_path` and :meth:`get_data`) and compiling it with the - built-in :func:`compile` function. - - .. method:: get_source(fullname) - - A concrete implementation of - :meth:`importlib.abc.InspectLoader.get_source`. Uses - :meth:`importlib.abc.ResourceLoader.get_data` and :meth:`source_path` - to get the source code. It tries to guess the source encoding using - :func:`tokenize.detect_encoding`. - - -.. class:: PyPycLoader - - An abstract base class inheriting from :class:`PyLoader`. - This ABC is meant to help in creating loaders that support both Python - source and bytecode. - - .. deprecated:: 3.2 - This class has been deprecated in favor of :class:`SourceLoader` and to - properly support :pep:`3147`. If compatibility is required with - Python 3.1, implement both :class:`SourceLoader` and :class:`PyLoader`; - instructions on how to do so are included in the documentation for - :class:`PyLoader`. Do note that this solution will not support - sourceless/bytecode-only loading; only source *and* bytecode loading. - - .. versionchanged:: 3.3 - Updated to parse (but not use) the new source size field in bytecode - files when reading and to write out the field properly when writing. - - .. method:: source_mtime(fullname) - - An abstract method which returns the modification time for the source - code of the specified module. The modification time should be an - integer. If there is no source code, return ``None``. If the - module cannot be found then :exc:`ImportError` is raised. - - .. method:: bytecode_path(fullname) - - An abstract method which returns the path to the bytecode for the - specified module, if it exists. It returns ``None`` - if no bytecode exists (yet). - Raises :exc:`ImportError` if the loader knows it cannot handle the - module. - - .. method:: get_filename(fullname) - - A concrete implementation of - :meth:`ExecutionLoader.get_filename` that relies on - :meth:`PyLoader.source_path` and :meth:`bytecode_path`. - If :meth:`source_path` returns a path, then that value is returned. - Else if :meth:`bytecode_path` returns a path, that path will be - returned. If a path is not available from both methods, - :exc:`ImportError` is raised. - - .. method:: write_bytecode(fullname, bytecode) - - An abstract method which has the loader write *bytecode* for future - use. If the bytecode is written, return ``True``. Return - ``False`` if the bytecode could not be written. This method - should not be called if :data:`sys.dont_write_bytecode` is true. - The *bytecode* argument should be a bytes string or bytes array. + .. versionadded:: 3.4 :mod:`importlib.machinery` -- Importers and path hooks @@ -686,6 +723,10 @@ find and load modules. Calls :meth:`importlib.abc.PathEntryFinder.invalidate_caches` on all finders stored in :attr:`sys.path_importer_cache`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Calls objects in :data:`sys.path_hooks` with the current working directory + for ``''`` (i.e. the empty string). + .. class:: FileFinder(path, \*loader_details) @@ -712,6 +753,9 @@ find and load modules. .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The empty string is no longer special-cased to be changed into ``'.'``. + .. attribute:: path The path the finder will search in. @@ -800,7 +844,7 @@ find and load modules. .. class:: ExtensionFileLoader(fullname, path) - A concrete implementation of :class:`importlib.abc.InspectLoader` for + A concrete implementation of :class:`importlib.abc.ExecutionLoader` for extension modules. The *fullname* argument specifies the name of the module the loader is to @@ -834,6 +878,12 @@ find and load modules. Returns ``None`` as extension modules do not have source code. + .. method:: get_filename(fullname) + + Returns :attr:`path`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + :mod:`importlib.util` -- Utility code for importers --------------------------------------------------- @@ -844,6 +894,51 @@ find and load modules. This module contains the various objects that help in the construction of an :term:`importer`. +.. attribute:: MAGIC_NUMBER + + The bytes which represent the bytecode version number. If you need help with + loading/writing bytecode then consider :class:`importlib.abc.SourceLoader`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. function:: cache_from_source(path, debug_override=None) + + Return the :pep:`3147` path to the byte-compiled file associated with the + source *path*. For example, if *path* is ``/foo/bar/baz.py`` the return + value would be ``/foo/bar/__pycache__/baz.cpython-32.pyc`` for Python 3.2. + The ``cpython-32`` string comes from the current magic tag (see + :func:`get_tag`; if :attr:`sys.implementation.cache_tag` is not defined then + :exc:`NotImplementedError` will be raised). The returned path will end in + ``.pyc`` when ``__debug__`` is True or ``.pyo`` for an optimized Python + (i.e. ``__debug__`` is False). By passing in True or False for + *debug_override* you can override the system's value for ``__debug__`` for + extension selection. + + *path* need not exist. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. function:: source_from_cache(path) + + Given the *path* to a :pep:`3147` file name, return the associated source code + file path. For example, if *path* is + ``/foo/bar/__pycache__/baz.cpython-32.pyc`` the returned path would be + ``/foo/bar/baz.py``. *path* need not exist, however if it does not conform + to :pep:`3147` format, a ``ValueError`` is raised. If + :attr:`sys.implementation.cache_tag` is not defined, + :exc:`NotImplementedError` is raised. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. function:: decode_source(source_bytes) + + Decode the given bytes representing source code and return it as a string + with universal newlines (as required by + :meth:`importlib.abc.InspectLoader.get_source`). + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. function:: resolve_name(name, package) Resolve a relative module name to an absolute one. @@ -860,9 +955,23 @@ an :term:`importer`. .. versionadded:: 3.3 +.. function:: module_to_load(name, *, reset_name=True) + + Returns a :term:`context manager` which provides the module to load. The + module will either come from :attr:`sys.modules` in the case of reloading or + a fresh module if loading a new module. Proper cleanup of + :attr:`sys.modules` occurs if the module was new and an exception was + raised. + + If **reset_name** is true and the module requested is being reloaded then + the module's :attr:`__name__` attribute will + be reset to **name**, else it will be left untouched. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. decorator:: module_for_loader - A :term:`decorator` for a :term:`loader` method, + A :term:`decorator` for :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.load_module` to handle selecting the proper module object to load with. The decorated method is expected to have a call signature taking two positional arguments @@ -873,55 +982,54 @@ an :term:`importer`. The decorated method will take in the **name** of the module to be loaded as expected for a :term:`loader`. If the module is not found in - :data:`sys.modules` then a new one is constructed with its - :attr:`__name__` attribute set to **name**, :attr:`__loader__` set to - **self**, and :attr:`__package__` set if - :meth:`importlib.abc.InspectLoader.is_package` is defined for **self** and - does not raise :exc:`ImportError` for **name**. If a new module is not - needed then the module found in :data:`sys.modules` will be passed into the - method. + :data:`sys.modules` then a new one is constructed. Regardless of where the + module came from, :attr:`__loader__` set to **self** and :attr:`__package__` + is set based on what :meth:`importlib.abc.InspectLoader.is_package` returns + (if available). These attributes are set unconditionally to support + reloading. If an exception is raised by the decorated method and a module was added to - :data:`sys.modules` it will be removed to prevent a partially initialized - module from being in left in :data:`sys.modules`. If the module was already - in :data:`sys.modules` then it is left alone. - - Use of this decorator handles all the details of which module object a - loader should initialize as specified by :pep:`302` as best as possible. + :data:`sys.modules`, then the module will be removed to prevent a partially + initialized module from being in left in :data:`sys.modules`. If the module + was already in :data:`sys.modules` then it is left alone. .. versionchanged:: 3.3 :attr:`__loader__` and :attr:`__package__` are automatically set (when possible). + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Set :attr:`__name__`, :attr:`__loader__` :attr:`__package__` + unconditionally to support reloading. + + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + For the benefit of :term:`loader` subclasses, please use + :func:`module_to_load` and + :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.init_module_attrs` instead. + .. decorator:: set_loader - A :term:`decorator` for a :term:`loader` method, - to set the :attr:`__loader__` - attribute on loaded modules. If the attribute is already set the decorator - does nothing. It is assumed that the first positional argument to the - wrapped method (i.e. ``self``) is what :attr:`__loader__` should be set to. + A :term:`decorator` for :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.load_module` + to set the :attr:`__loader__` + attribute on the returned module. If the attribute is already set the + decorator does nothing. It is assumed that the first positional argument to + the wrapped method (i.e. ``self``) is what :attr:`__loader__` should be set + to. .. note:: + As this decorator sets :attr:`__loader__` after loading the module, it is + recommended to use :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.init_module_attrs` instead + when appropriate. - It is recommended that :func:`module_for_loader` be used over this - decorator as it subsumes this functionality. - + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Set ``__loader__`` if set to ``None``, as if the attribute does not + exist. .. decorator:: set_package - A :term:`decorator` for a :term:`loader` to set the :attr:`__package__` - attribute on the module returned by the loader. If :attr:`__package__` is - set and has a value other than ``None`` it will not be changed. - Note that the module returned by the loader is what has the attribute - set on and not the module found in :data:`sys.modules`. - - Reliance on this decorator is discouraged when it is possible to set - :attr:`__package__` before importing. By - setting it beforehand the code for the module is executed with the - attribute set and thus can be used by global level code during - initialization. + A :term:`decorator` for :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.load_module` to set the :attr:`__package__` attribute on the returned module. If :attr:`__package__` + is set and has a value other than ``None`` it will not be changed. .. note:: - - It is recommended that :func:`module_for_loader` be used over this - decorator as it subsumes this functionality. + As this decorator sets :attr:`__package__` after loading the module, it is + recommended to use :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.init_module_attrs` instead + when appropriate. diff --git a/Doc/library/inspect.rst b/Doc/library/inspect.rst index 625ea6e..41c61b7 100644 --- a/Doc/library/inspect.rst +++ b/Doc/library/inspect.rst @@ -173,8 +173,9 @@ attributes: .. note:: - :func:`getmembers` does not return metaclass attributes when the argument - is a class (this behavior is inherited from the :func:`dir` function). + :func:`getmembers` will only return class attributes defined in the + metaclass when the argument is a class and those attributes have been + listed in the metaclass' custom :meth:`__dir__`. .. function:: getmoduleinfo(path) @@ -797,6 +798,23 @@ Classes and functions .. versionadded:: 3.3 +.. function:: unwrap(func, *, stop=None) + + Get the object wrapped by *func*. It follows the chain of :attr:`__wrapped__` + attributes returning the last object in the chain. + + *stop* is an optional callback accepting an object in the wrapper chain + as its sole argument that allows the unwrapping to be terminated early if + the callback returns a true value. If the callback never returns a true + value, the last object in the chain is returned as usual. For example, + :func:`signature` uses this to stop unwrapping if any object in the + chain has a ``__signature__`` attribute defined. + + :exc:`ValueError` is raised if a cycle is encountered. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. _inspect-stack: The interpreter stack @@ -829,6 +847,10 @@ index of the current line within that list. finally: del frame + If you want to keep the frame around (for example to print a traceback + later), you can also break reference cycles by using the + :meth:`frame.clear` method. + The optional *context* argument supported by most of these functions specifies the number of lines of context to return, which are centered around the current line. @@ -985,3 +1007,22 @@ updated as expected: return an empty dictionary. .. versionadded:: 3.3 + + +.. _inspect-module-cli: + +Command Line Interface +---------------------- + +The :mod:`inspect` module also provides a basic introspection capability +from the command line. + +.. program:: inspect + +By default, accepts the name of a module and prints the source of that +module. A class or function within the module can be printed instead by +appended a colon and the qualified name of the target object. + +.. cmdoption:: --details + + Print information about the specified object rather than the source code diff --git a/Doc/library/io.rst b/Doc/library/io.rst index 73288f8..7925e33 100644 --- a/Doc/library/io.rst +++ b/Doc/library/io.rst @@ -283,10 +283,10 @@ I/O Base Classes Return ``True`` if the stream can be read from. If False, :meth:`read` will raise :exc:`OSError`. - .. method:: readline(limit=-1) + .. method:: readline(size=-1) - Read and return one line from the stream. If *limit* is specified, at - most *limit* bytes will be read. + Read and return one line from the stream. If *size* is specified, at + most *size* bytes will be read. The line terminator is always ``b'\n'`` for binary files; for text files, the *newlines* argument to :func:`open` can be used to select the line @@ -366,14 +366,14 @@ I/O Base Classes In addition to the attributes and methods from :class:`IOBase`, :class:`RawIOBase` provides the following methods: - .. method:: read(n=-1) + .. method:: read(size=-1) - Read up to *n* bytes from the object and return them. As a convenience, - if *n* is unspecified or -1, :meth:`readall` is called. Otherwise, - only one system call is ever made. Fewer than *n* bytes may be - returned if the operating system call returns fewer than *n* bytes. + Read up to *size* bytes from the object and return them. As a convenience, + if *size* is unspecified or -1, :meth:`readall` is called. Otherwise, + only one system call is ever made. Fewer than *size* bytes may be + returned if the operating system call returns fewer than *size* bytes. - If 0 bytes are returned, and *n* was not 0, this indicates end of file. + If 0 bytes are returned, and *size* was not 0, this indicates end of file. If the object is in non-blocking mode and no bytes are available, ``None`` is returned. @@ -442,10 +442,10 @@ I/O Base Classes .. versionadded:: 3.1 - .. method:: read(n=-1) + .. method:: read(size=-1) - Read and return up to *n* bytes. If the argument is omitted, ``None``, or - negative, data is read and returned until EOF is reached. An empty + Read and return up to *size* bytes. If the argument is omitted, ``None``, + or negative, data is read and returned until EOF is reached. An empty :class:`bytes` object is returned if the stream is already at EOF. If the argument is positive, and the underlying raw stream is not @@ -457,9 +457,9 @@ I/O Base Classes A :exc:`BlockingIOError` is raised if the underlying raw stream is in non blocking-mode, and has no data available at the moment. - .. method:: read1(n=-1) + .. method:: read1(size=-1) - Read and return up to *n* bytes, with at most one call to the underlying + Read and return up to *size* bytes, with at most one call to the underlying raw stream's :meth:`~RawIOBase.read` method. This can be useful if you are implementing your own buffering on top of a :class:`BufferedIOBase` object. @@ -522,6 +522,8 @@ Raw File I/O :mod:`os.open` as *opener* results in functionality similar to passing ``None``). + The newly created file is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. + See the :func:`open` built-in function for examples on using the *opener* parameter. @@ -529,6 +531,9 @@ Raw File I/O The *opener* parameter was added. The ``'x'`` mode was added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The file is now non-inheritable. + In addition to the attributes and methods from :class:`IOBase` and :class:`RawIOBase`, :class:`FileIO` provides the following data attributes: @@ -601,21 +606,21 @@ than raw I/O does. :class:`BufferedReader` provides or overrides these methods in addition to those from :class:`BufferedIOBase` and :class:`IOBase`: - .. method:: peek([n]) + .. method:: peek([size]) Return bytes from the stream without advancing the position. At most one single read on the raw stream is done to satisfy the call. The number of bytes returned may be less or more than requested. - .. method:: read([n]) + .. method:: read([size]) - Read and return *n* bytes, or if *n* is not given or negative, until EOF - or if the read call would block in non-blocking mode. + Read and return *size* bytes, or if *size* is not given or negative, until + EOF or if the read call would block in non-blocking mode. - .. method:: read1(n) + .. method:: read1(size) - Read and return up to *n* bytes with only one call on the raw stream. If - at least one byte is buffered, only buffered bytes are returned. + Read and return up to *size* bytes with only one call on the raw stream. + If at least one byte is buffered, only buffered bytes are returned. Otherwise, one raw stream read call is made. @@ -734,17 +739,17 @@ Text I/O .. versionadded:: 3.1 - .. method:: read(n) + .. method:: read(size) - Read and return at most *n* characters from the stream as a single - :class:`str`. If *n* is negative or ``None``, reads until EOF. + Read and return at most *size* characters from the stream as a single + :class:`str`. If *size* is negative or ``None``, reads until EOF. - .. method:: readline(limit=-1) + .. method:: readline(size=-1) Read until newline or EOF and return a single ``str``. If the stream is already at EOF, an empty string is returned. - If *limit* is specified, at most *limit* characters will be read. + If *size* is specified, at most *size* characters will be read. .. method:: seek(offset, whence=SEEK_SET) diff --git a/Doc/library/ipaddress.rst b/Doc/library/ipaddress.rst index 769af72..826e4aa 100644 --- a/Doc/library/ipaddress.rst +++ b/Doc/library/ipaddress.rst @@ -161,7 +161,16 @@ write code that handles both IP versions correctly. .. attribute:: is_private ``True`` if the address is allocated for private networks. See - :RFC:`1918` (for IPv4) or :RFC:`4193` (for IPv6). + iana-ipv4-special-registry (for IPv4) or iana-ipv6-special-registry + (for IPv6). + + .. attribute:: is_global + + ``True`` if the address is allocated for public networks. See + iana-ipv4-special-registry (for IPv4) or iana-ipv6-special-registry + (for IPv6). + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 .. attribute:: is_unspecified diff --git a/Doc/library/json.rst b/Doc/library/json.rst index f652039..5d97ee8 100644 --- a/Doc/library/json.rst +++ b/Doc/library/json.rst @@ -42,8 +42,7 @@ Compact encoding:: Pretty printing:: >>> import json - >>> print(json.dumps({'4': 5, '6': 7}, sort_keys=True, - ... indent=4, separators=(',', ': '))) + >>> print(json.dumps({'4': 5, '6': 7}, sort_keys=True, indent=4)) { "4": 5, "6": 7 @@ -158,15 +157,13 @@ Basic Usage .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Allow strings for *indent* in addition to integers. - .. note:: - - Since the default item separator is ``', '``, the output might include - trailing whitespace when *indent* is specified. You can use - ``separators=(',', ': ')`` to avoid this. + If specified, *separators* should be an ``(item_separator, key_separator)`` + tuple. The default is ``(', ', ': ')`` if *indent* is ``None`` and + ``(',', ': ')`` otherwise. To get the most compact JSON representation, + you should specify ``(',', ':')`` to eliminate whitespace. - If *separators* is an ``(item_separator, dict_separator)`` tuple, then it - will be used instead of the default ``(', ', ': ')`` separators. ``(',', - ':')`` is the most compact JSON representation. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Use ``(',', ': ')`` as default if *indent* is not ``None``. *default(obj)* is a function that should return a serializable version of *obj* or raise :exc:`TypeError`. The default simply raises :exc:`TypeError`. @@ -248,6 +245,8 @@ Basic Usage kwarg; otherwise :class:`JSONDecoder` is used. Additional keyword arguments will be passed to the constructor of the class. + If the data being deserialized is not a valid JSON document, a + :exc:`ValueError` will be raised. .. function:: loads(s, encoding=None, cls=None, object_hook=None, parse_float=None, parse_int=None, parse_constant=None, object_pairs_hook=None, **kw) @@ -257,6 +256,8 @@ Basic Usage The other arguments have the same meaning as in :func:`load`, except *encoding* which is ignored and deprecated. + If the data being deserialized is not a valid JSON document, a + :exc:`ValueError` will be raised. Encoders and Decoders --------------------- @@ -354,23 +355,26 @@ Encoders and Decoders .. _py-to-json-table: - +-------------------+---------------+ - | Python | JSON | - +===================+===============+ - | dict | object | - +-------------------+---------------+ - | list, tuple | array | - +-------------------+---------------+ - | str | string | - +-------------------+---------------+ - | int, float | number | - +-------------------+---------------+ - | True | true | - +-------------------+---------------+ - | False | false | - +-------------------+---------------+ - | None | null | - +-------------------+---------------+ + +----------------------------------------+---------------+ + | Python | JSON | + +========================================+===============+ + | dict | object | + +----------------------------------------+---------------+ + | list, tuple | array | + +----------------------------------------+---------------+ + | str | string | + +----------------------------------------+---------------+ + | int, float, int- & float-derived Enums | number | + +----------------------------------------+---------------+ + | True | true | + +----------------------------------------+---------------+ + | False | false | + +----------------------------------------+---------------+ + | None | null | + +----------------------------------------+---------------+ + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added support for int- and float-derived Enum classes. To extend this to recognize other objects, subclass and implement a :meth:`default` method with another method that returns a serializable object @@ -410,15 +414,13 @@ Encoders and Decoders .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Allow strings for *indent* in addition to integers. - .. note:: - - Since the default item separator is ``', '``, the output might include - trailing whitespace when *indent* is specified. You can use - ``separators=(',', ': ')`` to avoid this. - If specified, *separators* should be an ``(item_separator, key_separator)`` - tuple. The default is ``(', ', ': ')``. To get the most compact JSON - representation, you should specify ``(',', ':')`` to eliminate whitespace. + tuple. The default is ``(', ', ': ')`` if *indent* is ``None`` and + ``(',', ': ')`` otherwise. To get the most compact JSON representation, + you should specify ``(',', ':')`` to eliminate whitespace. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Use ``(',', ': ')`` as default if *indent* is not ``None``. If specified, *default* is a function that gets called for objects that can't otherwise be serialized. It should return a JSON encodable version of the diff --git a/Doc/library/logging.config.rst b/Doc/library/logging.config.rst index c00b532..8c15ee2 100644 --- a/Doc/library/logging.config.rst +++ b/Doc/library/logging.config.rst @@ -80,11 +80,23 @@ in :mod:`logging` itself) and defining handlers which are declared either in .. function:: fileConfig(fname, defaults=None, disable_existing_loggers=True) - Reads the logging configuration from a :mod:`configparser`\-format file - named *fname*. This function can be called several times from an - application, allowing an end user to select from various pre-canned - configurations (if the developer provides a mechanism to present the choices - and load the chosen configuration). + Reads the logging configuration from a :mod:`configparser`\-format file. + This function can be called several times from an application, allowing an + end user to select from various pre-canned configurations (if the developer + provides a mechanism to present the choices and load the chosen + configuration). + + :param fname: A filename, or a file-like object, or an instance derived + from :class:`~configparser.RawConfigParser`. If a + ``RawConfigParser``-derived instance is passed, it is used as + is. Otherwise, a :class:`~configparser.Configparser` is + instantiated, and the configuration read by it from the + object passed in ``fname``. If that has a :meth:`readline` + method, it is assumed to be a file-like object and read using + :meth:`~configparser.ConfigParser.read_file`; otherwise, + it is assumed to be a filename and passed to + :meth:`~configparser.ConfigParser.read`. + :param defaults: Defaults to be passed to the ConfigParser can be specified in this argument. @@ -98,8 +110,17 @@ in :mod:`logging` itself) and defining handlers which are declared either in their ancestors are explicitly named in the logging configuration. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + An instance of a subclass of :class:`~configparser.RawConfigParser` is + now accepted as a value for ``fname``. This facilitates: + + * Use of a configuration file where logging configuration is just part + of the overall application configuration. + * Use of a configuration read from a file, and then modified by the using + application (e.g. based on command-line parameters or other aspects + of the runtime environment) before being passed to ``fileConfig``. -.. function:: listen(port=DEFAULT_LOGGING_CONFIG_PORT) +.. function:: listen(port=DEFAULT_LOGGING_CONFIG_PORT, verify=None) Starts up a socket server on the specified port, and listens for new configurations. If no port is specified, the module's default @@ -110,6 +131,17 @@ in :mod:`logging` itself) and defining handlers which are declared either in :meth:`~threading.Thread.join` when appropriate. To stop the server, call :func:`stopListening`. + The ``verify`` argument, if specified, should be a callable which should + verify whether bytes received across the socket are valid and should be + processed. This could be done by encrypting and/or signing what is sent + across the socket, such that the ``verify`` callable can perform + signature verification and/or decryption. The ``verify`` callable is called + with a single argument - the bytes received across the socket - and should + return the bytes to be processed, or None to indicate that the bytes should + be discarded. The returned bytes could be the same as the passed in bytes + (e.g. when only verification is done), or they could be completely different + (perhaps if decryption were performed). + To send a configuration to the socket, read in the configuration file and send it to the socket as a string of bytes preceded by a four-byte length string packed in binary using ``struct.pack('>L', n)``. @@ -126,7 +158,12 @@ in :mod:`logging` itself) and defining handlers which are declared either in :func:`listen` socket and sending a configuration which runs whatever code the attacker wants to have executed in the victim's process. This is especially easy to do if the default port is used, but not hard even if a - different port is used). + different port is used). To avoid the risk of this happening, use the + ``verify`` argument to :func:`listen` to prevent unrecognised + configurations from being applied. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4. + The ``verify`` argument was added. .. function:: stopListening() diff --git a/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst b/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst index 81addb3..f52060a 100644 --- a/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst +++ b/Doc/library/logging.handlers.rst @@ -300,7 +300,7 @@ The :class:`TimedRotatingFileHandler` class, located in the timed intervals. -.. class:: TimedRotatingFileHandler(filename, when='h', interval=1, backupCount=0, encoding=None, delay=False, utc=False) +.. class:: TimedRotatingFileHandler(filename, when='h', interval=1, backupCount=0, encoding=None, delay=False, utc=False, atTime=None) Returns a new instance of the :class:`TimedRotatingFileHandler` class. The specified file is opened and used as the stream for logging. On rotating it also @@ -350,6 +350,12 @@ timed intervals. If *delay* is true, then file opening is deferred until the first call to :meth:`emit`. + If *atTime* is not ``None``, it must be a ``datetime.time`` instance which + specifies the time of day when rollover occurs, for the cases where rollover + is set to happen "at midnight" or "on a particular weekday". + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + *atTime* parameter was added. .. method:: doRollover() @@ -375,6 +381,9 @@ sends logging output to a network socket. The base class uses a TCP socket. Returns a new instance of the :class:`SocketHandler` class intended to communicate with a remote machine whose address is given by *host* and *port*. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + If ``port`` is specified as ``None``, a Unix domain socket is created + using the value in ``host`` - otherwise, a TCP socket is created. .. method:: close() @@ -460,6 +469,9 @@ over UDP sockets. Returns a new instance of the :class:`DatagramHandler` class intended to communicate with a remote machine whose address is given by *host* and *port*. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + If ``port`` is specified as ``None``, a Unix domain socket is created + using the value in ``host`` - otherwise, a TCP socket is created. .. method:: emit() diff --git a/Doc/library/lzma.rst b/Doc/library/lzma.rst index 5fd5039..b201206 100644 --- a/Doc/library/lzma.rst +++ b/Doc/library/lzma.rst @@ -39,8 +39,8 @@ Reading and writing compressed files opened, or it can be an existing file object to read from or write to. The *mode* argument can be any of ``"r"``, ``"rb"``, ``"w"``, ``"wb"``, - ``"a"`` or ``"ab"`` for binary mode, or ``"rt"``, ``"wt"``, or ``"at"`` for - text mode. The default is ``"rb"``. + ``"x"``, ``"xb"``, ``"a"`` or ``"ab"`` for binary mode, or ``"rt"``, + ``"wt"``, ``"xt"``, or ``"at"`` for text mode. The default is ``"rb"``. When opening a file for reading, the *format* and *filters* arguments have the same meanings as for :class:`LZMADecompressor`. In this case, the *check* @@ -57,6 +57,9 @@ Reading and writing compressed files :class:`io.TextIOWrapper` instance with the specified encoding, error handling behavior, and line ending(s). + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added support for the ``"x"``, ``"xb"`` and ``"xt"`` modes. + .. class:: LZMAFile(filename=None, mode="r", \*, format=None, check=-1, preset=None, filters=None) @@ -69,8 +72,9 @@ Reading and writing compressed files file will not be closed when the :class:`LZMAFile` is closed. The *mode* argument can be either ``"r"`` for reading (default), ``"w"`` for - overwriting, or ``"a"`` for appending. These can equivalently be given as - ``"rb"``, ``"wb"``, and ``"ab"`` respectively. + overwriting, ``"x"`` for exclusive creation, or ``"a"`` for appending. These + can equivalently be given as ``"rb"``, ``"wb"``, ``"xb"`` and ``"ab"`` + respectively. If *filename* is a file object (rather than an actual file name), a mode of ``"w"`` does not truncate the file, and is instead equivalent to ``"a"``. @@ -98,6 +102,9 @@ Reading and writing compressed files byte of data will be returned, unless EOF has been reached. The exact number of bytes returned is unspecified (the *size* argument is ignored). + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added support for the ``"x"`` and ``"xb"`` modes. + Compressing and decompressing data in memory -------------------------------------------- diff --git a/Doc/library/marshal.rst b/Doc/library/marshal.rst index 3b9e3d2..124eb61 100644 --- a/Doc/library/marshal.rst +++ b/Doc/library/marshal.rst @@ -40,10 +40,11 @@ this module. The following types are supported: booleans, integers, floating point numbers, complex numbers, strings, bytes, bytearrays, tuples, lists, sets, frozensets, dictionaries, and code objects, where it should be understood that tuples, lists, sets, frozensets and dictionaries are only supported as long as -the values contained therein are themselves supported; and recursive lists, sets -and dictionaries should not be written (they will cause infinite loops). The +the values contained therein are themselves supported. singletons :const:`None`, :const:`Ellipsis` and :exc:`StopIteration` can also be marshalled and unmarshalled. +For format *version* lower than 3, recursive lists, sets and dictionaries cannot +be written (see below). There are functions that read/write files as well as functions operating on strings. @@ -103,7 +104,9 @@ In addition, the following constants are defined: Indicates the format that the module uses. Version 0 is the historical format, version 1 shares interned strings and version 2 uses a binary format - for floating point numbers. The current version is 2. + for floating point numbers. + Version 3 adds support for object instancing and recursion. + The current version is 3. .. rubric:: Footnotes diff --git a/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst b/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst index 3c9c9aa..6a72759 100644 --- a/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst +++ b/Doc/library/multiprocessing.rst @@ -93,11 +93,108 @@ To show the individual process IDs involved, here is an expanded example:: p.start() p.join() -For an explanation of why (on Windows) the ``if __name__ == '__main__'`` part is +For an explanation of why the ``if __name__ == '__main__'`` part is necessary, see :ref:`multiprocessing-programming`. +Contexts and start methods +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +Depending on the platform, :mod:`multiprocessing` supports three ways +to start a process. These *start methods* are + + *spawn* + The parent process starts a fresh python interpreter process. The + child process will only inherit those resources necessary to run + the process objects :meth:`~Process.run` method. In particular, + unnecessary file descriptors and handles from the parent process + will not be inherited. Starting a process using this method is + rather slow compared to using *fork* or *forkserver*. + + Available on Unix and Windows. The default on Windows. + + *fork* + The parent process uses :func:`os.fork` to fork the Python + interpreter. The child process, when it begins, is effectively + identical to the parent process. All resources of the parent are + inherited by the child process. Note that safely forking a + multithreaded process is problematic. + + Available on Unix only. The default on Unix. + + *forkserver* + When the program starts and selects the *forkserver* start method, + a server process is started. From then on, whenever a new process + is needed, the parent process connects to the server and requests + that it fork a new process. The fork server process is single + threaded so it is safe for it to use :func:`os.fork`. No + unnecessary resources are inherited. + + Available on Unix platforms which support passing file descriptors + over Unix pipes. + +Before Python 3.4 *fork* was the only option available on Unix. Also, +prior to Python 3.4, child processes would inherit all the parents +inheritable handles on Windows. + +On Unix using the *spawn* or *forkserver* start methods will also +start a *semaphore tracker* process which tracks the unlinked named +semaphores created by processes of the program. When all processes +have exited the semaphore tracker unlinks any remaining semaphores. +Usually there should be none, but if a process was killed by a signal +there may some "leaked" semaphores. (Unlinking the named semaphores +is a serious matter since the system allows only a limited number, and +they will not be automatically unlinked until the next reboot.) + +To select the a start method you use the :func:`set_start_method` in +the ``if __name__ == '__main__'`` clause of the main module. For +example:: + + import multiprocessing as mp + + def foo(q): + q.put('hello') + + if __name__ == '__main__': + mp.set_start_method('spawn') + q = mp.Queue() + p = mp.Process(target=foo, args=(q,)) + p.start() + print(q.get()) + p.join() + +:func:`set_start_method` should not be used more than once in the +program. + +Alternatively, you can use :func:`get_context` to obtain a context +object. Context objects have the same API as the multiprocessing +module, and allow one to use multiple start methods in the same +program. :: + + import multiprocessing as mp + + def foo(q): + q.put('hello') + + if __name__ == '__main__': + ctx = mp.get_context('spawn') + q = ctx.Queue() + p = ctx.Process(target=foo, args=(q,)) + p.start() + print(q.get()) + p.join() + +Note that objects related to one context may not be compatible with +processes for a different context. In particular, locks created using +the *fork* context cannot be passed to a processes started using the +*spawn* or *forkserver* start methods. + +A library which wants to use a particular start method should probably +use :func:`get_context` to avoid interfering with the choice of the +library user. + + Exchanging objects between processes ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -274,15 +371,31 @@ processes in a few different ways. For example:: from multiprocessing import Pool + from time import sleep def f(x): return x*x if __name__ == '__main__': - with Pool(processes=4) as pool: # start 4 worker processes - result = pool.apply_async(f, [10]) # evaluate "f(10)" asynchronously - print(result.get(timeout=1)) # prints "100" unless your computer is *very* slow - print(pool.map(f, range(10))) # prints "[0, 1, 4,..., 81]" + # start 4 worker processes + with Pool(processes=4) as pool: + + # print "[0, 1, 4,..., 81]" + print(pool.map(f, range(10))) + + # print same numbers in arbitrary order + for i in pool.imap_unordered(f, range(10)): + print(i) + + # evaluate "f(10)" asynchronously + res = pool.apply_async(f, [10]) + print(res.get(timeout=1)) # prints "100" + + # make worker sleep for 10 secs + res = pool.apply_async(sleep, 10) + print(res.get(timeout=1)) # raises multiprocessing.TimeoutError + + # exiting the 'with'-block has stopped the pool Note that the methods of a pool should only ever be used by the process which created it. @@ -731,6 +844,9 @@ Miscellaneous Return the number of CPUs in the system. May raise :exc:`NotImplementedError`. + .. seealso:: + :func:`os.cpu_count` + .. function:: current_process() Return the :class:`Process` object corresponding to the current process. @@ -761,6 +877,43 @@ Miscellaneous If the module is being run normally by the Python interpreter then :func:`freeze_support` has no effect. +.. function:: get_all_start_methods() + + Returns a list of the supported start methods, the first of which + is the default. The possible start methods are ``'fork'``, + ``'spawn'`` and ``'forkserver'``. On Windows only ``'spawn'`` is + available. On Unix ``'fork'`` and ``'spawn'`` are always + supported, with ``'fork'`` being the default. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. function:: get_context(method=None) + + Return a context object which has the same attributes as the + :mod:`multiprocessing` module. + + If *method* is *None* then the default context is returned. + Otherwise *method* should be ``'fork'``, ``'spawn'``, + ``'forkserver'``. :exc:`ValueError` is raised if the specified + start method is not available. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. function:: get_start_method(allow_none=False) + + Return the name of start method used for starting processes. + + If the start method has not been fixed and *allow_none* is false, + then the start method is fixed to the default and the name is + returned. If the start method has not been fixed and *allow_none* + is true then *None* is returned. + + The return value can be ``'fork'``, ``'spawn'``, ``'forkserver'`` + or *None*. ``'fork'`` is the default on Unix, while ``'spawn'`` is + the default on Windows. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. function:: set_executable() Sets the path of the Python interpreter to use when starting a child process. @@ -769,8 +922,21 @@ Miscellaneous set_executable(os.path.join(sys.exec_prefix, 'pythonw.exe')) - before they can create child processes. (Windows only) + before they can create child processes. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Now supported on Unix when the ``'spawn'`` start method is used. + +.. function:: set_start_method(method) + + Set the method which should be used to start child processes. + *method* can be ``'fork'``, ``'spawn'`` or ``'forkserver'``. + + Note that this should be called at most once, and it should be + protected inside the ``if __name__ == '__main__'`` clause of the + main module. + .. versionadded:: 3.4 .. note:: @@ -1666,14 +1832,14 @@ Process Pools One can create a pool of processes which will carry out tasks submitted to it with the :class:`Pool` class. -.. class:: Pool([processes[, initializer[, initargs[, maxtasksperchild]]]]) +.. class:: Pool([processes[, initializer[, initargs[, maxtasksperchild [, context]]]]]) A process pool object which controls a pool of worker processes to which jobs can be submitted. It supports asynchronous results with timeouts and callbacks and has a parallel map implementation. *processes* is the number of worker processes to use. If *processes* is - ``None`` then the number returned by :func:`cpu_count` is used. If + ``None`` then the number returned by :func:`os.cpu_count` is used. If *initializer* is not ``None`` then each worker process will call ``initializer(*initargs)`` when it starts. @@ -1686,6 +1852,13 @@ with the :class:`Pool` class. unused resources to be freed. The default *maxtasksperchild* is None, which means worker processes will live as long as the pool. + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + *context* can be used to specify the context used for starting + the worker processes. Usually a pool is created using the + function :func:`multiprocessing.Pool` or the :meth:`Pool` method + of a context object. In both cases *context* is set + appropriately. + .. note:: Worker processes within a :class:`Pool` typically live for the complete @@ -2177,43 +2350,8 @@ Below is an example session with logging turned on:: [INFO/MainProcess] sending shutdown message to manager [INFO/SyncManager-...] manager exiting with exitcode 0 -In addition to having these two logging functions, the multiprocessing also -exposes two additional logging level attributes. These are :const:`SUBWARNING` -and :const:`SUBDEBUG`. The table below illustrates where theses fit in the -normal level hierarchy. - -+----------------+----------------+ -| Level | Numeric value | -+================+================+ -| ``SUBWARNING`` | 25 | -+----------------+----------------+ -| ``SUBDEBUG`` | 5 | -+----------------+----------------+ - For a full table of logging levels, see the :mod:`logging` module. -These additional logging levels are used primarily for certain debug messages -within the multiprocessing module. Below is the same example as above, except -with :const:`SUBDEBUG` enabled:: - - >>> import multiprocessing, logging - >>> logger = multiprocessing.log_to_stderr() - >>> logger.setLevel(multiprocessing.SUBDEBUG) - >>> logger.warning('doomed') - [WARNING/MainProcess] doomed - >>> m = multiprocessing.Manager() - [INFO/SyncManager-...] child process calling self.run() - [INFO/SyncManager-...] created temp directory /.../pymp-... - [INFO/SyncManager-...] manager serving at '/.../pymp-djGBXN/listener-...' - >>> del m - [SUBDEBUG/MainProcess] finalizer calling ... - [INFO/MainProcess] sending shutdown message to manager - [DEBUG/SyncManager-...] manager received shutdown message - [SUBDEBUG/SyncManager-...] calling <Finalize object, callback=unlink, ... - [SUBDEBUG/SyncManager-...] finalizer calling <built-in function unlink> ... - [SUBDEBUG/SyncManager-...] calling <Finalize object, dead> - [SUBDEBUG/SyncManager-...] finalizer calling <function rmtree at 0x5aa730> ... - [INFO/SyncManager-...] manager exiting with exitcode 0 The :mod:`multiprocessing.dummy` module ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -2234,8 +2372,10 @@ There are certain guidelines and idioms which should be adhered to when using :mod:`multiprocessing`. -All platforms -~~~~~~~~~~~~~ +All start methods +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +The following applies to all start methods. Avoid shared state @@ -2269,11 +2409,13 @@ Joining zombie processes Better to inherit than pickle/unpickle - On Windows many types from :mod:`multiprocessing` need to be picklable so - that child processes can use them. However, one should generally avoid - sending shared objects to other processes using pipes or queues. Instead - you should arrange the program so that a process which needs access to a - shared resource created elsewhere can inherit it from an ancestor process. + When using the *spawn* or *forkserver* start methods many types + from :mod:`multiprocessing` need to be picklable so that child + processes can use them. However, one should generally avoid + sending shared objects to other processes using pipes or queues. + Instead you should arrange the program so that a process which + needs access to a shared resource created elsewhere can inherit it + from an ancestor process. Avoid terminating processes @@ -2320,15 +2462,17 @@ Joining processes that use queues Explicitly pass resources to child processes - On Unix a child process can make use of a shared resource created in a - parent process using a global resource. However, it is better to pass the - object as an argument to the constructor for the child process. + On Unix using the *fork* start method, a child process can make + use of a shared resource created in a parent process using a + global resource. However, it is better to pass the object as an + argument to the constructor for the child process. - Apart from making the code (potentially) compatible with Windows this also - ensures that as long as the child process is still alive the object will not - be garbage collected in the parent process. This might be important if some - resource is freed when the object is garbage collected in the parent - process. + Apart from making the code (potentially) compatible with Windows + and the other start methods this also ensures that as long as the + child process is still alive the object will not be garbage + collected in the parent process. This might be important if some + resource is freed when the object is garbage collected in the + parent process. So for instance :: @@ -2387,17 +2531,19 @@ Beware of replacing :data:`sys.stdin` with a "file like object" For more information, see :issue:`5155`, :issue:`5313` and :issue:`5331` -Windows -~~~~~~~ +The *spawn* and *forkserver* start methods +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ -Since Windows lacks :func:`os.fork` it has a few extra restrictions: +There are a few extra restriction which don't apply to the *fork* +start method. More picklability - Ensure that all arguments to :meth:`Process.__init__` are picklable. This - means, in particular, that bound or unbound methods cannot be used directly - as the ``target`` argument on Windows --- just define a function and use - that instead. + Ensure that all arguments to :meth:`Process.__init__` are + picklable. This means, in particular, that bound or unbound + methods cannot be used directly as the ``target`` (unless you use + the *fork* start method) --- just define a function and use that + instead. Also, if you subclass :class:`~multiprocessing.Process` then make sure that instances will be picklable when the :meth:`Process.start @@ -2419,7 +2565,8 @@ Safe importing of main module interpreter without causing unintended side effects (such a starting a new process). - For example, under Windows running the following module would fail with a + For example, using the *spawn* or *forkserver* start method + running the following module would fail with a :exc:`RuntimeError`:: from multiprocessing import Process @@ -2433,13 +2580,14 @@ Safe importing of main module Instead one should protect the "entry point" of the program by using ``if __name__ == '__main__':`` as follows:: - from multiprocessing import Process, freeze_support + from multiprocessing import Process, freeze_support, set_start_method def foo(): print('hello') if __name__ == '__main__': freeze_support() + set_start_method('spawn') p = Process(target=foo) p.start() @@ -2470,26 +2618,7 @@ Using :class:`~multiprocessing.pool.Pool`: :language: python3 -Synchronization types like locks, conditions and queues: - -.. literalinclude:: ../includes/mp_synchronize.py - :language: python3 - - An example showing how to use queues to feed tasks to a collection of worker processes and collect the results: .. literalinclude:: ../includes/mp_workers.py - - -An example of how a pool of worker processes can each run a -:class:`~http.server.SimpleHTTPRequestHandler` instance while sharing a single -listening socket. - -.. literalinclude:: ../includes/mp_webserver.py - - -Some simple benchmarks comparing :mod:`multiprocessing` with :mod:`threading`: - -.. literalinclude:: ../includes/mp_benchmarks.py - diff --git a/Doc/library/netrc.rst b/Doc/library/netrc.rst index 564f101..23ffed6 100644 --- a/Doc/library/netrc.rst +++ b/Doc/library/netrc.rst @@ -29,7 +29,7 @@ the Unix :program:`ftp` program and other FTP clients. This implements security behavior equivalent to that of ftp and other programs that use :file:`.netrc`. - .. versionchanged:: 3.3.3 Added the POSIX permission check. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 Added the POSIX permission check. .. exception:: NetrcParseError diff --git a/Doc/library/nntplib.rst b/Doc/library/nntplib.rst index 1d1aa40..73b51c0 100644 --- a/Doc/library/nntplib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/nntplib.rst @@ -1,4 +1,3 @@ - :mod:`nntplib` --- NNTP protocol client ======================================= @@ -71,7 +70,7 @@ The module itself defines the following classes: reader-specific commands, such as ``group``. If you get unexpected :exc:`NNTPPermanentError`\ s, you might need to set *readermode*. :class:`NNTP` class supports the :keyword:`with` statement to - unconditionally consume :exc:`socket.error` exceptions and to close the NNTP + unconditionally consume :exc:`OSError` exceptions and to close the NNTP connection when done. Here is a sample on how using it: >>> from nntplib import NNTP diff --git a/Doc/library/numeric.rst b/Doc/library/numeric.rst index 2732a84..7c76a47 100644 --- a/Doc/library/numeric.rst +++ b/Doc/library/numeric.rst @@ -23,3 +23,4 @@ The following modules are documented in this chapter: decimal.rst fractions.rst random.rst + statistics.rst diff --git a/Doc/library/operator.rst b/Doc/library/operator.rst index 03547ca..80bad71 100644 --- a/Doc/library/operator.rst +++ b/Doc/library/operator.rst @@ -11,6 +11,9 @@ import operator from operator import itemgetter, iadd +**Source code:** :source:`Lib/operator.py` + +-------------- The :mod:`operator` module exports a set of efficient functions corresponding to the intrinsic operators of Python. For example, ``operator.add(x, y)`` is @@ -235,6 +238,14 @@ their character equivalents. .. XXX: find a better, readable, example +.. function:: length_hint(obj, default=0) + + Return an estimated length for the object *o*. First trying to return its + actual length, then an estimate using :meth:`object.__length_hint__`, and + finally returning the default value. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + The :mod:`operator` module also defines tools for generalized attribute and item lookups. These are useful for making fast field extractors as arguments for :func:`map`, :func:`sorted`, :meth:`itertools.groupby`, or other functions that diff --git a/Doc/library/os.path.rst b/Doc/library/os.path.rst index 36f2d14..25cae6b 100644 --- a/Doc/library/os.path.rst +++ b/Doc/library/os.path.rst @@ -42,7 +42,6 @@ the :mod:`glob` module.) * :mod:`posixpath` for UNIX-style paths * :mod:`ntpath` for Windows paths * :mod:`macpath` for old-style MacOS paths - * :mod:`os2emxpath` for OS/2 EMX paths .. function:: abspath(path) @@ -250,15 +249,14 @@ the :mod:`glob` module.) On Unix, this is determined by the device number and i-node number and raises an exception if a :func:`os.stat` call on either pathname fails. - On Windows, two files are the same if they resolve to the same final path - name using the Windows API call GetFinalPathNameByHandle. This function - raises an exception if handles cannot be obtained to either file. - Availability: Unix, Windows. .. versionchanged:: 3.2 Added Windows support. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Windows now uses the same implementation as all other platforms. + .. function:: sameopenfile(fp1, fp2) @@ -277,7 +275,10 @@ the :mod:`glob` module.) :func:`os.lstat`, or :func:`os.stat`. This function implements the underlying comparison used by :func:`samefile` and :func:`sameopenfile`. - Availability: Unix. + Availability: Unix, Windows. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added Windows support. .. function:: split(path) diff --git a/Doc/library/os.rst b/Doc/library/os.rst index 59457f7..466f242 100644 --- a/Doc/library/os.rst +++ b/Doc/library/os.rst @@ -54,7 +54,7 @@ Notes on the availability of these functions: The name of the operating system dependent module imported. The following names have currently been registered: ``'posix'``, ``'nt'``, ``'mac'``, - ``'os2'``, ``'ce'``, ``'java'``. + ``'ce'``, ``'java'``. .. seealso:: :attr:`sys.platform` has a finer granularity. :func:`os.uname` gives @@ -685,17 +685,30 @@ as internal buffering of data. .. function:: dup(fd) - Return a duplicate of file descriptor *fd*. + Return a duplicate of file descriptor *fd*. The new file descriptor is + :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. + + On Windows, when duplicating a standard stream (0: stdin, 1: stdout, + 2: stderr), the new file descriptor is :ref:`inheritable + <fd_inheritance>`. Availability: Unix, Windows. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable. + -.. function:: dup2(fd, fd2) +.. function:: dup2(fd, fd2, inheritable=True) Duplicate file descriptor *fd* to *fd2*, closing the latter first if necessary. + The file descriptor *fd2* is :ref:`inheritable <fd_inheritance>` by default, + or non-inheritable if *inheritable* is ``False``. Availability: Unix, Windows. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Add the optional *inheritable* parameter. + .. function:: fchmod(fd, mode) @@ -846,17 +859,21 @@ as internal buffering of data. Open the file *file* and set various flags according to *flags* and possibly its mode according to *mode*. When computing *mode*, the current umask value is first masked out. Return the file descriptor for the newly opened file. + The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. For a description of the flag and mode values, see the C run-time documentation; flag constants (like :const:`O_RDONLY` and :const:`O_WRONLY`) are defined in - this module too (see :ref:`open-constants`). In particular, on Windows adding + the :mod:`os` module. In particular, on Windows adding :const:`O_BINARY` is needed to open files in binary mode. This function can support :ref:`paths relative to directory descriptors - <dir_fd>`. + <dir_fd>` with the *dir_fd* parameter. Availability: Unix, Windows. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable. + .. note:: This function is intended for low-level I/O. For normal usage, use the @@ -867,25 +884,92 @@ as internal buffering of data. .. versionadded:: 3.3 The *dir_fd* argument. +The following constants are options for the *flags* parameter to the +:func:`~os.open` function. They can be combined using the bitwise OR operator +``|``. Some of them are not available on all platforms. For descriptions of +their availability and use, consult the :manpage:`open(2)` manual page on Unix +or `the MSDN <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Windows. + + +.. data:: O_RDONLY + O_WRONLY + O_RDWR + O_APPEND + O_CREAT + O_EXCL + O_TRUNC + + These constants are available on Unix and Windows. + + +.. data:: O_DSYNC + O_RSYNC + O_SYNC + O_NDELAY + O_NONBLOCK + O_NOCTTY + O_SHLOCK + O_EXLOCK + O_CLOEXEC + + These constants are only available on Unix. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 + Add :data:`O_CLOEXEC` constant. + +.. data:: O_BINARY + O_NOINHERIT + O_SHORT_LIVED + O_TEMPORARY + O_RANDOM + O_SEQUENTIAL + O_TEXT + + These constants are only available on Windows. + + +.. data:: O_ASYNC + O_DIRECT + O_DIRECTORY + O_NOFOLLOW + O_NOATIME + O_PATH + O_TMPFILE + + These constants are GNU extensions and not present if they are not defined by + the C library. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Add :data:`O_TMPFILE` constant. It's only available on Linux Kernel 3.11 + or newer. + .. function:: openpty() .. index:: module: pty - Open a new pseudo-terminal pair. Return a pair of file descriptors ``(master, - slave)`` for the pty and the tty, respectively. For a (slightly) more portable - approach, use the :mod:`pty` module. + Open a new pseudo-terminal pair. Return a pair of file descriptors + ``(master, slave)`` for the pty and the tty, respectively. The new file + descriptors are :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. For a (slightly) more + portable approach, use the :mod:`pty` module. Availability: some flavors of Unix. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable. + .. function:: pipe() - Create a pipe. Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for reading - and writing, respectively. + Create a pipe. Return a pair of file descriptors ``(r, w)`` usable for + reading and writing, respectively. The new file descriptor are + :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. Availability: Unix, Windows. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The new file descriptors are now non-inheritable. + .. function:: pipe2(flags) @@ -1080,78 +1164,6 @@ as internal buffering of data. .. versionadded:: 3.3 -.. _open-constants: - -``open()`` flag constants -~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ - -The following constants are options for the *flags* parameter to the -:func:`~os.open` function. They can be combined using the bitwise OR operator -``|``. Some of them are not available on all platforms. For descriptions of -their availability and use, consult the :manpage:`open(2)` manual page on Unix -or `the MSDN <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z0kc8e3z.aspx>`_ on Windows. - - -.. data:: O_RDONLY - O_WRONLY - O_RDWR - O_APPEND - O_CREAT - O_EXCL - O_TRUNC - - These constants are available on Unix and Windows. - - -.. data:: O_DSYNC - O_RSYNC - O_SYNC - O_NDELAY - O_NONBLOCK - O_NOCTTY - O_SHLOCK - O_EXLOCK - O_CLOEXEC - - These constants are only available on Unix. - - .. versionchanged:: 3.3 - Add :data:`O_CLOEXEC` constant. - -.. data:: O_BINARY - O_NOINHERIT - O_SHORT_LIVED - O_TEMPORARY - O_RANDOM - O_SEQUENTIAL - O_TEXT - - These constants are only available on Windows. - - -.. data:: O_ASYNC - O_DIRECT - O_DIRECTORY - O_NOFOLLOW - O_NOATIME - - These constants are GNU extensions and not present if they are not defined by - the C library. - - -.. data:: RTLD_LAZY - RTLD_NOW - RTLD_GLOBAL - RTLD_LOCAL - RTLD_NODELETE - RTLD_NOLOAD - RTLD_DEEPBIND - - See the Unix manual page :manpage:`dlopen(3)`. - - .. versionadded:: 3.3 - - .. _terminal-size: Querying the size of a terminal @@ -1189,6 +1201,49 @@ Querying the size of a terminal Height of the terminal window in characters. +.. _fd_inheritance: + +Inheritance of File Descriptors +~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + +A file descriptor has an "inheritable" flag which indicates if the file descriptor +can be inherited by child processes. Since Python 3.4, file descriptors +created by Python are non-inheritable by default. + +On UNIX, non-inheritable file descriptors are closed in child processes at the +execution of a new program, other file descriptors are inherited. + +On Windows, non-inheritable handles and file descriptors are closed in child +processes, except for standard streams (file descriptors 0, 1 and 2: stdin, stdout +and stderr), which are always inherited. Using :func:`spawn\* <spawnl>` functions, +all inheritable handles and all inheritable file descriptors are inherited. +Using the :mod:`subprocess` module, all file descriptors except standard +streams are closed, and inheritable handles are only inherited if the +*close_fds* parameter is ``False``. + +.. function:: get_inheritable(fd) + + Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor (a boolean). + +.. function:: set_inheritable(fd, inheritable) + + Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified file descriptor. + +.. function:: get_handle_inheritable(handle) + + Get the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle (a boolean). + + Availability: Windows. + +.. function:: set_handle_inheritable(handle, inheritable) + + Set the "inheritable" flag of the specified handle. + + Availability: Windows. + + .. _os-file-dir: Files and Directories @@ -3043,7 +3098,7 @@ information, consult your Unix manpages. .. versionadded:: 3.3 -The following scheduling policies are exposed if they are a supported by the +The following scheduling policies are exposed if they are supported by the operating system. .. data:: SCHED_OTHER @@ -3152,10 +3207,6 @@ operating system. Return the set of CPUs the process with PID *pid* (or the current process if zero) is restricted to. - .. seealso:: - :func:`multiprocessing.cpu_count` returns the number of CPUs in the - system. - .. _os-path: @@ -3193,6 +3244,13 @@ Miscellaneous System Information Availability: Unix. +.. function:: cpu_count() + + Return the number of CPUs in the system. Returns None if undetermined. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. function:: getloadavg() Return the number of processes in the system run queue averaged over the last @@ -3291,6 +3349,19 @@ Higher-level operations on pathnames are defined in the :mod:`os.path` module. The file path of the null device. For example: ``'/dev/null'`` for POSIX, ``'nul'`` for Windows. Also available via :mod:`os.path`. +.. data:: RTLD_LAZY + RTLD_NOW + RTLD_GLOBAL + RTLD_LOCAL + RTLD_NODELETE + RTLD_NOLOAD + RTLD_DEEPBIND + + Flags for use with the :func:`~sys.setdlopenflags` and + :func:`~sys.getdlopenflags` functions. See the Unix manual page + :manpage:`dlopen(3)` for what the different flags mean. + + .. versionadded:: 3.3 .. _os-miscfunc: diff --git a/Doc/library/pdb.rst b/Doc/library/pdb.rst index f4e37ac..48a8a6b 100644 --- a/Doc/library/pdb.rst +++ b/Doc/library/pdb.rst @@ -41,7 +41,7 @@ of the debugger is:: .. versionchanged:: 3.3 Tab-completion via the :mod:`readline` module is available for commands and command arguments, e.g. the current global and local names are offered as - arguments of the ``print`` command. + arguments of the ``p`` command. :file:`pdb.py` can also be invoked as a script to debug other scripts. For example:: @@ -309,7 +309,7 @@ by the local file. ``end`` to terminate the commands. An example:: (Pdb) commands 1 - (com) print some_variable + (com) p some_variable (com) end (Pdb) @@ -403,13 +403,19 @@ by the local file. Print the argument list of the current function. -.. pdbcommand:: p(rint) expression +.. pdbcommand:: p expression Evaluate the *expression* in the current context and print its value. + .. note:: + + ``print()`` can also be used, but is not a debugger command --- this executes the + Python :func:`print` function. + + .. pdbcommand:: pp expression - Like the :pdbcmd:`print` command, except the value of the expression is + Like the :pdbcmd:`p` command, except the value of the expression is pretty-printed using the :mod:`pprint` module. .. pdbcommand:: whatis expression diff --git a/Doc/library/pickle.rst b/Doc/library/pickle.rst index 0354a30..3bdbcf9 100644 --- a/Doc/library/pickle.rst +++ b/Doc/library/pickle.rst @@ -384,7 +384,8 @@ The following types can be pickled: * tuples, lists, sets, and dictionaries containing only picklable objects -* functions defined at the top level of a module +* functions defined at the top level of a module (using :keyword:`def`, not + :keyword:`lambda`) * built-in functions defined at the top level of a module @@ -402,7 +403,7 @@ raised in this case. You can carefully raise this limit with :func:`sys.setrecursionlimit`. Note that functions (built-in and user-defined) are pickled by "fully qualified" -name reference, not by value. This means that only the function name is +name reference, not by value. [#]_ This means that only the function name is pickled, along with the name of the module the function is defined in. Neither the function's code, nor any of its function attributes are pickled. Thus the defining module must be importable in the unpickling environment, and the module @@ -850,6 +851,9 @@ The following example reads the resulting pickled data. :: .. [#] Don't confuse this with the :mod:`marshal` module +.. [#] This is why :keyword:`lambda` functions cannot be pickled: all + :keyword:`lambda` functions share the same name: ``<lambda>``. + .. [#] The exception raised will likely be an :exc:`ImportError` or an :exc:`AttributeError` but it could be something else. diff --git a/Doc/library/poplib.rst b/Doc/library/poplib.rst index b4080d6..e248d6b 100644 --- a/Doc/library/poplib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/poplib.rst @@ -13,8 +13,11 @@ -------------- This module defines a class, :class:`POP3`, which encapsulates a connection to a -POP3 server and implements the protocol as defined in :rfc:`1725`. The -:class:`POP3` class supports both the minimal and optional command sets. +POP3 server and implements the protocol as defined in :rfc:`1939`. The +:class:`POP3` class supports both the minimal and optional command sets from +:rfc:`1939`. The :class:`POP3` class also supports the `STLS` command introduced +in :rfc:`2595` to enable encrypted communication on an already established connection. + Additionally, this module provides a class :class:`POP3_SSL`, which provides support for connecting to POP3 servers that use SSL as an underlying protocol layer. @@ -97,6 +100,14 @@ An :class:`POP3` instance has the following methods: Returns the greeting string sent by the POP3 server. +.. method:: POP3.capa() + + Query the server's capabilities as specified in :rfc:`2449`. + Returns a dictionary in the form ``{'name': ['param'...]}``. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. method:: POP3.user(username) Send user command, response should indicate that a password is required. @@ -176,6 +187,18 @@ An :class:`POP3` instance has the following methods: the unique id for that message in the form ``'response mesgnum uid``, otherwise result is list ``(response, ['mesgnum uid', ...], octets)``. +.. method:: POP3.stls(context=None) + + Start a TLS session on the active connection as specified in :rfc:`2595`. + This is only allowed before user authentication + + *context* parameter is a :class:`ssl.SSLContext` object which allows + bundling SSL configuration options, certificates and private keys into + a single (potentially long-lived) structure. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + Instances of :class:`POP3_SSL` have no additional methods. The interface of this subclass is identical to its parent. diff --git a/Doc/library/pprint.rst b/Doc/library/pprint.rst index 3a86331..447f8f7 100644 --- a/Doc/library/pprint.rst +++ b/Doc/library/pprint.rst @@ -14,8 +14,8 @@ The :mod:`pprint` module provides a capability to "pretty-print" arbitrary Python data structures in a form which can be used as input to the interpreter. If the formatted structures include objects which are not fundamental Python types, the representation may not be loadable. This may be the case if objects -such as files, sockets, classes, or instances are included, as well as many -other built-in objects which are not representable as Python constants. +such as files, sockets or classes are included, as well as many other +objects which are not representable as Python literals. The formatted representation keeps objects on a single line if it can, and breaks them onto multiple lines if they don't fit within the allowed width. @@ -29,14 +29,14 @@ The :mod:`pprint` module defines one class: .. First the implementation class: -.. class:: PrettyPrinter(indent=1, width=80, depth=None, stream=None) +.. class:: PrettyPrinter(indent=1, width=80, depth=None, stream=None, *, \ + compact=False) Construct a :class:`PrettyPrinter` instance. This constructor understands several keyword parameters. An output stream may be set using the *stream* keyword; the only method used on the stream object is the file protocol's :meth:`write` method. If not specified, the :class:`PrettyPrinter` adopts - ``sys.stdout``. Three additional parameters may be used to control the - formatted representation. The keywords are *indent*, *depth*, and *width*. The + ``sys.stdout``. The amount of indentation added for each recursive level is specified by *indent*; the default is one. Other values can cause output to look a little odd, but can make nesting easier to spot. The number of levels which may be printed is @@ -45,7 +45,12 @@ The :mod:`pprint` module defines one class: the depth of the objects being formatted. The desired output width is constrained using the *width* parameter; the default is 80 characters. If a structure cannot be formatted within the constrained width, a best effort will - be made. + be made. If *compact* is false (the default) each item of a long sequence + will be formatted on a separate line. If *compact* is true, as many items + as will fit within the *width* will be formatted on each output line. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added the *compact* parameter. >>> import pprint >>> stuff = ['spam', 'eggs', 'lumberjack', 'knights', 'ni'] @@ -58,6 +63,12 @@ The :mod:`pprint` module defines one class: 'lumberjack', 'knights', 'ni'] + >>> pp = pprint.PrettyPrinter(width=41, compact=True) + >>> pp.pprint(stuff) + [['spam', 'eggs', 'lumberjack', + 'knights', 'ni'], + 'spam', 'eggs', 'lumberjack', 'knights', + 'ni'] >>> tup = ('spam', ('eggs', ('lumberjack', ('knights', ('ni', ('dead', ... ('parrot', ('fresh fruit',)))))))) >>> pp = pprint.PrettyPrinter(depth=6) @@ -65,23 +76,30 @@ The :mod:`pprint` module defines one class: ('spam', ('eggs', ('lumberjack', ('knights', ('ni', ('dead', (...))))))) -The :class:`PrettyPrinter` class supports several derivative functions: +The :mod:`pprint` module also provides several shortcut functions: -.. function:: pformat(object, indent=1, width=80, depth=None) +.. function:: pformat(object, indent=1, width=80, depth=None, *, compact=False) - Return the formatted representation of *object* as a string. *indent*, *width* - and *depth* will be passed to the :class:`PrettyPrinter` constructor as - formatting parameters. + Return the formatted representation of *object* as a string. *indent*, + *width*, *depth* and *compact* will be passed to the :class:`PrettyPrinter` + constructor as formatting parameters. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added the *compact* parameter. -.. function:: pprint(object, stream=None, indent=1, width=80, depth=None) + +.. function:: pprint(object, stream=None, indent=1, width=80, depth=None, *, \ + compact=False) Prints the formatted representation of *object* on *stream*, followed by a newline. If *stream* is ``None``, ``sys.stdout`` is used. This may be used in the interactive interpreter instead of the :func:`print` function for inspecting values (you can even reassign ``print = pprint.pprint`` for use - within a scope). *indent*, *width* and *depth* will be passed to the - :class:`PrettyPrinter` constructor as formatting parameters. + within a scope). *indent*, *width*, *depth* and *compact* will be passed + to the :class:`PrettyPrinter` constructor as formatting parameters. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added the *compact* parameter. >>> import pprint >>> stuff = ['spam', 'eggs', 'lumberjack', 'knights', 'ni'] @@ -193,101 +211,141 @@ Example ------- To demonstrate several uses of the :func:`pprint` function and its parameters, -let's fetch information about a project from PyPI:: +let's fetch information about a project from `PyPI <https://pypi.python.org>`_:: >>> import json >>> import pprint >>> from urllib.request import urlopen - >>> with urlopen('http://pypi.python.org/pypi/configparser/json') as url: + >>> with urlopen('http://pypi.python.org/pypi/Twisted/json') as url: ... http_info = url.info() ... raw_data = url.read().decode(http_info.get_content_charset()) >>> project_info = json.loads(raw_data) - >>> result = {'headers': http_info.items(), 'body': project_info} In its basic form, :func:`pprint` shows the whole object:: - >>> pprint.pprint(result) - {'body': {'info': {'_pypi_hidden': False, - '_pypi_ordering': 12, - 'classifiers': ['Development Status :: 4 - Beta', - 'Intended Audience :: Developers', - 'License :: OSI Approved :: MIT License', - 'Natural Language :: English', - 'Operating System :: OS Independent', - 'Programming Language :: Python', - 'Programming Language :: Python :: 2', - 'Programming Language :: Python :: 2.6', - 'Programming Language :: Python :: 2.7', - 'Topic :: Software Development :: Libraries', - 'Topic :: Software Development :: Libraries :: Python Modules'], - 'download_url': 'UNKNOWN', - 'home_page': 'http://docs.python.org/py3k/library/configparser.html', - 'keywords': 'configparser ini parsing conf cfg configuration file', - 'license': 'MIT', - 'name': 'configparser', - 'package_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/configparser', - 'platform': 'any', - 'release_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/configparser/3.2.0r3', - 'requires_python': None, - 'stable_version': None, - 'summary': 'This library brings the updated configparser from Python 3.2+ to Python 2.6-2.7.', - 'version': '3.2.0r3'}, - 'urls': [{'comment_text': '', - 'downloads': 47, - 'filename': 'configparser-3.2.0r3.tar.gz', - 'has_sig': False, - 'md5_digest': '8500fd87c61ac0de328fc996fce69b96', - 'packagetype': 'sdist', - 'python_version': 'source', - 'size': 32281, - 'upload_time': '2011-05-10T16:28:50', - 'url': 'http://pypi.python.org/packages/source/c/configparser/configparser-3.2.0r3.tar.gz'}]}, - 'headers': [('Date', 'Sat, 14 May 2011 12:48:52 GMT'), - ('Server', 'Apache/2.2.16 (Debian)'), - ('Content-Disposition', 'inline'), - ('Connection', 'close'), - ('Transfer-Encoding', 'chunked'), - ('Content-Type', 'application/json; charset="UTF-8"')]} + >>> pprint.pprint(project_info) + {'info': {'_pypi_hidden': False, + '_pypi_ordering': 125, + 'author': 'Glyph Lefkowitz', + 'author_email': 'glyph@twistedmatrix.com', + 'bugtrack_url': '', + 'cheesecake_code_kwalitee_id': None, + 'cheesecake_documentation_id': None, + 'cheesecake_installability_id': None, + 'classifiers': ['Programming Language :: Python :: 2.6', + 'Programming Language :: Python :: 2.7', + 'Programming Language :: Python :: 2 :: Only'], + 'description': 'An extensible framework for Python programming, ' + 'with special focus\r\n' + 'on event-based network programming and ' + 'multiprotocol integration.', + 'docs_url': '', + 'download_url': 'UNKNOWN', + 'home_page': 'http://twistedmatrix.com/', + 'keywords': '', + 'license': 'MIT', + 'maintainer': '', + 'maintainer_email': '', + 'name': 'Twisted', + 'package_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/Twisted', + 'platform': 'UNKNOWN', + 'release_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/Twisted/12.3.0', + 'requires_python': None, + 'stable_version': None, + 'summary': 'An asynchronous networking framework written in Python', + 'version': '12.3.0'}, + 'urls': [{'comment_text': '', + 'downloads': 71844, + 'filename': 'Twisted-12.3.0.tar.bz2', + 'has_sig': False, + 'md5_digest': '6e289825f3bf5591cfd670874cc0862d', + 'packagetype': 'sdist', + 'python_version': 'source', + 'size': 2615733, + 'upload_time': '2012-12-26T12:47:03', + 'url': 'https://pypi.python.org/packages/source/T/Twisted/Twisted-12.3.0.tar.bz2'}, + {'comment_text': '', + 'downloads': 5224, + 'filename': 'Twisted-12.3.0.win32-py2.7.msi', + 'has_sig': False, + 'md5_digest': '6b778f5201b622a5519a2aca1a2fe512', + 'packagetype': 'bdist_msi', + 'python_version': '2.7', + 'size': 2916352, + 'upload_time': '2012-12-26T12:48:15', + 'url': 'https://pypi.python.org/packages/2.7/T/Twisted/Twisted-12.3.0.win32-py2.7.msi'}]} The result can be limited to a certain *depth* (ellipsis is used for deeper contents):: - >>> pprint.pprint(result, depth=3) - {'body': {'info': {'_pypi_hidden': False, - '_pypi_ordering': 12, - 'classifiers': [...], - 'download_url': 'UNKNOWN', - 'home_page': 'http://docs.python.org/py3k/library/configparser.html', - 'keywords': 'configparser ini parsing conf cfg configuration file', - 'license': 'MIT', - 'name': 'configparser', - 'package_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/configparser', - 'platform': 'any', - 'release_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/configparser/3.2.0r3', - 'requires_python': None, - 'stable_version': None, - 'summary': 'This library brings the updated configparser from Python 3.2+ to Python 2.6-2.7.', - 'version': '3.2.0r3'}, - 'urls': [{...}]}, - 'headers': [('Date', 'Sat, 14 May 2011 12:48:52 GMT'), - ('Server', 'Apache/2.2.16 (Debian)'), - ('Content-Disposition', 'inline'), - ('Connection', 'close'), - ('Transfer-Encoding', 'chunked'), - ('Content-Type', 'application/json; charset="UTF-8"')]} - -Additionally, maximum *width* can be suggested. If a long object cannot be -split, the specified width will be exceeded:: - - >>> pprint.pprint(result['headers'], width=30) - [('Date', - 'Sat, 14 May 2011 12:48:52 GMT'), - ('Server', - 'Apache/2.2.16 (Debian)'), - ('Content-Disposition', - 'inline'), - ('Connection', 'close'), - ('Transfer-Encoding', - 'chunked'), - ('Content-Type', - 'application/json; charset="UTF-8"')] + >>> pprint.pprint(project_info, depth=2) + {'info': {'_pypi_hidden': False, + '_pypi_ordering': 125, + 'author': 'Glyph Lefkowitz', + 'author_email': 'glyph@twistedmatrix.com', + 'bugtrack_url': '', + 'cheesecake_code_kwalitee_id': None, + 'cheesecake_documentation_id': None, + 'cheesecake_installability_id': None, + 'classifiers': [...], + 'description': 'An extensible framework for Python programming, ' + 'with special focus\r\n' + 'on event-based network programming and ' + 'multiprotocol integration.', + 'docs_url': '', + 'download_url': 'UNKNOWN', + 'home_page': 'http://twistedmatrix.com/', + 'keywords': '', + 'license': 'MIT', + 'maintainer': '', + 'maintainer_email': '', + 'name': 'Twisted', + 'package_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/Twisted', + 'platform': 'UNKNOWN', + 'release_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/Twisted/12.3.0', + 'requires_python': None, + 'stable_version': None, + 'summary': 'An asynchronous networking framework written in Python', + 'version': '12.3.0'}, + 'urls': [{...}, {...}]} + +Additionally, maximum character *width* can be suggested. If a long object +cannot be split, the specified width will be exceeded:: + + >>> pprint.pprint(project_info, depth=2, width=50) + {'info': {'_pypi_hidden': False, + '_pypi_ordering': 125, + 'author': 'Glyph Lefkowitz', + 'author_email': 'glyph@twistedmatrix.com', + 'bugtrack_url': '', + 'cheesecake_code_kwalitee_id': None, + 'cheesecake_documentation_id': None, + 'cheesecake_installability_id': None, + 'classifiers': [...], + 'description': 'An extensible ' + 'framework for ' + 'Python programming, ' + 'with special ' + 'focus\r\n' + 'on event-based ' + 'network programming ' + 'and multiprotocol ' + 'integration.', + 'docs_url': '', + 'download_url': 'UNKNOWN', + 'home_page': 'http://twistedmatrix.com/', + 'keywords': '', + 'license': 'MIT', + 'maintainer': '', + 'maintainer_email': '', + 'name': 'Twisted', + 'package_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/Twisted', + 'platform': 'UNKNOWN', + 'release_url': 'http://pypi.python.org/pypi/Twisted/12.3.0', + 'requires_python': None, + 'stable_version': None, + 'summary': 'An asynchronous ' + 'networking framework ' + 'written in Python', + 'version': '12.3.0'}, + 'urls': [{...}, {...}]} diff --git a/Doc/library/pty.rst b/Doc/library/pty.rst index 2b9385b..90baec5 100644 --- a/Doc/library/pty.rst +++ b/Doc/library/pty.rst @@ -45,6 +45,9 @@ The :mod:`pty` module defines the following functions: a file descriptor. The defaults try to read 1024 bytes each time they are called. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + :func:`spawn` now returns the status value from :func:`os.waitpid` + on the child process. Example ------- diff --git a/Doc/library/py_compile.rst b/Doc/library/py_compile.rst index 07ddc25..bae8450 100644 --- a/Doc/library/py_compile.rst +++ b/Doc/library/py_compile.rst @@ -28,7 +28,7 @@ byte-code cache files in the directory containing the source code. .. function:: compile(file, cfile=None, dfile=None, doraise=False, optimize=-1) - Compile a source file to byte-code and write out the byte-code cache file. + Compile a source file to byte-code and write out the byte-code cache file. The source code is loaded from the file name *file*. The byte-code is written to *cfile*, which defaults to the :PEP:`3147` path, ending in ``.pyc`` (``.pyo`` if optimization is enabled in the current interpreter). @@ -41,6 +41,13 @@ byte-code cache files in the directory containing the source code. is raised. This function returns the path to byte-compiled file, i.e. whatever *cfile* value was used. + If the path that *cfile* becomes (either explicitly specified or computed) + is a symlink or non-regular file, :exc:`FileExistsError` will be raised. + This is to act as a warning that import will turn those paths into regular + files if it is allowed to write byte-compiled files to those paths. This is + a side-effect of import using file renaming to place the final byte-compiled + file into place to prevent concurrent file writing issues. + *optimize* controls the optimization level and is passed to the built-in :func:`compile` function. The default of ``-1`` selects the optimization level of the current interpreter. @@ -50,6 +57,13 @@ byte-code cache files in the directory containing the source code. default was *file* + ``'c'`` (``'o'`` if optimization was enabled). Also added the *optimize* parameter. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Changed code to use :mod:`importlib` for the byte-code cache file writing. + This means file creation/writing semantics now match what :mod:`importlib` + does, e.g. permissions, write-and-move semantics, etc. Also added the + caveat that :exc:`FileExistsError` is raised if *cfile* is a symlink or + non-regular file. + .. function:: main(args=None) diff --git a/Doc/library/readline.rst b/Doc/library/readline.rst index 1134619..692310b 100644 --- a/Doc/library/readline.rst +++ b/Doc/library/readline.rst @@ -190,28 +190,32 @@ Example The following example demonstrates how to use the :mod:`readline` module's history reading and writing functions to automatically load and save a history -file named :file:`.pyhist` from the user's home directory. The code below would -normally be executed automatically during interactive sessions from the user's -:envvar:`PYTHONSTARTUP` file. :: +file named :file:`.python_history` from the user's home directory. The code +below would normally be executed automatically during interactive sessions +from the user's :envvar:`PYTHONSTARTUP` file. :: + import atexit import os import readline - histfile = os.path.join(os.path.expanduser("~"), ".pyhist") + + histfile = os.path.join(os.path.expanduser("~"), ".python_history") try: readline.read_history_file(histfile) except FileNotFoundError: pass - import atexit + atexit.register(readline.write_history_file, histfile) - del os, histfile + +This code is actually automatically run when Python is run in +:ref:`interactive mode <tut-interactive>` (see :ref:`rlcompleter-config`). The following example extends the :class:`code.InteractiveConsole` class to support history save/restore. :: - import code - import readline import atexit + import code import os + import readline class HistoryConsole(code.InteractiveConsole): def __init__(self, locals=None, filename="<console>", diff --git a/Doc/library/resource.rst b/Doc/library/resource.rst index ed85850..9bb5848 100644 --- a/Doc/library/resource.rst +++ b/Doc/library/resource.rst @@ -74,6 +74,27 @@ this module for those platforms. ``setrlimit`` may also raise :exc:`error` if the underlying system call fails. +.. function:: prlimit(pid, resource[, limits]) + + Combines :func:`setrlimit` and :func:`getrlimit` in one function and + supports to get and set the resources limits of an arbitrary process. If + *pid* is 0, then the call applies to the current process. *resource* and + *limits* have the same meaning as in :func:`setrlimit`, except that + *limits* is optional. + + When *limits* is not given the function returns the *resource* limit of the + process *pid*. When *limits* is given the *resource* limit of the process is + set and the former resource limit is returned. + + Raises :exc:`ProcessLookupError` when *pid* can't be found and + :exc:`PermissionError` when the user doesn't have ``CAP_SYS_RESOURCE`` for + the process. + + Availability: Linux 2.6.36 or later with glibc 2.13 or later + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + These symbols define resources whose consumption can be controlled using the :func:`setrlimit` and :func:`getrlimit` functions described below. The values of these symbols are exactly the constants used by C programs. @@ -151,6 +172,52 @@ platform. The maximum area (in bytes) of address space which may be taken by the process. +.. data:: RLIMIT_MSGQUEUE + + The number of bytes that can be allocated for POSIX message queues. + + Availability: Linux 2.6.8 or later. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. data:: RLIMIT_NICE + + The ceiling for the process's nice level (calculated as 20 - rlim_cur). + + Availability: Linux 2.6.12 or later. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. data:: RLIMIT_RTPRIO + + The ceiling of the real-time priority. + + Availability: Linux 2.6.12 or later. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. data:: RLIMIT_RTTIME + + The time limit (in microseconds) on CPU time that a process can spend + under real-time scheduling without making a blocking syscall. + + Availability: Linux 2.6.25 or later. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. data:: RLIMIT_SIGPENDING + + The number of signals which the process may queue. + + Availability: Linux 2.6.8 or later. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + Resource Usage -------------- diff --git a/Doc/library/rlcompleter.rst b/Doc/library/rlcompleter.rst index 633088d..9ed01c7 100644 --- a/Doc/library/rlcompleter.rst +++ b/Doc/library/rlcompleter.rst @@ -27,18 +27,10 @@ Example:: readline.__name__ readline.parse_and_bind( >>> readline. -The :mod:`rlcompleter` module is designed for use with Python's interactive -mode. A user can add the following lines to his or her initialization file -(identified by the :envvar:`PYTHONSTARTUP` environment variable) to get -automatic :kbd:`Tab` completion:: - - try: - import readline - except ImportError: - print("Module readline not available.") - else: - import rlcompleter - readline.parse_and_bind("tab: complete") +The :mod:`rlcompleter` module is designed for use with Python's +:ref:`interactive mode <tut-interactive>`. Unless Python is run with the +:option:`-S` option, the module is automatically imported and configured +(see :ref:`rlcompleter-config`). On platforms without :mod:`readline`, the :class:`Completer` class defined by this module can still be used for custom purposes. diff --git a/Doc/library/select.rst b/Doc/library/select.rst index b1fd3a8..524e411 100644 --- a/Doc/library/select.rst +++ b/Doc/library/select.rst @@ -14,6 +14,14 @@ it also works for other file types (in particular, on Unix, it works on pipes). It cannot be used on regular files to determine whether a file has grown since it was last read. +.. note:: + + The :mod:`selectors` module allows high-level and efficient I/O + multiplexing, built upon the :mod:`select` module primitives. Users are + encouraged to use the :mod:`selectors` module instead, unless they want + precise control over the OS-level primitives used. + + The module defines the following: @@ -37,8 +45,13 @@ The module defines the following: increases this value, :c:func:`devpoll` may return an incomplete list of active file descriptors. + The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. + .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable. + .. function:: epoll(sizehint=-1, flags=0) (Only supported on Linux 2.5.44 and newer.) Return an edge polling object, @@ -47,11 +60,17 @@ The module defines the following: to :const:`EPOLL_CLOEXEC`, which causes the epoll descriptor to be closed automatically when :func:`os.execve` is called. See section :ref:`epoll-objects` below for the methods supported by epolling objects. + They also support the :keyword:`with` statement. + The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. .. versionchanged:: 3.3 Added the *flags* parameter. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Support for the :keyword:`with` statement was added. + The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable. + .. function:: poll() @@ -66,6 +85,11 @@ The module defines the following: (Only supported on BSD.) Returns a kernel queue object; see section :ref:`kqueue-objects` below for the methods supported by kqueue objects. + The new file descriptor is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The new file descriptor is now non-inheritable. + .. function:: kevent(ident, filter=KQ_FILTER_READ, flags=KQ_EV_ADD, fflags=0, data=0, udata=0) @@ -144,6 +168,27 @@ descriptors), ``/dev/poll`` is O(active file descriptors). object. +.. method:: devpoll.close() + + Close the file descriptor of the polling object. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. attribute:: devpoll.closed + + ``True`` if the polling object is closed. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +.. method:: devpoll.fileno() + + Return the file descriptor number of the polling object. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. method:: devpoll.register(fd[, eventmask]) Register a file descriptor with the polling object. Future calls to the @@ -241,6 +286,11 @@ Edge and Level Trigger Polling (epoll) Objects Close the control file descriptor of the epoll object. +.. attribute:: epoll.closed + + ``True`` if the epoll object is closed. + + .. method:: epoll.fileno() Return the file descriptor number of the control fd. @@ -360,6 +410,11 @@ Kqueue Objects Close the control file descriptor of the kqueue object. +.. attribute:: kqueue.closed + + ``True`` if the kqueue object is closed. + + .. method:: kqueue.fileno() Return the file descriptor number of the control fd. diff --git a/Doc/library/selectors.rst b/Doc/library/selectors.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..ece5e7d --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/selectors.rst @@ -0,0 +1,231 @@ +:mod:`selectors` -- High-level I/O multiplexing +=============================================== + +.. module:: selectors + :synopsis: High-level I/O multiplexing. + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + + +Introduction +------------ + +This module allows high-level and efficient I/O multiplexing, built upon the +:mod:`select` module primitives. Users are encouraged to use this module +instead, unless they want precise control over the OS-level primitives used. + +It defines a :class:`BaseSelector` abstract base class, along with several +concrete implementations (:class:`KqueueSelector`, :class:`EpollSelector`...), +that can be used to wait for I/O readiness notification on multiple file +objects. In the following, "file object" refers to any object with a +:meth:`fileno()` method, or a raw file descriptor. See :term:`file object`. + +:class:`DefaultSelector` is an alias to the most efficient implementation +available on the current platform: this should be the default choice for most +users. + +.. note:: + The type of file objects supported depends on the platform: on Windows, + sockets are supported, but not pipes, whereas on Unix, both are supported + (some other types may be supported as well, such as fifos or special file + devices). + +.. seealso:: + + :mod:`select` + Low-level I/O multiplexing module. + + +Classes +------- + +Classes hierarchy:: + + BaseSelector + +-- SelectSelector + +-- PollSelector + +-- EpollSelector + +-- KqueueSelector + + +In the following, *events* is a bitwise mask indicating which I/O events should +be waited for on a given file object. It can be a combination of the constants +below: + + +-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ + | Constant | Meaning | + +=======================+===============================================+ + | :const:`EVENT_READ` | Available for read | + +-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ + | :const:`EVENT_WRITE` | Available for write | + +-----------------------+-----------------------------------------------+ + + +.. class:: SelectorKey + + A :class:`SelectorKey` is a :class:`~collections.namedtuple` used to + associate a file object to its underlying file decriptor, selected event + mask and attached data. It is returned by several :class:`BaseSelector` + methods. + + .. attribute:: fileobj + + File object registered. + + .. attribute:: fd + + Underlying file descriptor. + + .. attribute:: events + + Events that must be waited for this file object. + + .. attribute:: data + + Optional opaque data associated to this file object: for example, this + could be used to store per-client session. + + +.. class:: BaseSelector + + A :class:`BaseSelector` is used to wait for I/O event readiness on multiple + file objects. It supports file stream registration, unregistration, and a + method to wait for I/O events on those streams, with an optional timeout. + It's an abstract base class, so cannot be instantiated. Use + :class:`DefaultSelector` instead, or one of :class:`SelectSelector`, + :class:`KqueueSelector` etc. if you want to specifically use an + implementation, and your platform supports it. + :class:`BaseSelector` and its concrete implementations support the + :term:`context manager` protocol. + + .. method:: register(fileobj, events, data=None) + + Register a file object for selection, monitoring it for I/O events. + + *fileobj* is the file object to monitor. + *events* is a bitwise mask of events to monitor. + *data* is an opaque object. + + This returns a new :class:`SelectorKey` instance, or raises a + :exc:`ValueError` in case of invalid event mask or file descriptor, or + :exc:`KeyError` if the file object is already registered. + + .. method:: unregister(fileobj) + + Unregister a file object from selection, removing it from monitoring. A + file object shall be unregistered prior to being closed. + + *fileobj* must be a file object previously registered. + + This returns the associated :class:`SelectorKey` instance, or raises a + :exc:`KeyError` if the file object is not registered. + + .. method:: modify(fileobj, events, data=None) + + Change a registered file object monitored events or attached data. + + This is equivalent to :meth:`BaseSelector.unregister(fileobj)` followed + by :meth:`BaseSelector.register(fileobj, events, data)`, except that it + can be implemented more efficiently. + + This returns a new :class:`SelectorKey` instance, or raises a + :exc:`ValueError` in case of invalid event mask or file descriptor, or + :exc:`KeyError` if the file object is not registered. + + .. method:: select(timeout=None) + + Wait until some registered file objects become ready, or the timeout + expires. + + If ``timeout > 0``, this specifies the maximum wait time, in seconds. + If ``timeout <= 0``, the call won't block, and will report the currently + ready file objects. + If *timeout* is ``None``, the call will block until a monitored file object + becomes ready. + + This returns a list of ``(key, events)`` tuple, one for each ready file + object. + + *key* is the :class:`SelectorKey` instance corresponding to a ready file + object. + *events* is a bitmask of events ready on this file object. + + .. method:: close() + + Close the selector. + + This must be called to make sure that any underlying resource is freed. + The selector shall not be used once it has been closed. + + .. method:: get_key(fileobj) + + Return the key associated to a registered file object. + + This returns the :class:`SelectorKey` instance associated to this file + object, or raises :exc:`KeyError` if the file object is not registered. + + +.. class:: DefaultSelector() + + The default selector class, using the most efficient implementation + available on the current platform. This should be the default choice for + most users. + + +.. class:: SelectSelector() + + :func:`select.select`-based selector. + + +.. class:: PollSelector() + + :func:`select.poll`-based selector. + + +.. class:: EpollSelector() + + :func:`select.epoll`-based selector. + + .. method:: fileno() + + This returns the file descriptor used by the underlying + :func:`select.epoll` object. + + +.. class:: KqueueSelector() + + :func:`select.kqueue`-based selector. + + .. method:: fileno() + + This returns the file descriptor used by the underlying + :func:`select.kqueue` object. + + +Examples of selector usage:: + + >>> import selectors + >>> import socket + >>> + >>> s = selectors.DefaultSelector() + >>> r, w = socket.socketpair() + >>> + >>> s.register(r, selectors.EVENT_READ) + SelectorKey(fileobj=<socket.socket fd=4, family=1, type=1, proto=0>, fd=4, events=1, data=None) + >>> s.register(w, selectors.EVENT_WRITE) + SelectorKey(fileobj=<socket.socket fd=5, family=1, type=1, proto=0>, fd=5, events=2, data=None) + >>> + >>> print(s.select()) + [(SelectorKey(fileobj=<socket.socket fd=5, family=1, type=1, proto=0>, fd=5, events=2, data=None), 2)] + >>> + >>> for key, events in s.select(): + ... if events & selectors.EVENT_WRITE: + ... key.fileobj.send(b'spam') + ... + 4 + >>> for key, events in s.select(): + ... if events & selectors.EVENT_READ: + ... print(key.fileobj.recv(1024)) + ... + b'spam' + >>> s.close() diff --git a/Doc/library/shelve.rst b/Doc/library/shelve.rst index 048f80a..4ba9ddc 100644 --- a/Doc/library/shelve.rst +++ b/Doc/library/shelve.rst @@ -44,8 +44,11 @@ lots of shared sub-objects. The keys are ordinary strings. .. note:: Do not rely on the shelf being closed automatically; always call - :meth:`close` explicitly when you don't need it any more, or use a - :keyword:`with` statement with :func:`contextlib.closing`. + :meth:`~Shelf.close` explicitly when you don't need it any more, or + use :func:`shelve.open` as a context manager:: + + with shelve.open('spam') as db: + db['eggs'] = 'eggs' .. warning:: @@ -118,10 +121,15 @@ Restrictions The *keyencoding* parameter is the encoding used to encode keys before they are used with the underlying dict. - .. versionadded:: 3.2 - The *keyencoding* parameter; previously, keys were always encoded in + :class:`Shelf` objects can also be used as context managers. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.2 + Added the *keyencoding* parameter; previously, keys were always encoded in UTF-8. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added context manager support. + .. class:: BsdDbShelf(dict, protocol=None, writeback=False, keyencoding='utf-8') diff --git a/Doc/library/shutil.rst b/Doc/library/shutil.rst index a1457d0..e4f348c 100644 --- a/Doc/library/shutil.rst +++ b/Doc/library/shutil.rst @@ -53,7 +53,7 @@ Directory and files operations *dst* and return *dst*. *src* and *dst* are path names given as strings. *dst* must be the complete target file name; look at :func:`shutil.copy` for a copy that accepts a target directory path. If *src* and *dst* - specify the same file, :exc:`Error` is raised. + specify the same file, :exc:`SameFileError` is raised. The destination location must be writable; otherwise, an :exc:`OSError` exception will be raised. If *dst* already exists, it will be replaced. @@ -69,6 +69,19 @@ Directory and files operations Added *follow_symlinks* argument. Now returns *dst*. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Raise :exc:`SameFileError` instead of :exc:`Error`. Since the former is + a subclass of the latter, this change is backward compatible. + + +.. exception:: SameFileError + + This exception is raised if source and destination in :func:`copyfile` + are the same file. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. function:: copymode(src, dst, *, follow_symlinks=True) Copy the permission bits from *src* to *dst*. The file contents, owner, and @@ -380,11 +393,10 @@ provided by this module. :: errors.extend(err.args[0]) try: copystat(src, dst) - except WindowsError: - # can't copy file access times on Windows - pass except OSError as why: - errors.extend((src, dst, str(why))) + # can't copy file access times on Windows + if why.winerror is None: + errors.extend((src, dst, str(why))) if errors: raise Error(errors) diff --git a/Doc/library/site.rst b/Doc/library/site.rst index 36b80c3..d93e938 100644 --- a/Doc/library/site.rst +++ b/Doc/library/site.rst @@ -38,6 +38,9 @@ Unix and Macintosh). For each of the distinct head-tail combinations, it sees if it refers to an existing directory, and if so, adds it to ``sys.path`` and also inspects the newly added path for configuration files. +.. deprecated:: 3.4 + Support for the "site-python" directory will be removed in 3.5. + If a file named "pyvenv.cfg" exists one directory above sys.executable, sys.prefix and sys.exec_prefix are set to that directory and it is also checked for site-packages and site-python (sys.base_prefix and @@ -111,6 +114,23 @@ empty, and the path manipulations are skipped; however the import of :mod:`sitecustomize` and :mod:`usercustomize` is still attempted. +.. _rlcompleter-config: + +Readline configuration +---------------------- + +On systems that support :mod:`readline`, this module will also import and +configure the :mod:`rlcompleter` module, if Python is started in +:ref:`interactive mode <tut-interactive>` and without the :option:`-S` option. +The default behavior is enable tab-completion and to use +:file:`~/.python_history` as the history save file. To disable it, override +the :data:`sys.__interactivehook__` attribute in your :mod:`sitecustomize` +or :mod:`usercustomize` module or your :envvar:`PYTHONSTARTUP` file. + + +Module contents +--------------- + .. data:: PREFIXES A list of prefixes for site-packages directories. @@ -153,8 +173,7 @@ empty, and the path manipulations are skipped; however the import of Adds all the standard site-specific directories to the module search path. This function is called automatically when this module is imported, - unless the :program:`python` interpreter was started with the :option:`-S` - flag. + unless the Python interpreter was started with the :option:`-S` flag. .. versionchanged:: 3.3 This function used to be called unconditionnally. diff --git a/Doc/library/smtpd.rst b/Doc/library/smtpd.rst index 2ca71ff..fe7258a 100644 --- a/Doc/library/smtpd.rst +++ b/Doc/library/smtpd.rst @@ -27,7 +27,8 @@ SMTPServer Objects ------------------ -.. class:: SMTPServer(localaddr, remoteaddr, data_size_limit=33554432) +.. class:: SMTPServer(localaddr, remoteaddr, data_size_limit=33554432,\ + map=None) Create a new :class:`SMTPServer` object, which binds to local address *localaddr*. It will treat *remoteaddr* as an upstream SMTP relayer. It @@ -38,6 +39,8 @@ SMTPServer Objects accepted in a ``DATA`` command. A value of ``None`` or ``0`` means no limit. + A dictionary can be specified in *map* to avoid using a global socket map. + .. method:: process_message(peer, mailfrom, rcpttos, data) Raise :exc:`NotImplementedError` exception. Override this in subclasses to @@ -53,6 +56,9 @@ SMTPServer Objects Override this in subclasses to use a custom :class:`SMTPChannel` for managing SMTP clients. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The *map* argument was added. + DebuggingServer Objects ----------------------- @@ -90,11 +96,20 @@ MailmanProxy Objects SMTPChannel Objects ------------------- -.. class:: SMTPChannel(server, conn, addr) +.. class:: SMTPChannel(server, conn, addr, data_size_limit=33554432,\ + map=None)) Create a new :class:`SMTPChannel` object which manages the communication between the server and a single SMTP client. + *conn* and *addr* are as per the instance variables described below. + + *data_size_limit* specifies the maximum number of bytes that will be + accepted in a ``DATA`` command. A value of ``None`` or ``0`` means no + limit. + + A dictionary can be specified in *map* to avoid using a global socket map. + To use a custom SMTPChannel implementation you need to override the :attr:`SMTPServer.channel_class` of your :class:`SMTPServer`. diff --git a/Doc/library/smtplib.rst b/Doc/library/smtplib.rst index addc6be..a7d1538 100644 --- a/Doc/library/smtplib.rst +++ b/Doc/library/smtplib.rst @@ -110,8 +110,8 @@ A nice selection of exceptions is defined as well: .. exception:: SMTPException - The base exception class for all the other exceptions provided by this - module. + Subclass of :exc:`OSError` that is the base exception class for all + the other exceptions provided by this module. .. exception:: SMTPServerDisconnected diff --git a/Doc/library/socket.rst b/Doc/library/socket.rst index aa18ae4..658b8c9 100644 --- a/Doc/library/socket.rst +++ b/Doc/library/socket.rst @@ -107,8 +107,8 @@ created. Socket addresses are represented as follows: .. versionadded:: 3.3 -- Certain other address families (:const:`AF_BLUETOOTH`, :const:`AF_PACKET`) - support specific representations. +- Certain other address families (:const:`AF_BLUETOOTH`, :const:`AF_PACKET`, + :const:`AF_CAN`) support specific representations. .. XXX document them! @@ -257,6 +257,16 @@ The module :mod:`socket` exports the following constants and functions: .. versionadded:: 3.3 +.. data:: CAN_BCM + CAN_BCM_* + + CAN_BCM, in the CAN protocol family, is the broadcast manager (BCM) protocol. + Broadcast manager constants, documented in the Linux documentation, are also + defined in the socket module. + + Availability: Linux >= 2.6.25. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 .. data:: AF_RDS PF_RDS @@ -283,6 +293,11 @@ The module :mod:`socket` exports the following constants and functions: TIPC related constants, matching the ones exported by the C socket API. See the TIPC documentation for more information. +.. data:: AF_LINK + + Availability: BSD, OSX. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 .. data:: has_ipv6 @@ -445,20 +460,29 @@ The module :mod:`socket` exports the following constants and functions: ``'udp'``, otherwise any protocol will match. -.. function:: socket([family[, type[, proto]]]) +.. function:: socket(family=AF_INET, type=SOCK_STREAM, proto=0, fileno=None) Create a new socket using the given address family, socket type and protocol number. The address family should be :const:`AF_INET` (the default), :const:`AF_INET6`, :const:`AF_UNIX`, :const:`AF_CAN` or :const:`AF_RDS`. The socket type should be :const:`SOCK_STREAM` (the default), :const:`SOCK_DGRAM`, :const:`SOCK_RAW` or perhaps one of the other ``SOCK_`` - constants. The protocol number is usually zero and may be omitted in that - case or :const:`CAN_RAW` in case the address family is :const:`AF_CAN`. + constants. The protocol number is usually zero and may be omitted or in the + case where the address family is :const:`AF_CAN` the protocol should be one + of :const:`CAN_RAW` or :const:`CAN_BCM`. + + The newly created socket is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. .. versionchanged:: 3.3 The AF_CAN family was added. The AF_RDS family was added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The CAN_BCM protocol was added. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The socket is now non-inheritable. + .. function:: socketpair([family[, type[, proto]]]) @@ -468,12 +492,17 @@ The module :mod:`socket` exports the following constants and functions: if defined on the platform; otherwise, the default is :const:`AF_INET`. Availability: Unix. + The newly created sockets are :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.2 The returned socket objects now support the whole socket API, rather than a subset. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The sockets are now non-inheritable. -.. function:: fromfd(fd, family, type[, proto]) + +.. function:: fromfd(fd, family, type, proto=0) Duplicate the file descriptor *fd* (an integer as returned by a file object's :meth:`fileno` method) and build a socket object from the result. Address @@ -484,6 +513,11 @@ The module :mod:`socket` exports the following constants and functions: a socket passed to a program as standard input or output (such as a server started by the Unix inet daemon). The socket is assumed to be in blocking mode. + The newly created socket is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The socket is now non-inheritable. + .. function:: ntohl(x) @@ -712,6 +746,11 @@ correspond to Unix system calls applicable to sockets. *new* socket object usable to send and receive data on the connection, and *address* is the address bound to the socket on the other end of the connection. + The newly created socket is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The socket is now non-inheritable. + .. method:: socket.bind(address) @@ -757,6 +796,16 @@ correspond to Unix system calls applicable to sockets. .. versionadded:: 3.2 +.. method:: socket.dup() + + Duplicate the socket. + + The newly created socket is :ref:`non-inheritable <fd_inheritance>`. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The socket is now non-inheritable. + + .. method:: socket.fileno() Return the socket's file descriptor (a small integer). This is useful with @@ -767,6 +816,15 @@ correspond to Unix system calls applicable to sockets. this limitation. +.. method:: socket.get_inheritable() + + Get the :ref:`inheritable flag <fd_inheritance>` of the socket's file + descriptor or socket's handle: ``True`` if the socket can be inherited in + child processes, ``False`` if it cannot. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. method:: socket.getpeername() Return the remote address to which the socket is connected. This is useful to @@ -1050,6 +1108,14 @@ correspond to Unix system calls applicable to sockets. .. versionadded:: 3.3 +.. method:: socket.set_inheritable(inheritable) + + Set the :ref:`inheritable flag <fd_inheritance>` of the socket's file + descriptor or socket's handle. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. method:: socket.setblocking(flag) Set blocking or non-blocking mode of the socket: if *flag* is false, the @@ -1331,7 +1397,16 @@ the interface:: s.ioctl(socket.SIO_RCVALL, socket.RCVALL_OFF) The last example shows how to use the socket interface to communicate to a CAN -network. This example might require special priviledge:: +network using the raw socket protocol. To use CAN with the broadcast +manager protocol instead, open a socket with:: + + socket.socket(socket.AF_CAN, socket.SOCK_DGRAM, socket.CAN_BCM) + +After binding (:const:`CAN_RAW`) or connecting (:const:`CAN_BCM`) the socket, you +can use the :meth:`socket.send`, and the :meth:`socket.recv` operations (and +their counterparts) on the socket object as usual. + +This example might require special priviledge:: import socket import struct diff --git a/Doc/library/sqlite3.rst b/Doc/library/sqlite3.rst index a2bd48c..6d1f76a 100644 --- a/Doc/library/sqlite3.rst +++ b/Doc/library/sqlite3.rst @@ -159,7 +159,7 @@ Module functions and constants first blank for the column name: the column name would simply be "x". -.. function:: connect(database[, timeout, detect_types, isolation_level, check_same_thread, factory, cached_statements]) +.. function:: connect(database[, timeout, detect_types, isolation_level, check_same_thread, factory, cached_statements, uri]) Opens a connection to the SQLite database file *database*. You can use ``":memory:"`` to open a database connection to a database that resides in RAM @@ -195,6 +195,18 @@ Module functions and constants for the connection, you can set the *cached_statements* parameter. The currently implemented default is to cache 100 statements. + If *uri* is true, *database* is interpreted as a URI. This allows you + to specify options. For example, to open a database in read-only mode + you can use:: + + db = sqlite3.connect('file:path/to/database?mode=ro', uri=True) + + More information about this feature, including a list of recognized options, can + be found in the `SQLite URI documentation <http://www.sqlite.org/uri.html>`_. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added the *uri* parameter. + .. function:: register_converter(typename, callable) diff --git a/Doc/library/ssl.rst b/Doc/library/ssl.rst index a688e46..e86da5f 100644 --- a/Doc/library/ssl.rst +++ b/Doc/library/ssl.rst @@ -26,7 +26,8 @@ probably additional platforms, as long as OpenSSL is installed on that platform. Some behavior may be platform dependent, since calls are made to the operating system socket APIs. The installed version of OpenSSL may also - cause variations in behavior. + cause variations in behavior. For example, TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 come with + openssl version 1.0.1. This section documents the objects and functions in the ``ssl`` module; for more general information about TLS, SSL, and certificates, the reader is referred to @@ -177,14 +178,16 @@ instead. .. table:: - ======================== ========= ========= ========== ========= - *client* / **server** **SSLv2** **SSLv3** **SSLv23** **TLSv1** - ------------------------ --------- --------- ---------- --------- - *SSLv2* yes no yes no - *SSLv3* no yes yes no - *SSLv23* yes no yes no - *TLSv1* no no yes yes - ======================== ========= ========= ========== ========= + ======================== ========= ========= ========== ========= =========== =========== + *client* / **server** **SSLv2** **SSLv3** **SSLv23** **TLSv1** **TLSv1.1** **TLSv1.2** + ------------------------ --------- --------- ---------- --------- ----------- ----------- + *SSLv2* yes no yes no no no + *SSLv3* no yes yes no no no + *SSLv23* yes no yes no no no + *TLSv1* no no yes yes no no + *TLSv1.1* no no yes no yes no + *TLSv1.2* no no yes no no yes + ======================== ========= ========= ========== ========= =========== =========== .. note:: @@ -347,6 +350,37 @@ Certificate handling Given a certificate as an ASCII PEM string, returns a DER-encoded sequence of bytes for that same certificate. +.. function:: get_default_verify_paths() + + Returns a named tuple with paths to OpenSSL's default cafile and capath. + The paths are the same as used by + :meth:`SSLContext.set_default_verify_paths`. The return value is a + :term:`named tuple` ``DefaultVerifyPaths``: + + * :attr:`cafile` - resolved path to cafile or None if the file doesn't exist, + * :attr:`capath` - resolved path to capath or None if the directory doesn't exist, + * :attr:`openssl_cafile_env` - OpenSSL's environment key that points to a cafile, + * :attr:`openssl_cafile` - hard coded path to a cafile, + * :attr:`openssl_capath_env` - OpenSSL's environment key that points to a capath, + * :attr:`openssl_capath` - hard coded path to a capath directory + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. function:: enum_cert_store(store_name, cert_type='certificate') + + Retrieve certificates from Windows' system cert store. *store_name* may be + one of ``CA``, ``ROOT`` or ``MY``. Windows may provide additional cert + stores, too. *cert_type* is either ``certificate`` for X.509 certificates + or ``crl`` for X.509 certificate revocation lists. + + The function returns a list of (bytes, encoding_type) tuples. The + encoding_type flag can be interpreted with :const:`X509_ASN_ENCODING` or + :const:`PKCS_7_ASN_ENCODING`. + + Availability: Windows. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + Constants ^^^^^^^^^ @@ -408,9 +442,25 @@ Constants .. data:: PROTOCOL_TLSv1 - Selects TLS version 1 as the channel encryption protocol. This is the most + Selects TLS version 1.0 as the channel encryption protocol. + +.. data:: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_1 + + + Selects TLS version 1.1 as the channel encryption protocol. + Available only with openssl version 1.0.1+. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. data:: PROTOCOL_TLSv1_2 + + + Selects TLS version 1.2 as the channel encryption protocol. This is the most modern version, and probably the best choice for maximum protection, if both sides can speak it. + Available only with openssl version 1.0.1+. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 .. data:: OP_ALL @@ -444,6 +494,22 @@ Constants .. versionadded:: 3.2 +.. data:: OP_NO_TLSv1_1 + + Prevents a TLSv1.1 connection. This option is only applicable in conjunction + with :const:`PROTOCOL_SSLv23`. It prevents the peers from choosing TLSv1.1 as + the protocol version. Available only with openssl version 1.0.1+. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. data:: OP_NO_TLSv1_2 + + Prevents a TLSv1.2 connection. This option is only applicable in conjunction + with :const:`PROTOCOL_SSLv23`. It prevents the peers from choosing TLSv1.2 as + the protocol version. Available only with openssl version 1.0.1+. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. data:: OP_CIPHER_SERVER_PREFERENCE Use the server's cipher ordering preference, rather than the client's. @@ -540,6 +606,28 @@ Constants .. versionadded:: 3.2 +.. data:: ALERT_DESCRIPTION_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE + ALERT_DESCRIPTION_INTERNAL_ERROR + ALERT_DESCRIPTION_* + + Alert Descriptions from :rfc:`5246` and others. The `IANA TLS Alert Registry + <http://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xml#tls-parameters-6>`_ + contains this list and references to the RFCs where their meaning is defined. + + Used as the return value of the callback function in + :meth:`SSLContext.set_servername_callback`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. data:: X509_ASN_ENCODING + PKCS_7_ASN_ENCODING + + Encoding flags for :func:`enum_cert_store`. + + Availability: Windows. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + SSL Sockets ----------- @@ -578,7 +666,8 @@ SSL sockets also have the following additional methods and attributes: .. method:: SSLSocket.getpeercert(binary_form=False) If there is no certificate for the peer on the other end of the connection, - returns ``None``. + return ``None``. If the SSL handshake hasn't been done yet, raise + :exc:`ValueError`. If the ``binary_form`` parameter is :const:`False`, and a certificate was received from the peer, this method returns a :class:`dict` instance. If the @@ -635,6 +724,9 @@ SSL sockets also have the following additional methods and attributes: The returned dictionary includes additional items such as ``issuer`` and ``notBefore``. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + :exc:`ValueError` is raised when the handshake isn't done. + .. method:: SSLSocket.cipher() Returns a three-value tuple containing the name of the cipher being used, the @@ -710,6 +802,19 @@ to speed up repeated connections from the same clients. :class:`SSLContext` objects have the following methods and attributes: +.. method:: SSLContext.cert_store_stats() + + Get statistics about quantities of loaded X.509 certificates, count of + X.509 certificates flagged as CA certificates and certificate revocation + lists as dictionary. + + Example for a context with one CA cert and one other cert:: + + >>> context.cert_store_stats() + {'crl': 0, 'x509_ca': 1, 'x509': 2} + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. method:: SSLContext.load_cert_chain(certfile, keyfile=None, password=None) Load a private key and the corresponding certificate. The *certfile* @@ -756,6 +861,17 @@ to speed up repeated connections from the same clients. following an `OpenSSL specific layout <http://www.openssl.org/docs/ssl/SSL_CTX_load_verify_locations.html>`_. +.. method:: SSLContext.get_ca_certs(binary_form=False) + + Get a list of loaded "certification authority" (CA) certificates. If the + ``binary_form`` parameter is :const:`False` each list + entry is a dict like the output of :meth:`SSLSocket.getpeercert`. Otherwise + the method returns a list of DER-encoded certificates. The returned list + does not contain certificates from *capath* unless a certificate was + requested and loaded by a SSL connection. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. method:: SSLContext.set_default_verify_paths() Load a set of default "certification authority" (CA) certificates from @@ -793,6 +909,56 @@ to speed up repeated connections from the same clients. .. versionadded:: 3.3 +.. method:: SSLContext.set_servername_callback(server_name_callback) + + Register a callback function that will be called after the TLS Client Hello + handshake message has been received by the SSL/TLS server when the TLS client + specifies a server name indication. The server name indication mechanism + is specified in :rfc:`6066` section 3 - Server Name Indication. + + Only one callback can be set per ``SSLContext``. If *server_name_callback* + is ``None`` then the callback is disabled. Calling this function a + subsequent time will disable the previously registered callback. + + The callback function, *server_name_callback*, will be called with three + arguments; the first being the :class:`ssl.SSLSocket`, the second is a string + that represents the server name that the client is intending to communicate + (or :const:`None` if the TLS Client Hello does not contain a server name) + and the third argument is the original :class:`SSLContext`. The server name + argument is the IDNA decoded server name. + + A typical use of this callback is to change the :class:`ssl.SSLSocket`'s + :attr:`SSLSocket.context` attribute to a new object of type + :class:`SSLContext` representing a certificate chain that matches the server + name. + + Due to the early negotiation phase of the TLS connection, only limited + methods and attributes are usable like + :meth:`SSLSocket.selected_npn_protocol` and :attr:`SSLSocket.context`. + :meth:`SSLSocket.getpeercert`, :meth:`SSLSocket.getpeercert`, + :meth:`SSLSocket.cipher` and :meth:`SSLSocket.compress` methods require that + the TLS connection has progressed beyond the TLS Client Hello and therefore + will not contain return meaningful values nor can they be called safely. + + The *server_name_callback* function must return ``None`` to allow the + TLS negotiation to continue. If a TLS failure is required, a constant + :const:`ALERT_DESCRIPTION_* <ALERT_DESCRIPTION_INTERNAL_ERROR>` can be + returned. Other return values will result in a TLS fatal error with + :const:`ALERT_DESCRIPTION_INTERNAL_ERROR`. + + If there is a IDNA decoding error on the server name, the TLS connection + will terminate with an :const:`ALERT_DESCRIPTION_INTERNAL_ERROR` fatal TLS + alert message to the client. + + If an exception is raised from the *server_name_callback* function the TLS + connection will terminate with a fatal TLS alert message + :const:`ALERT_DESCRIPTION_HANDSHAKE_FAILURE`. + + This method will raise :exc:`NotImplementedError` if the OpenSSL library + had OPENSSL_NO_TLSEXT defined when it was built. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. method:: SSLContext.load_dh_params(dhfile) Load the key generation parameters for Diffie-Helman (DH) key exchange. @@ -1326,3 +1492,12 @@ use the ``openssl ciphers`` command on your system. `RFC 4366: Transport Layer Security (TLS) Extensions <http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc4366>`_ Blake-Wilson et. al. + + `RFC 5246: The Transport Layer Security (TLS) Protocol Version 1.2 <http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc5246>`_ + T. Dierks et. al. + + `RFC 6066: Transport Layer Security (TLS) Extensions <http://www.ietf.org/rfc/rfc6066>`_ + D. Eastlake + + `IANA TLS: Transport Layer Security (TLS) Parameters <http://www.iana.org/assignments/tls-parameters/tls-parameters.xml>`_ + IANA diff --git a/Doc/library/stat.rst b/Doc/library/stat.rst index 6c20aa2..24769f6 100644 --- a/Doc/library/stat.rst +++ b/Doc/library/stat.rst @@ -6,7 +6,8 @@ os.lstat() and os.fstat(). .. sectionauthor:: Skip Montanaro <skip@automatrix.com> -**Source code:** :source:`Lib/stat.py` +**Source code:** :source:`Modules/_stat.c` + :source:`Lib/stat.py` -------------- @@ -15,6 +16,9 @@ results of :func:`os.stat`, :func:`os.fstat` and :func:`os.lstat` (if they exist). For complete details about the :c:func:`stat`, :c:func:`fstat` and :c:func:`lstat` calls, consult the documentation for your system. +.. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The stat module is backed by a C implementation. + The :mod:`stat` module defines the following functions to test for specific file types: @@ -53,6 +57,24 @@ types: Return non-zero if the mode is from a socket. +.. function:: S_ISDOOR(mode) + + Return non-zero if the mode is from a door. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. function:: S_ISPORT(mode) + + Return non-zero if the mode is from an event port. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. function:: S_ISWHT(mode) + + Return non-zero if the mode is from a whiteout. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + Two additional functions are defined for more general manipulation of the file's mode: @@ -113,6 +135,10 @@ readable string: .. versionadded:: 3.3 + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The function supports :data:`S_IFDOOR`, :data:`S_IFPORT` and + :data:`S_IFWHT`. + All the variables below are simply symbolic indexes into the 10-tuple returned by :func:`os.stat`, :func:`os.fstat` or :func:`os.lstat`. @@ -210,6 +236,29 @@ Use of the functions above is more portable than use of the first set of flags: FIFO. +.. data:: S_IFDOOR + + Door. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. data:: S_IFPORT + + Event port. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. data:: S_IFWHT + + Whiteout. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. note:: + + :data:`S_IFDOOR`, :data:`S_IFPORT` or :data:`S_IFWHT` are defined as + 0 when the platform does not have support for the file types. + The following flags can also be used in the *mode* argument of :func:`os.chmod`: .. data:: S_ISUID diff --git a/Doc/library/statistics.rst b/Doc/library/statistics.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..fe12840 --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/library/statistics.rst @@ -0,0 +1,405 @@ +:mod:`statistics` --- Mathematical statistics functions +======================================================= + +.. module:: statistics + :synopsis: mathematical statistics functions +.. moduleauthor:: Steven D'Aprano <steve+python@pearwood.info> +.. sectionauthor:: Steven D'Aprano <steve+python@pearwood.info> + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. testsetup:: * + + from statistics import * + __name__ = '<doctest>' + +**Source code:** :source:`Lib/statistics.py` + +-------------- + +This module provides functions for calculating mathematical statistics of +numeric (:class:`Real`-valued) data. + +Averages and measures of central location +----------------------------------------- + +These functions calculate an average or typical value from a population +or sample. + +======================= ============================================= +:func:`mean` Arithmetic mean ("average") of data. +:func:`median` Median (middle value) of data. +:func:`median_low` Low median of data. +:func:`median_high` High median of data. +:func:`median_grouped` Median, or 50th percentile, of grouped data. +:func:`mode` Mode (most common value) of discrete data. +======================= ============================================= + +Measures of spread +------------------ + +These functions calculate a measure of how much the population or sample +tends to deviate from the typical or average values. + +======================= ============================================= +:func:`pstdev` Population standard deviation of data. +:func:`pvariance` Population variance of data. +:func:`stdev` Sample standard deviation of data. +:func:`variance` Sample variance of data. +======================= ============================================= + + +Function details +---------------- + +.. function:: mean(data) + + Return the sample arithmetic mean of *data*, a sequence or iterator of + real-valued numbers. + + The arithmetic mean is the sum of the data divided by the number of data + points. It is commonly called "the average", although it is only one of many + different mathematical averages. It is a measure of the central location of + the data. + + If *data* is empty, :exc:`StatisticsError` will be raised. + + Some examples of use: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> mean([1, 2, 3, 4, 4]) + 2.8 + >>> mean([-1.0, 2.5, 3.25, 5.75]) + 2.625 + + >>> from fractions import Fraction as F + >>> mean([F(3, 7), F(1, 21), F(5, 3), F(1, 3)]) + Fraction(13, 21) + + >>> from decimal import Decimal as D + >>> mean([D("0.5"), D("0.75"), D("0.625"), D("0.375")]) + Decimal('0.5625') + + .. note:: + + The mean is strongly affected by outliers and is not a robust estimator + for central location: the mean is not necessarily a typical example of the + data points. For more robust, although less efficient, measures of + central location, see :func:`median` and :func:`mode`. (In this case, + "efficient" refers to statistical efficiency rather than computational + efficiency.) + + The sample mean gives an unbiased estimate of the true population mean, + which means that, taken on average over all the possible samples, + ``mean(sample)`` converges on the true mean of the entire population. If + *data* represents the entire population rather than a sample, then + ``mean(data)`` is equivalent to calculating the true population mean μ. + + +.. function:: median(data) + + Return the median (middle value) of numeric data, using the common "mean of + middle two" method. If *data* is empty, :exc:`StatisticsError` is raised. + + The median is a robust measure of central location, and is less affected by + the presence of outliers in your data. When the number of data points is + odd, the middle data point is returned: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> median([1, 3, 5]) + 3 + + When the number of data points is even, the median is interpolated by taking + the average of the two middle values: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> median([1, 3, 5, 7]) + 4.0 + + This is suited for when your data is discrete, and you don't mind that the + median may not be an actual data point. + + .. seealso:: :func:`median_low`, :func:`median_high`, :func:`median_grouped` + + +.. function:: median_low(data) + + Return the low median of numeric data. If *data* is empty, + :exc:`StatisticsError` is raised. + + The low median is always a member of the data set. When the number of data + points is odd, the middle value is returned. When it is even, the smaller of + the two middle values is returned. + + .. doctest:: + + >>> median_low([1, 3, 5]) + 3 + >>> median_low([1, 3, 5, 7]) + 3 + + Use the low median when your data are discrete and you prefer the median to + be an actual data point rather than interpolated. + + +.. function:: median_high(data) + + Return the high median of data. If *data* is empty, :exc:`StatisticsError` + is raised. + + The high median is always a member of the data set. When the number of data + points is odd, the middle value is returned. When it is even, the larger of + the two middle values is returned. + + .. doctest:: + + >>> median_high([1, 3, 5]) + 3 + >>> median_high([1, 3, 5, 7]) + 5 + + Use the high median when your data are discrete and you prefer the median to + be an actual data point rather than interpolated. + + +.. function:: median_grouped(data, interval=1) + + Return the median of grouped continuous data, calculated as the 50th + percentile, using interpolation. If *data* is empty, :exc:`StatisticsError` + is raised. + + .. doctest:: + + >>> median_grouped([52, 52, 53, 54]) + 52.5 + + In the following example, the data are rounded, so that each value represents + the midpoint of data classes, e.g. 1 is the midpoint of the class 0.5-1.5, 2 + is the midpoint of 1.5-2.5, 3 is the midpoint of 2.5-3.5, etc. With the data + given, the middle value falls somewhere in the class 3.5-4.5, and + interpolation is used to estimate it: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> median_grouped([1, 2, 2, 3, 4, 4, 4, 4, 4, 5]) + 3.7 + + Optional argument *interval* represents the class interval, and defaults + to 1. Changing the class interval naturally will change the interpolation: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> median_grouped([1, 3, 3, 5, 7], interval=1) + 3.25 + >>> median_grouped([1, 3, 3, 5, 7], interval=2) + 3.5 + + This function does not check whether the data points are at least + *interval* apart. + + .. impl-detail:: + + Under some circumstances, :func:`median_grouped` may coerce data points to + floats. This behaviour is likely to change in the future. + + .. seealso:: + + * "Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences", Frederick J Gravetter and + Larry B Wallnau (8th Edition). + + * Calculating the `median <http://www.ualberta.ca/~opscan/median.html>`_. + + * The `SSMEDIAN + <https://projects.gnome.org/gnumeric/doc/gnumeric-function-SSMEDIAN.shtml>`_ + function in the Gnome Gnumeric spreadsheet, including `this discussion + <https://mail.gnome.org/archives/gnumeric-list/2011-April/msg00018.html>`_. + + +.. function:: mode(data) + + Return the most common data point from discrete or nominal *data*. The mode + (when it exists) is the most typical value, and is a robust measure of + central location. + + If *data* is empty, or if there is not exactly one most common value, + :exc:`StatisticsError` is raised. + + ``mode`` assumes discrete data, and returns a single value. This is the + standard treatment of the mode as commonly taught in schools: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> mode([1, 1, 2, 3, 3, 3, 3, 4]) + 3 + + The mode is unique in that it is the only statistic which also applies + to nominal (non-numeric) data: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> mode(["red", "blue", "blue", "red", "green", "red", "red"]) + 'red' + + +.. function:: pstdev(data, mu=None) + + Return the population standard deviation (the square root of the population + variance). See :func:`pvariance` for arguments and other details. + + .. doctest:: + + >>> pstdev([1.5, 2.5, 2.5, 2.75, 3.25, 4.75]) + 0.986893273527251 + + +.. function:: pvariance(data, mu=None) + + Return the population variance of *data*, a non-empty iterable of real-valued + numbers. Variance, or second moment about the mean, is a measure of the + variability (spread or dispersion) of data. A large variance indicates that + the data is spread out; a small variance indicates it is clustered closely + around the mean. + + If the optional second argument *mu* is given, it should be the mean of + *data*. If it is missing or ``None`` (the default), the mean is + automatically calculated. + + Use this function to calculate the variance from the entire population. To + estimate the variance from a sample, the :func:`variance` function is usually + a better choice. + + Raises :exc:`StatisticsError` if *data* is empty. + + Examples: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> data = [0.0, 0.25, 0.25, 1.25, 1.5, 1.75, 2.75, 3.25] + >>> pvariance(data) + 1.25 + + If you have already calculated the mean of your data, you can pass it as the + optional second argument *mu* to avoid recalculation: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> mu = mean(data) + >>> pvariance(data, mu) + 1.25 + + This function does not attempt to verify that you have passed the actual mean + as *mu*. Using arbitrary values for *mu* may lead to invalid or impossible + results. + + Decimals and Fractions are supported: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> from decimal import Decimal as D + >>> pvariance([D("27.5"), D("30.25"), D("30.25"), D("34.5"), D("41.75")]) + Decimal('24.815') + + >>> from fractions import Fraction as F + >>> pvariance([F(1, 4), F(5, 4), F(1, 2)]) + Fraction(13, 72) + + .. note:: + + When called with the entire population, this gives the population variance + σ². When called on a sample instead, this is the biased sample variance + s², also known as variance with N degrees of freedom. + + If you somehow know the true population mean μ, you may use this function + to calculate the variance of a sample, giving the known population mean as + the second argument. Provided the data points are representative + (e.g. independent and identically distributed), the result will be an + unbiased estimate of the population variance. + + +.. function:: stdev(data, xbar=None) + + Return the sample standard deviation (the square root of the sample + variance). See :func:`variance` for arguments and other details. + + .. doctest:: + + >>> stdev([1.5, 2.5, 2.5, 2.75, 3.25, 4.75]) + 1.0810874155219827 + + +.. function:: variance(data, xbar=None) + + Return the sample variance of *data*, an iterable of at least two real-valued + numbers. Variance, or second moment about the mean, is a measure of the + variability (spread or dispersion) of data. A large variance indicates that + the data is spread out; a small variance indicates it is clustered closely + around the mean. + + If the optional second argument *xbar* is given, it should be the mean of + *data*. If it is missing or ``None`` (the default), the mean is + automatically calculated. + + Use this function when your data is a sample from a population. To calculate + the variance from the entire population, see :func:`pvariance`. + + Raises :exc:`StatisticsError` if *data* has fewer than two values. + + Examples: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> data = [2.75, 1.75, 1.25, 0.25, 0.5, 1.25, 3.5] + >>> variance(data) + 1.3720238095238095 + + If you have already calculated the mean of your data, you can pass it as the + optional second argument *xbar* to avoid recalculation: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> m = mean(data) + >>> variance(data, m) + 1.3720238095238095 + + This function does not attempt to verify that you have passed the actual mean + as *xbar*. Using arbitrary values for *xbar* can lead to invalid or + impossible results. + + Decimal and Fraction values are supported: + + .. doctest:: + + >>> from decimal import Decimal as D + >>> variance([D("27.5"), D("30.25"), D("30.25"), D("34.5"), D("41.75")]) + Decimal('31.01875') + + >>> from fractions import Fraction as F + >>> variance([F(1, 6), F(1, 2), F(5, 3)]) + Fraction(67, 108) + + .. note:: + + This is the sample variance s² with Bessel's correction, also known as + variance with N-1 degrees of freedom. Provided that the data points are + representative (e.g. independent and identically distributed), the result + should be an unbiased estimate of the true population variance. + + If you somehow know the actual population mean μ you should pass it to the + :func:`pvariance` function as the *mu* parameter to get the variance of a + sample. + +Exceptions +---------- + +A single exception is defined: + +.. exception:: StatisticsError + + Subclass of :exc:`ValueError` for statistics-related exceptions. + +.. + # This modelines must appear within the last ten lines of the file. + kate: indent-width 3; remove-trailing-space on; replace-tabs on; encoding utf-8; diff --git a/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst b/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst index fa58a0d..04d01f4 100644 --- a/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst +++ b/Doc/library/stdtypes.rst @@ -2459,6 +2459,10 @@ copying. .. versionchanged:: 3.3 One-dimensional memoryviews with formats 'B', 'b' or 'c' are now hashable. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + memoryview is now registered automatically with + :class:`collections.abc.Sequence` + :class:`memoryview` has several methods: .. method:: __eq__(exporter) diff --git a/Doc/library/struct.rst b/Doc/library/struct.rst index 994506c..f2ea361 100644 --- a/Doc/library/struct.rst +++ b/Doc/library/struct.rst @@ -66,6 +66,19 @@ The module defines the following exception and functions: format (``len(buffer[offset:])`` must be at least ``calcsize(fmt)``). +.. function:: iter_unpack(fmt, buffer) + + Iteratively unpack from the buffer *buffer* according to the format + string *fmt*. This function returns an iterator which will read + equally-sized chunks from the buffer until all its contents have been + consumed. The buffer's size in bytes must be a multiple of the amount + of data required by the format, as reflected by :func:`calcsize`. + + Each iteration yields a tuple as specified by the format string. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. function:: calcsize(fmt) Return the size of the struct (and hence of the bytes object produced by @@ -388,6 +401,13 @@ The :mod:`struct` module also defines the following type: (``len(buffer[offset:])`` must be at least :attr:`self.size`). + .. method:: iter_unpack(buffer) + + Identical to the :func:`iter_unpack` function, using the compiled format. + (``len(buffer)`` must be a multiple of :attr:`self.size`). + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. attribute:: format The format string used to construct this Struct object. diff --git a/Doc/library/subprocess.rst b/Doc/library/subprocess.rst index f115634..208edd5 100644 --- a/Doc/library/subprocess.rst +++ b/Doc/library/subprocess.rst @@ -116,7 +116,7 @@ use cases, the underlying :class:`Popen` interface can be used directly. *timeout* was added. -.. function:: check_output(args, *, stdin=None, stderr=None, shell=False, universal_newlines=False, timeout=None) +.. function:: check_output(args, *, input=None, stdin=None, stderr=None, shell=False, universal_newlines=False, timeout=None) Run command with arguments and return its output. @@ -129,15 +129,21 @@ use cases, the underlying :class:`Popen` interface can be used directly. in :ref:`frequently-used-arguments` (hence the use of keyword-only notation in the abbreviated signature). The full function signature is largely the same as that of the :class:`Popen` constructor - this functions passes all - supplied arguments other than *timeout* directly through to that interface. - In addition, *stdout* is not permitted as an argument, as it is used - internally to collect the output from the subprocess. + supplied arguments other than *input* and *timeout* directly through to + that interface. In addition, *stdout* is not permitted as an argument, as + it is used internally to collect the output from the subprocess. The *timeout* argument is passed to :meth:`Popen.wait`. If the timeout expires, the child process will be killed and then waited for again. The :exc:`TimeoutExpired` exception will be re-raised after the child process has terminated. + The *input* argument is passed to :meth:`Popen.communicate` and thus to the + subprocess's stdin. If used it must be a byte sequence, or a string if + ``universal_newlines=True``. When used, the internal :class:`Popen` object + is automatically created with ``stdin=PIPE``, and the *stdin* argument may + not be used as well. + Examples:: >>> subprocess.check_output(["echo", "Hello World!"]) @@ -146,6 +152,10 @@ use cases, the underlying :class:`Popen` interface can be used directly. >>> subprocess.check_output(["echo", "Hello World!"], universal_newlines=True) 'Hello World!\n' + >>> subprocess.check_output(["sed", "-e", "s/foo/bar/"], + ... input=b"when in the course of fooman events\n") + b'when in the course of barman events\n' + >>> subprocess.check_output("exit 1", shell=True) Traceback (most recent call last): ... @@ -167,10 +177,6 @@ use cases, the underlying :class:`Popen` interface can be used directly. ... shell=True) 'ls: non_existent_file: No such file or directory\n' - .. versionadded:: 3.1 - - .. - .. warning:: Invoking the system shell with ``shell=True`` can be a security hazard @@ -183,9 +189,13 @@ use cases, the underlying :class:`Popen` interface can be used directly. read in the current process, the child process may block if it generates enough output to the pipe to fill up the OS pipe buffer. + .. versionadded:: 3.1 + .. versionchanged:: 3.3 *timeout* was added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + *input* was added. .. data:: DEVNULL @@ -834,8 +844,6 @@ The :mod:`subprocess` module exposes the following constants. The new process has a new console, instead of inheriting its parent's console (the default). - This flag is always set when :class:`Popen` is created with ``shell=True``. - .. data:: CREATE_NEW_PROCESS_GROUP A :class:`Popen` ``creationflags`` parameter to specify that a new process diff --git a/Doc/library/sunau.rst b/Doc/library/sunau.rst index 4bdb99b..eae710d 100644 --- a/Doc/library/sunau.rst +++ b/Doc/library/sunau.rst @@ -150,8 +150,9 @@ AU_read objects, as returned by :func:`.open` above, have the following methods: .. method:: AU_read.getparams() - Returns a tuple ``(nchannels, sampwidth, framerate, nframes, comptype, - compname)``, equivalent to output of the :meth:`get\*` methods. + Returns a :func:`~collections.namedtuple` ``(nchannels, sampwidth, + framerate, nframes, comptype, compname)``, equivalent to output of the + :meth:`get\*` methods. .. method:: AU_read.readframes(n) diff --git a/Doc/library/sys.rst b/Doc/library/sys.rst index bc1d9fe..341764a 100644 --- a/Doc/library/sys.rst +++ b/Doc/library/sys.rst @@ -380,6 +380,21 @@ always available. .. versionadded:: 3.1 +.. function:: getallocatedblocks() + + Return the number of memory blocks currently allocated by the interpreter, + regardless of their size. This function is mainly useful for tracking + and debugging memory leaks. Because of the interpreter's internal + caches, the result can vary from call to call; you may have to call + :func:`_clear_type_cache()` and :func:`gc.collect()` to get more + predictable results. + + If a Python build or implementation cannot reasonably compute this + information, :func:`getallocatedblocks()` is allowed to return 0 instead. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. function:: getcheckinterval() Return the interpreter's "check interval"; see :func:`setcheckinterval`. @@ -396,9 +411,10 @@ always available. .. function:: getdlopenflags() - Return the current value of the flags that are used for :c:func:`dlopen` calls. - The flag constants are defined in the :mod:`ctypes` and :mod:`DLFCN` modules. - Availability: Unix. + Return the current value of the flags that are used for + :c:func:`dlopen` calls. Symbolic names for the flag values can be + found in the :mod:`os` module (``RTLD_xxx`` constants, e.g. + :data:`os.RTLD_LAZY`). Availability: Unix. .. function:: getfilesystemencoding() @@ -664,6 +680,16 @@ always available. .. versionadded:: 3.1 +.. data:: __interactivehook__ + + When present, this function is automatically called (with no arguments) + when the interpreter is launched in :ref:`interactive mode <tut-interactive>`. + This is done after the :envvar:`PYTHONSTARTUP` file is read, so that you + can set this hook there. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. function:: intern(string) Enter *string* in the table of "interned" strings and return the interned string @@ -811,8 +837,6 @@ always available. Windows ``'win32'`` Windows/Cygwin ``'cygwin'`` Mac OS X ``'darwin'`` - OS/2 ``'os2'`` - OS/2 EMX ``'os2emx'`` ================ =========================== .. versionchanged:: 3.3 @@ -883,7 +907,7 @@ always available. the interpreter loads extension modules. Among other things, this will enable a lazy resolving of symbols when importing a module, if called as ``sys.setdlopenflags(0)``. To share symbols across extension modules, call as - ``sys.setdlopenflags(os.RTLD_GLOBAL)``. Symbolic names for the flag modules + ``sys.setdlopenflags(os.RTLD_GLOBAL)``. Symbolic names for the flag values can be found in the :mod:`os` module (``RTLD_xxx`` constants, e.g. :data:`os.RTLD_LAZY`). @@ -1093,7 +1117,6 @@ always available. | :const:`name` | Name of the thread implementation: | | | | | | * ``'nt'``: Windows threads | - | | * ``'os2'``: OS/2 threads | | | * ``'pthread'``: POSIX threads | | | * ``'solaris'``: Solaris threads | +------------------+---------------------------------------------------------+ diff --git a/Doc/library/sysconfig.rst b/Doc/library/sysconfig.rst index c47dcce..535ac54 100644 --- a/Doc/library/sysconfig.rst +++ b/Doc/library/sysconfig.rst @@ -83,8 +83,6 @@ Python currently supports seven schemes: located under the user home directory. - *nt*: scheme for NT platforms like Windows. - *nt_user*: scheme for NT platforms, when the *user* option is used. -- *os2*: scheme for OS/2 platforms. -- *os2_home*: scheme for OS/2 patforms, when the *user* option is used. Each scheme is itself composed of a series of paths and each path has a unique identifier. Python currently uses eight paths: diff --git a/Doc/library/test.rst b/Doc/library/test.rst index c1270f4..2c51549 100644 --- a/Doc/library/test.rst +++ b/Doc/library/test.rst @@ -442,13 +442,6 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following functions: A decorator for running tests that require support for symbolic links. -.. function:: suppress_crash_popup() - - A context manager that disables Windows Error Reporting dialogs using - `SetErrorMode <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms680621%28v=vs.85%29.aspx>`_. - On other platforms it's a no-op. - - .. decorator:: anticipate_failure(condition) A decorator to conditionally mark tests with @@ -593,6 +586,21 @@ The :mod:`test.support` module defines the following classes: Temporarily unset the environment variable ``envvar``. +.. class:: SuppressCrashReport() + + A context manager used to try to prevent crash dialog popups on tests that + are expected to crash a subprocess. + + On Windows, it disables Windows Error Reporting dialogs using + `SetErrorMode <http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/windows/desktop/ms680621.aspx>`_. + + On UNIX, :func:`resource.setrlimit` is used to set + :attr:`resource.RLIMIT_CORE`'s soft limit to 0 to prevent coredump file + creation. + + On both platforms, the old value is restored by :meth:`__exit__`. + + .. class:: WarningsRecorder() Class used to record warnings for unit tests. See documentation of diff --git a/Doc/library/textwrap.rst b/Doc/library/textwrap.rst index c625254..1ba42a3 100644 --- a/Doc/library/textwrap.rst +++ b/Doc/library/textwrap.rst @@ -10,11 +10,11 @@ -------------- -The :mod:`textwrap` module provides two convenience functions, :func:`wrap` and -:func:`fill`, as well as :class:`TextWrapper`, the class that does all the work, -and two utility functions, :func:`dedent` and :func:`indent`. If you're just wrapping or filling one -or two text strings, the convenience functions should be good enough; -otherwise, you should use an instance of :class:`TextWrapper` for efficiency. +The :mod:`textwrap` module provides some convenience functions, +as well as :class:`TextWrapper`, the class that does all the work. +If you're just wrapping or filling one or two text strings, the convenience +functions should be good enough; otherwise, you should use an instance of +:class:`TextWrapper` for efficiency. .. function:: wrap(text, width=70, **kwargs) @@ -39,19 +39,24 @@ otherwise, you should use an instance of :class:`TextWrapper` for efficiency. In particular, :func:`fill` accepts exactly the same keyword arguments as :func:`wrap`. -Both :func:`wrap` and :func:`fill` work by creating a :class:`TextWrapper` -instance and calling a single method on it. That instance is not reused, so for -applications that wrap/fill many text strings, it will be more efficient for you -to create your own :class:`TextWrapper` object. -Text is preferably wrapped on whitespaces and right after the hyphens in -hyphenated words; only then will long words be broken if necessary, unless -:attr:`TextWrapper.break_long_words` is set to false. +.. function:: shorten(text, width=70, *, placeholder=" [...]") + + Collapse and truncate the given text to fit in the given width. + + The text first has its whitespace collapsed. If it then fits in + the *width*, it is returned unchanged. Otherwise, as many words + as possible are joined and then the *placeholder* is appended:: + + >>> textwrap.shorten("Hello world!", width=12) + 'Hello world!' + >>> textwrap.shorten("Hello world!", width=11) + 'Hello [...]' + >>> textwrap.shorten("Hello world", width=10, placeholder="...") + 'Hello...' + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 -Two additional utility function, :func:`dedent` and :func:`indent`, are -provided to remove indentation from strings that have unwanted whitespace -to the left of the text and to add an arbitrary prefix to selected lines -in a block of text. .. function:: dedent(text) @@ -102,6 +107,16 @@ in a block of text. + world +:func:`wrap`, :func:`fill` and :func:`shorten` work by creating a +:class:`TextWrapper` instance and calling a single method on it. That +instance is not reused, so for applications that process many text +strings, it may be more efficient to create your own +:class:`TextWrapper` object. + +Text is preferably wrapped on whitespaces and right after the hyphens in +hyphenated words; only then will long words be broken if necessary, unless +:attr:`TextWrapper.break_long_words` is set to false. + .. class:: TextWrapper(**kwargs) The :class:`TextWrapper` constructor accepts a number of optional keyword @@ -235,7 +250,23 @@ in a block of text. was to always allow breaking hyphenated words. - :class:`TextWrapper` also provides two public methods, analogous to the + .. attribute:: max_lines + + (default: ``None``) If not ``None``, then the text be will truncated to + *max_lines* lines. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + + .. attribute:: placeholder + + (default: ``' [...]'``) String that will be appended to the last line of + text if it will be truncated. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + + :class:`TextWrapper` also provides some public methods, analogous to the module-level convenience functions: .. method:: wrap(text) @@ -251,4 +282,3 @@ in a block of text. Wraps the single paragraph in *text*, and returns a single string containing the wrapped paragraph. - diff --git a/Doc/library/threading.rst b/Doc/library/threading.rst index 7c326d1..4a3b3ea 100644 --- a/Doc/library/threading.rst +++ b/Doc/library/threading.rst @@ -57,6 +57,15 @@ This module defines the following functions: and threads that have not yet been started. +.. function:: main_thread() + + Return the main :class:`Thread` object. In normal conditions, the + main thread is the thread from which the Python interpreter was + started. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. function:: settrace(func) .. index:: single: trace function diff --git a/Doc/library/timeit.rst b/Doc/library/timeit.rst index a487917..0cc1586 100644 --- a/Doc/library/timeit.rst +++ b/Doc/library/timeit.rst @@ -151,7 +151,7 @@ The module defines three convenience functions and a public class: t = Timer(...) # outside the try/except try: t.timeit(...) # or t.repeat(...) - except: + except Exception: t.print_exc() The advantage over the standard traceback is that source lines in the diff --git a/Doc/library/tkinter.rst b/Doc/library/tkinter.rst index ad37a7b..83f0ed5 100644 --- a/Doc/library/tkinter.rst +++ b/Doc/library/tkinter.rst @@ -747,32 +747,6 @@ Entry widget indexes (index, view index, etc.) displayed. You can use these :mod:`tkinter` functions to access these special points in text widgets: -.. function:: AtEnd() - refers to the last position in the text - - .. deprecated:: 3.3 - -.. function:: AtInsert() - refers to the point where the text cursor is - - .. deprecated:: 3.3 - -.. function:: AtSelFirst() - indicates the beginning point of the selected text - - .. deprecated:: 3.3 - -.. function:: AtSelLast() - denotes the last point of the selected text and finally - - .. deprecated:: 3.3 - -.. function:: At(x[, y]) - refers to the character at pixel location *x*, *y* (with *y* not used in the - case of a text entry widget, which contains a single line of text). - - .. deprecated:: 3.3 - Text widget indexes The index notation for Text widgets is very rich and is best described in the Tk man pages. diff --git a/Doc/library/traceback.rst b/Doc/library/traceback.rst index 32e5733..b68a8f1 100644 --- a/Doc/library/traceback.rst +++ b/Doc/library/traceback.rst @@ -129,6 +129,13 @@ The module defines the following functions: A shorthand for ``format_list(extract_stack(f, limit))``. +.. function:: clear_frames(tb) + + Clears the local variables of all the stack frames in a traceback *tb* + by calling the :meth:`clear` method of each frame object. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. _traceback-example: @@ -146,7 +153,7 @@ module. :: source = input(">>> ") try: exec(source, envdir) - except: + except Exception: print("Exception in user code:") print("-"*60) traceback.print_exc(file=sys.stdout) diff --git a/Doc/library/types.rst b/Doc/library/types.rst index 695480f..c4f57e4 100644 --- a/Doc/library/types.rst +++ b/Doc/library/types.rst @@ -107,9 +107,35 @@ Standard names are defined for the following types: C".) -.. data:: ModuleType +.. class:: ModuleType(name, doc=None) - The type of modules. + The type of :term:`modules <module>`. Constructor takes the name of the + module to be created and optionally its :term:`docstring`. + + .. attribute:: __doc__ + + The :term:`docstring` of the module. Defaults to ``None``. + + .. attribute:: __loader__ + + The :term:`loader` which loaded the module. Defaults to ``None``. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Defaults to ``None``. Previously the attribute was optional. + + .. attribute:: __name__ + + The name of the module. + + .. attribute:: __package__ + + Which :term:`package` a module belongs to. If the module is top-level + (i.e. not a part of any specific package) then the attribute should be set + to ``''``, else it should be set to the name of the package (which can be + :attr:`__name__` if the module is a package itself). Defaults to ``None``. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Defaults to ``None``. Previously the attribute was optional. .. data:: TracebackType @@ -212,6 +238,8 @@ Standard names are defined for the following types: keys = sorted(self.__dict__) items = ("{}={!r}".format(k, self.__dict__[k]) for k in keys) return "{}({})".format(type(self).__name__, ", ".join(items)) + def __eq__(self, other): + return self.__dict__ == other.__dict__ ``SimpleNamespace`` may be useful as a replacement for ``class NS: pass``. However, for a structured record type use :func:`~collections.namedtuple` diff --git a/Doc/library/unicodedata.rst b/Doc/library/unicodedata.rst index ad70dd9..3b3d3a0 100644 --- a/Doc/library/unicodedata.rst +++ b/Doc/library/unicodedata.rst @@ -15,8 +15,8 @@ This module provides access to the Unicode Character Database (UCD) which defines character properties for all Unicode characters. The data contained in -this database is compiled from the `UCD version 6.1.0 -<http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.1.0/ucd>`_. +this database is compiled from the `UCD version 6.3.0 +<http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd>`_. The module uses the same names and symbols as defined by Unicode Standard Annex #44, `"Unicode Character Database" @@ -166,6 +166,6 @@ Examples: .. rubric:: Footnotes -.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.1.0/ucd/NameAliases.txt +.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/NameAliases.txt -.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.1.0/ucd/NamedSequences.txt +.. [#] http://www.unicode.org/Public/6.3.0/ucd/NamedSequences.txt diff --git a/Doc/library/unittest.mock-examples.rst b/Doc/library/unittest.mock-examples.rst index d7d697d..444c208 100644 --- a/Doc/library/unittest.mock-examples.rst +++ b/Doc/library/unittest.mock-examples.rst @@ -277,6 +277,20 @@ instantiate the class in those tests. ... AttributeError: object has no attribute 'old_method' +Using a specification also enables a smarter matching of calls made to the +mock, regardless of whether some parameters were passed as positional or +named arguments:: + + >>> def f(a, b, c): pass + ... + >>> mock = Mock(spec=f) + >>> mock(1, 2, 3) + <Mock name='mock()' id='140161580456576'> + >>> mock.assert_called_with(a=1, b=2, c=3) + +If you want this smarter matching to also work with method calls on the mock, +you can use :ref:`auto-speccing <auto-speccing>`. + If you want a stronger form of specification that prevents the setting of arbitrary attributes as well as the getting of them then you can use `spec_set` instead of `spec`. diff --git a/Doc/library/unittest.mock.rst b/Doc/library/unittest.mock.rst index 9494861..d7efcf4 100644 --- a/Doc/library/unittest.mock.rst +++ b/Doc/library/unittest.mock.rst @@ -264,7 +264,6 @@ the `new_callable` argument to `patch`. <Mock name='mock.method()' id='...'> >>> mock.method.assert_called_with(1, 2, 3, test='wow') - .. method:: assert_called_once_with(*args, **kwargs) Assert that the mock was called exactly once and with the specified @@ -685,6 +684,27 @@ have to create a dictionary and unpack it using `**`: ... KeyError +A callable mock which was created with a *spec* (or a *spec_set*) will +introspect the specification object's signature when matching calls to +the mock. Therefore, it can match the actual call's arguments regardless +of whether they were passed positionally or by name:: + + >>> def f(a, b, c): pass + ... + >>> mock = Mock(spec=f) + >>> mock(1, 2, c=3) + <Mock name='mock()' id='140161580456576'> + >>> mock.assert_called_with(1, 2, 3) + >>> mock.assert_called_with(a=1, b=2, c=3) + +This applies to :meth:`~Mock.assert_called_with`, +:meth:`~Mock.assert_called_once_with`, :meth:`~Mock.assert_has_calls` and +:meth:`~Mock.assert_any_call`. When :ref:`auto-speccing`, it will also +apply to method calls on the mock object. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added signature introspection on specced and autospecced mock objects. + .. class:: PropertyMock(*args, **kwargs) @@ -1969,8 +1989,13 @@ mock_open default) then a `MagicMock` will be created for you, with the API limited to methods or attributes available on standard file handles. - `read_data` is a string for the `~io.IOBase.read` method of the file handle - to return. This is an empty string by default. + `read_data` is a string for the :meth:`~io.IOBase.read`, + :meth:`~io.IOBase.readline`, and :meth:`~io.IOBase.readlines` methods + of the file handle to return. Calls to those methods will take data from + `read_data` until it is depleted. The mock of these methods is pretty + simplistic. If you need more control over the data that you are feeding to + the tested code you will need to customize this mock for yourself. + `read_data` is an empty string by default. Using `open` as a context manager is a great way to ensure your file handles are closed properly and is becoming common:: diff --git a/Doc/library/unittest.rst b/Doc/library/unittest.rst index 5157b26..c13f9ca 100644 --- a/Doc/library/unittest.rst +++ b/Doc/library/unittest.rst @@ -563,6 +563,68 @@ Skipped tests will not have :meth:`setUp` or :meth:`tearDown` run around them. Skipped classes will not have :meth:`setUpClass` or :meth:`tearDownClass` run. +.. _subtests: + +Distinguishing test iterations using subtests +--------------------------------------------- + +.. versionadded:: 3.4 + +When some of your tests differ only by a some very small differences, for +instance some parameters, unittest allows you to distinguish them inside +the body of a test method using the :meth:`~TestCase.subTest` context manager. + +For example, the following test:: + + class NumbersTest(unittest.TestCase): + + def test_even(self): + """ + Test that numbers between 0 and 5 are all even. + """ + for i in range(0, 6): + with self.subTest(i=i): + self.assertEqual(i % 2, 0) + +will produce the following output:: + + ====================================================================== + FAIL: test_even (__main__.NumbersTest) (i=1) + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + Traceback (most recent call last): + File "subtests.py", line 32, in test_even + self.assertEqual(i % 2, 0) + AssertionError: 1 != 0 + + ====================================================================== + FAIL: test_even (__main__.NumbersTest) (i=3) + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + Traceback (most recent call last): + File "subtests.py", line 32, in test_even + self.assertEqual(i % 2, 0) + AssertionError: 1 != 0 + + ====================================================================== + FAIL: test_even (__main__.NumbersTest) (i=5) + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + Traceback (most recent call last): + File "subtests.py", line 32, in test_even + self.assertEqual(i % 2, 0) + AssertionError: 1 != 0 + +Without using a subtest, execution would stop after the first failure, +and the error would be less easy to diagnose because the value of ``i`` +wouldn't be displayed:: + + ====================================================================== + FAIL: test_even (__main__.NumbersTest) + ---------------------------------------------------------------------- + Traceback (most recent call last): + File "subtests.py", line 32, in test_even + self.assertEqual(i % 2, 0) + AssertionError: 1 != 0 + + .. _unittest-contents: Classes and functions @@ -676,6 +738,21 @@ Test cases .. versionadded:: 3.1 + .. method:: subTest(msg=None, **params) + + Return a context manager which executes the enclosed code block as a + subtest. *msg* and *params* are optional, arbitrary values which are + displayed whenever a subtest fails, allowing you to identify them + clearly. + + A test case can contain any number of subtest declarations, and + they can be arbitrarily nested. + + See :ref:`subtests` for more information. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. method:: debug() Run the test without collecting the result. This allows exceptions raised @@ -806,8 +883,8 @@ Test cases - It is also possible to check that exceptions and warnings are raised using - the following methods: + It is also possible to check the production of exceptions, warnings and + log messages using the following methods: +---------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------+------------+ | Method | Checks that | New in | @@ -824,6 +901,9 @@ Test cases | :meth:`assertWarnsRegex(warn, r, fun, *args, **kwds) | ``fun(*args, **kwds)`` raises *warn* | 3.2 | | <TestCase.assertWarnsRegex>` | and the message matches regex *r* | | +---------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------+------------+ + | :meth:`assertLogs(logger, level)` | The ``with`` block logs on *logger* | 3.4 | + | <TestCase.assertWarns>` | with minimum *level* | | + +---------------------------------------------------------+--------------------------------------+------------+ .. method:: assertRaises(exception, callable, *args, **kwds) assertRaises(exception, msg=None) @@ -954,6 +1034,47 @@ Test cases .. versionchanged:: 3.3 Added the *msg* keyword argument when used as a context manager. + .. method:: assertLogs(logger=None, level=None) + + A context manager to test that at least one message is logged on + the *logger* or one of its children, with at least the given + *level*. + + If given, *logger* should be a :class:`logging.Logger` object or a + :class:`str` giving the name of a logger. The default is the root + logger, which will catch all messages. + + If given, *level* should be either a numeric logging level or + its string equivalent (for example either ``"ERROR"`` or + :attr:`logging.ERROR`). The default is :attr:`logging.INFO`. + + The test passes if at least one message emitted inside the ``with`` + block matches the *logger* and *level* conditions, otherwise it fails. + + The object returned by the context manager is a recording helper + which keeps tracks of the matching log messages. It has two + attributes: + + .. attribute:: records + + A list of :class:`logging.LogRecord` objects of the matching + log messages. + + .. attribute:: output + + A list of :class:`str` objects with the formatted output of + matching messages. + + Example:: + + with self.assertLogs('foo', level='INFO') as cm: + logging.getLogger('foo').info('first message') + logging.getLogger('foo.bar').error('second message') + self.assertEqual(cm.output, ['INFO:foo:first message', + 'ERROR:foo.bar:second message']) + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + There are also other methods used to perform more specific checks, such as: @@ -1393,15 +1514,24 @@ Grouping tests Tests grouped by a :class:`TestSuite` are always accessed by iteration. Subclasses can lazily provide tests by overriding :meth:`__iter__`. Note - that this method maybe called several times on a single suite - (for example when counting tests or comparing for equality) - so the tests returned must be the same for repeated iterations. + that this method may be called several times on a single suite (for + example when counting tests or comparing for equality) so the tests + returned by repeated iterations before :meth:`TestSuite.run` must be the + same for each call iteration. After :meth:`TestSuite.run`, callers should + not rely on the tests returned by this method unless the caller uses a + subclass that overrides :meth:`TestSuite._removeTestAtIndex` to preserve + test references. .. versionchanged:: 3.2 In earlier versions the :class:`TestSuite` accessed tests directly rather than through iteration, so overriding :meth:`__iter__` wasn't sufficient for providing tests. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + In earlier versions the :class:`TestSuite` held references to each + :class:`TestCase` after :meth:`TestSuite.run`. Subclasses can restore + that behavior by overriding :meth:`TestSuite._removeTestAtIndex`. + In the typical usage of a :class:`TestSuite` object, the :meth:`run` method is invoked by a :class:`TestRunner` rather than by the end-user test harness. @@ -1500,7 +1630,9 @@ Loading and running tests directory must be specified separately. If importing a module fails, for example due to a syntax error, then this - will be recorded as a single error and discovery will continue. + will be recorded as a single error and discovery will continue. If the + import failure is due to :exc:`SkipTest` being raised, it will be recorded + as a skip instead of an error. If a test package name (directory with :file:`__init__.py`) matches the pattern then the package will be checked for a ``load_tests`` @@ -1519,6 +1651,15 @@ Loading and running tests .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Modules that raise :exc:`SkipTest` on import are recorded as skips, + not errors. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Paths are sorted before being imported to ensure execution order for a + given test suite is the same even if the underlying file system's ordering + is not dependent on file name like in ext3/4. + The following attributes of a :class:`TestLoader` can be configured either by subclassing or assignment on an instance: @@ -1728,6 +1869,22 @@ Loading and running tests :attr:`unexpectedSuccesses` attribute. + .. method:: addSubTest(test, subtest, outcome) + + Called when a subtest finishes. *test* is the test case + corresponding to the test method. *subtest* is a custom + :class:`TestCase` instance describing the subtest. + + If *outcome* is :const:`None`, the subtest succeeded. Otherwise, + it failed with an exception where *outcome* is a tuple of the form + returned by :func:`sys.exc_info`: ``(type, value, traceback)``. + + The default implementation does nothing when the outcome is a + success, and records subtest failures as normal failures. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. class:: TextTestResult(stream, descriptions, verbosity) A concrete implementation of :class:`TestResult` used by the @@ -1837,6 +1994,10 @@ Loading and running tests The *verbosity*, *failfast*, *catchbreak*, *buffer* and *warnings* parameters were added. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The *defaultTest* parameter was changed to also accept an iterable of + test names. + load_tests Protocol ################### diff --git a/Doc/library/urllib.error.rst b/Doc/library/urllib.error.rst index 25c13bd..9fb58f5 100644 --- a/Doc/library/urllib.error.rst +++ b/Doc/library/urllib.error.rst @@ -46,6 +46,13 @@ The following exceptions are raised by :mod:`urllib.error` as appropriate: This is usually a string explaining the reason for this error. + .. attribute:: headers + + The HTTP response headers for the HTTP request that cause the + :exc:`HTTPError`. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. exception:: ContentTooShortError(msg, content) This exception is raised when the :func:`~urllib.request.urlretrieve` diff --git a/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst b/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst index eac222f..61b7734 100644 --- a/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst +++ b/Doc/library/urllib.request.rst @@ -220,10 +220,15 @@ The following classes are provided: *method* should be a string that indicates the HTTP request method that will be used (e.g. ``'HEAD'``). Its value is stored in the :attr:`~Request.method` attribute and is used by :meth:`get_method()`. + Subclasses may indicate a default method by setting the + :attr:`~Request.method` attribute in the class itself. .. versionchanged:: 3.3 :attr:`Request.method` argument is added to the Request class. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Default :attr:`Request.method` may be indicated at the class level. + .. class:: OpenerDirector() @@ -356,6 +361,11 @@ The following classes are provided: Open local files. +.. class:: DataHandler() + + Open data URLs. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 .. class:: FTPHandler() @@ -391,6 +401,12 @@ request. The original URL passed to the constructor. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + + Request.full_url is a property with setter, getter and a deleter. Getting + :attr:`~Request.full_url` returns the original request URL with the + fragment, if it was present. + .. attribute:: Request.type The URI scheme. @@ -413,6 +429,10 @@ request. The entity body for the request, or None if not specified. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Changing value of :attr:`Request.data` now deletes "Content-Length" + header if it was previously set or calculated. + .. attribute:: Request.unverifiable boolean, indicates whether the request is unverifiable as defined @@ -461,65 +481,29 @@ request. unredirected). -.. method:: Request.get_full_url() - - Return the URL given in the constructor. - - -.. method:: Request.set_proxy(host, type) - - Prepare the request by connecting to a proxy server. The *host* and *type* will - replace those of the instance, and the instance's selector will be the original - URL given in the constructor. - - -.. method:: Request.add_data(data) - - Set the :class:`Request` data to *data*. This is ignored by all handlers except - HTTP handlers --- and there it should be a byte string, and will change the - request to be ``POST`` rather than ``GET``. Deprecated in 3.3, use - :attr:`Request.data`. - - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.4 - - -.. method:: Request.has_data() - - Return whether the instance has a non-\ ``None`` data. Deprecated in 3.3, - use :attr:`Request.data`. - - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.4 - - -.. method:: Request.get_data() +.. method:: Request.remove_header(header) - Return the instance's data. Deprecated in 3.3, use :attr:`Request.data`. + Remove named header from the request instance (both from regular and + unredirected headers). - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.4 + .. versionadded:: 3.4 -.. method:: Request.get_type() - - Return the type of the URL --- also known as the scheme. Deprecated in 3.3, - use :attr:`Request.type`. - - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.4 - +.. method:: Request.get_full_url() -.. method:: Request.get_host() + Return the URL given in the constructor. - Return the host to which a connection will be made. Deprecated in 3.3, use - :attr:`Request.host`. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.4 + Returns :attr:`Request.full_url` -.. method:: Request.get_selector() +.. method:: Request.set_proxy(host, type) - Return the selector --- the part of the URL that is sent to the server. - Deprecated in 3.3, use :attr:`Request.selector`. + Prepare the request by connecting to a proxy server. The *host* and *type* will + replace those of the instance, and the instance's selector will be the original + URL given in the constructor. - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.4 .. method:: Request.get_header(header_name, default=None) @@ -531,26 +515,10 @@ request. Return a list of tuples (header_name, header_value) of the Request headers. - -.. method:: Request.set_proxy(host, type) - -.. method:: Request.get_origin_req_host() - - Return the request-host of the origin transaction, as defined by - :rfc:`2965`. See the documentation for the :class:`Request` constructor. - Deprecated in 3.3, use :attr:`Request.origin_req_host`. - - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.4 - - -.. method:: Request.is_unverifiable() - - Return whether the request is unverifiable, as defined by RFC 2965. See the - documentation for the :class:`Request` constructor. Deprecated in 3.3, use - :attr:`Request.unverifiable`. - - .. deprecated-removed:: 3.3 3.4 - +.. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Request methods add_data, has_data, get_data, get_type, get_host, + get_selector, get_origin_req_host and is_unverifiable deprecated since 3.3 + have been removed. .. _opener-director-objects: @@ -983,6 +951,21 @@ FileHandler Objects hostname is given, an :exc:`~urllib.error.URLError` is raised. +.. _data-handler-objects: + +DataHandler Objects +------------------- + +.. method:: DataHandler.data_open(req) + + Read a data URL. This kind of URL contains the content encoded in the URL + itself. The data URL syntax is specified in :rfc:`2397`. This implementation + ignores white spaces in base64 encoded data URLs so the URL may be wrapped + in whatever source file it comes from. But even though some browsers don't + mind about a missing padding at the end of a base64 encoded data URL, this + implementation will raise an :exc:`ValueError` in that case. + + .. _ftp-handler-objects: FTPHandler Objects @@ -1398,7 +1381,9 @@ some point in the future. pair: FTP; protocol * Currently, only the following protocols are supported: HTTP (versions 0.9 and - 1.0), FTP, and local files. + 1.0), FTP, local files, and data URLs. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 Added support for data URLs. * The caching feature of :func:`urlretrieve` has been disabled until someone finds the time to hack proper processing of Expiration time headers. diff --git a/Doc/library/venv.rst b/Doc/library/venv.rst index 2dd21e5..042ed8e 100644 --- a/Doc/library/venv.rst +++ b/Doc/library/venv.rst @@ -93,8 +93,8 @@ creation according to their needs, the :class:`EnvBuilder` class. * ``system_site_packages`` -- a Boolean value indicating that the system Python site-packages should be available to the environment (defaults to ``False``). - * ``clear`` -- a Boolean value which, if True, will delete any existing target - directory instead of raising an exception (defaults to ``False``). + * ``clear`` -- a Boolean value which, if True, will delete the contents of + any existing target directory, before creating the environment. * ``symlinks`` -- a Boolean value indicating whether to attempt to symlink the Python binary (and any necessary DLLs or other binaries, @@ -106,7 +106,6 @@ creation according to their needs, the :class:`EnvBuilder` class. upgraded in-place (defaults to ``False``). - Creators of third-party virtual environment tools will be free to use the provided ``EnvBuilder`` class as a base class. @@ -188,6 +187,9 @@ creation according to their needs, the :class:`EnvBuilder` class. * ``__VENV_NAME__`` is replaced with the environment name (final path segment of environment directory). + * ``__VENV_PROMPT__`` is replaced with the prompt (the environment + name surrounded by parentheses and with a following space) + * ``__VENV_BIN_NAME__`` is replaced with the name of the bin directory (either ``bin`` or ``Scripts``). diff --git a/Doc/library/wave.rst b/Doc/library/wave.rst index afafb45..9d12455 100644 --- a/Doc/library/wave.rst +++ b/Doc/library/wave.rst @@ -19,26 +19,30 @@ The :mod:`wave` module defines the following function and exception: .. function:: open(file, mode=None) If *file* is a string, open the file by that name, otherwise treat it as a - seekable file-like object. *mode* can be any of + seekable file-like object. *mode* can be: - ``'r'``, ``'rb'`` + ``'rb'`` Read only mode. - ``'w'``, ``'wb'`` + ``'wb'`` Write only mode. Note that it does not allow read/write WAV files. - A *mode* of ``'r'`` or ``'rb'`` returns a :class:`Wave_read` object, while a - *mode* of ``'w'`` or ``'wb'`` returns a :class:`Wave_write` object. If - *mode* is omitted and a file-like object is passed as *file*, ``file.mode`` - is used as the default value for *mode* (the ``'b'`` flag is still added if - necessary). + A *mode* of ``'rb'`` returns a :class:`Wave_read` object, while a *mode* of + ``'wb'`` returns a :class:`Wave_write` object. If *mode* is omitted and a + file-like object is passed as *file*, ``file.mode`` is used as the default + value for *mode*. If you pass in a file-like object, the wave object will not close it when its :meth:`close` method is called; it is the caller's responsibility to close the file object. + The :func:`.open` function may be used in a :keyword:`with` statement. When + the :keyword:`with` block completes, the :meth:`Wave_read.close() + <wave.Wave_read.close>` or :meth:`Wave_write.close() + <wave.Wave_write.close()>` method is called. + .. function:: openfp(file, mode) @@ -98,8 +102,9 @@ Wave_read objects, as returned by :func:`.open`, have the following methods: .. method:: Wave_read.getparams() - Returns a tuple ``(nchannels, sampwidth, framerate, nframes, comptype, - compname)``, equivalent to output of the :meth:`get\*` methods. + Returns a :func:`~collections.namedtuple` ``(nchannels, sampwidth, + framerate, nframes, comptype, compname)``, equivalent to output of the + :meth:`get\*` methods. .. method:: Wave_read.readframes(n) diff --git a/Doc/library/weakref.rst b/Doc/library/weakref.rst index 224f442..e84ac2b 100644 --- a/Doc/library/weakref.rst +++ b/Doc/library/weakref.rst @@ -51,10 +51,16 @@ garbage collection. :class:`WeakSet` implements the :class:`set` interface, but keeps weak references to its elements, just like a :class:`WeakKeyDictionary` does. -Most programs should find that using one of these weak container types is all -they need -- it's not usually necessary to create your own weak references -directly. The low-level machinery used by the weak dictionary implementations -is exposed by the :mod:`weakref` module for the benefit of advanced uses. +:class:`finalize` provides a straight forward way to register a +cleanup function to be called when an object is garbage collected. +This is simpler to use than setting up a callback function on a raw +weak reference, since the module automatically ensures that the finalizer +remains alive until the object is collected. + +Most programs should find that using one of these weak container types +or :class:`finalize` is all they need -- it's not usually necessary to +create your own weak references directly. The low-level machinery is +exposed by the :mod:`weakref` module for the benefit of advanced uses. Not all objects can be weakly referenced; those objects which can include class instances, functions written in Python (but not in C), instance methods, sets, @@ -111,6 +117,24 @@ Extension types can easily be made to support weak references; see This is a subclassable type rather than a factory function. + .. attribute:: __callback__ + + This read-only attribute returns the callback currently associated to the + weakref. If there is no callback or if the referent of the weakref is + no longer alive then this attribute will have value ``None``. + + .. note:: + + Like :meth:`__del__` methods, weak reference callbacks can be + called during interpreter shutdown when module globals have been + overwritten with :const:`None`. This can make writing robust + weak reference callbacks a challenge. Callbacks registered + using :class:`finalize` do not have to worry about this issue + because they will not be run after module teardown has begun. + + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Added the :attr:`__callback__` attribute. + .. function:: proxy(object[, callback]) @@ -192,6 +216,98 @@ These method have the same issues as the and :meth:`keyrefs` method of discarded when no strong reference to it exists any more. +.. class:: WeakMethod(method) + + A custom :class:`ref` subclass which simulates a weak reference to a bound + method (i.e., a method defined on a class and looked up on an instance). + Since a bound method is ephemeral, a standard weak reference cannot keep + hold of it. :class:`WeakMethod` has special code to recreate the bound + method until either the object or the original function dies:: + + >>> class C: + ... def method(self): + ... print("method called!") + ... + >>> c = C() + >>> r = weakref.ref(c.method) + >>> r() + >>> r = weakref.WeakMethod(c.method) + >>> r() + <bound method C.method of <__main__.C object at 0x7fc859830220>> + >>> r()() + method called! + >>> del c + >>> gc.collect() + 0 + >>> r() + >>> + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + +.. class:: finalize(obj, func, *args, **kwargs) + + Return a callable finalizer object which will be called when *obj* + is garbage collected. Unlike an ordinary weak reference, a finalizer is + will always survive until the reference object is collected, greatly + simplifying lifecycle management. + + A finalizer is considered *alive* until it is called (either explicitly + or at garbage collection), and after that it is *dead*. Calling a live + finalizer returns the result of evaluating ``func(*arg, **kwargs)``, + whereas calling a dead finalizer returns :const:`None`. + + Exceptions raised by finalizer callbacks during garbage collection + will be shown on the standard error output, but cannot be + propagated. They are handled in the same way as exceptions raised + from an object's :meth:`__del__` method or a weak reference's + callback. + + When the program exits, each remaining live finalizer is called + unless its :attr:`atexit` attribute has been set to false. They + are called in reverse order of creation. + + A finalizer will never invoke its callback during the later part of + the interpreter shutdown when module globals are liable to have + been replaced by :const:`None`. + + .. method:: __call__() + + If *self* is alive then mark it as dead and return the result of + calling ``func(*args, **kwargs)``. If *self* is dead then return + :const:`None`. + + .. method:: detach() + + If *self* is alive then mark it as dead and return the tuple + ``(obj, func, args, kwargs)``. If *self* is dead then return + :const:`None`. + + .. method:: peek() + + If *self* is alive then return the tuple ``(obj, func, args, + kwargs)``. If *self* is dead then return :const:`None`. + + .. attribute:: alive + + Property which is true if the finalizer is alive, false otherwise. + + .. attribute:: atexit + + A writable boolean property which by default is true. When the + program exits, it calls all remaining live finalizers for which + :attr:`.atexit` is true. They are called in reverse order of + creation. + + .. note:: + + It is important to ensure that *func*, *args* and *kwargs* do + not own any references to *obj*, either directly or indirectly, + since otherwise *obj* will never be garbage collected. In + particular, *func* should not be a bound method of *obj*. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. data:: ReferenceType The type object for weak references objects. @@ -232,8 +348,9 @@ These method have the same issues as the and :meth:`keyrefs` method of Weak Reference Objects ---------------------- -Weak reference objects have no attributes or methods, but do allow the referent -to be obtained, if it still exists, by calling it: +Weak reference objects have no methods and no attributes besides +:attr:`ref.__callback__`. A weak reference object allows the referent to be +obtained, if it still exists, by calling it: >>> import weakref >>> class Object: @@ -326,3 +443,140 @@ objects can still be retrieved by ID if they do. def id2obj(oid): return _id2obj_dict[oid] + +.. _finalize-examples: + +Finalizer Objects +----------------- + +The main benefit of using :class:`finalize` is that it makes it simple +to register a callback without needing to preserve the returned finalizer +object. For instance + + >>> import weakref + >>> class Object: + ... pass + ... + >>> kenny = Object() + >>> weakref.finalize(kenny, print, "You killed Kenny!") #doctest:+ELLIPSIS + <finalize object at ...; for 'Object' at ...> + >>> del kenny + You killed Kenny! + +The finalizer can be called directly as well. However the finalizer +will invoke the callback at most once. + + >>> def callback(x, y, z): + ... print("CALLBACK") + ... return x + y + z + ... + >>> obj = Object() + >>> f = weakref.finalize(obj, callback, 1, 2, z=3) + >>> assert f.alive + >>> assert f() == 6 + CALLBACK + >>> assert not f.alive + >>> f() # callback not called because finalizer dead + >>> del obj # callback not called because finalizer dead + +You can unregister a finalizer using its :meth:`~finalize.detach` +method. This kills the finalizer and returns the arguments passed to +the constructor when it was created. + + >>> obj = Object() + >>> f = weakref.finalize(obj, callback, 1, 2, z=3) + >>> f.detach() #doctest:+ELLIPSIS + (<__main__.Object object ...>, <function callback ...>, (1, 2), {'z': 3}) + >>> newobj, func, args, kwargs = _ + >>> assert not f.alive + >>> assert newobj is obj + >>> assert func(*args, **kwargs) == 6 + CALLBACK + +Unless you set the :attr:`~finalize.atexit` attribute to +:const:`False`, a finalizer will be called when the program exits if it +is still alive. For instance + + >>> obj = Object() + >>> weakref.finalize(obj, print, "obj dead or exiting") #doctest:+ELLIPSIS + <finalize object at ...; for 'Object' at ...> + >>> exit() #doctest:+SKIP + obj dead or exiting + + +Comparing finalizers with :meth:`__del__` methods +------------------------------------------------- + +Suppose we want to create a class whose instances represent temporary +directories. The directories should be deleted with their contents +when the first of the following events occurs: + +* the object is garbage collected, +* the object's :meth:`remove` method is called, or +* the program exits. + +We might try to implement the class using a :meth:`__del__` method as +follows:: + + class TempDir: + def __init__(self): + self.name = tempfile.mkdtemp() + + def remove(self): + if self.name is not None: + shutil.rmtree(self.name) + self.name = None + + @property + def removed(self): + return self.name is None + + def __del__(self): + self.remove() + +Starting with Python 3.4, :meth:`__del__` methods no longer prevent +reference cycles from being garbage collected, and module globals are +no longer forced to :const:`None` during interpreter shutdown. So this +code should work without any issues on CPython. + +However, handling of :meth:`__del__` methods is notoriously implementation +specific, since it depends on internal details of the interpreter's garbage +collector implementation. + +A more robust alternative can be to define a finalizer which only references +the specific functions and objects that it needs, rather than having access +to the full state of the object:: + + class TempDir: + def __init__(self): + self.name = tempfile.mkdtemp() + self._finalizer = weakref.finalize(self, shutil.rmtree, self.name) + + def remove(self): + self._finalizer() + + @property + def removed(self): + return not self._finalizer.alive + +Defined like this, our finalizer only receives a reference to the details +it needs to clean up the directory appropriately. If the object never gets +garbage collected the finalizer will still be called at exit. + +The other advantage of weakref based finalizers is that they can be used to +register finalizers for classes where the definition is controlled by a +third party, such as running code when a module is unloaded:: + + import weakref, sys + def unloading_module(): + # implicit reference to the module globals from the function body + weakref.finalize(sys.modules[__name__], unloading_module) + + +.. note:: + + If you create a finalizer object in a daemonic thread just as the + the program exits then there is the possibility that the finalizer + does not get called at exit. However, in a daemonic thread + :func:`atexit.register`, ``try: ... finally: ...`` and ``with: ...`` + do not guarantee that cleanup occurs either. diff --git a/Doc/library/xml.etree.elementtree.rst b/Doc/library/xml.etree.elementtree.rst index 8673961..4c89dc3 100644 --- a/Doc/library/xml.etree.elementtree.rst +++ b/Doc/library/xml.etree.elementtree.rst @@ -105,6 +105,43 @@ Children are nested, and we can access specific child nodes by index:: >>> root[0][1].text '2008' +Pull API for non-blocking parsing +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +Most parsing functions provided by this module require to read the whole +document at once before returning any result. It is possible to use a +:class:`XMLParser` and feed data into it incrementally, but it's a push API that +calls methods on a callback target, which is too low-level and inconvenient for +most needs. Sometimes what the user really wants is to be able to parse XML +incrementally, without blocking operations, while enjoying the convenience of +fully constructed :class:`Element` objects. + +The most powerful tool for doing this is :class:`XMLPullParser`. It does not +require a blocking read to obtain the XML data, and is instead fed with data +incrementally with :meth:`XMLPullParser.feed` calls. To get the parsed XML +elements, call :meth:`XMLPullParser.read_events`. Here's an example:: + + >>> parser = ET.XMLPullParser(['start', 'end']) + >>> parser.feed('<mytag>sometext') + >>> list(parser.read_events()) + [('start', <Element 'mytag' at 0x7fa66db2be58>)] + >>> parser.feed(' more text</mytag>') + >>> for event, elem in parser.read_events(): + ... print(event) + ... print(elem.tag, 'text=', elem.text) + ... + end + +The obvious use case is applications that operate in a non-blocking fashion +where the XML data is being received from a socket or read incrementally from +some storage device. In such cases, blocking reads are unacceptable. + +Because it's so flexible, :class:`XMLPullParser` can be inconvenient to use for +simpler use-cases. If you don't mind your application blocking on reading XML +data but would still like to have incremental parsing capabilities, take a look +at :func:`iterparse`. It can be useful when you're reading a large XML document +and don't want to hold it wholly in memory. + Finding interesting elements ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ @@ -379,25 +416,32 @@ Functions Parses an XML section into an element tree incrementally, and reports what's going on to the user. *source* is a filename or :term:`file object` - containing XML data. *events* is a list of events to report back. The - supported events are the strings ``"start"``, ``"end"``, ``"start-ns"`` - and ``"end-ns"`` (the "ns" events are used to get detailed namespace + containing XML data. *events* is a sequence of events to report back. The + supported events are the strings ``"start"``, ``"end"``, ``"start-ns"`` and + ``"end-ns"`` (the "ns" events are used to get detailed namespace information). If *events* is omitted, only ``"end"`` events are reported. *parser* is an optional parser instance. If not given, the standard - :class:`XMLParser` parser is used. *parser* can only use the default - :class:`TreeBuilder` as a target. Returns an :term:`iterator` providing - ``(event, elem)`` pairs. + :class:`XMLParser` parser is used. *parser* must be a subclass of + :class:`XMLParser` and can only use the default :class:`TreeBuilder` as a + target. Returns an :term:`iterator` providing ``(event, elem)`` pairs. + + Note that while :func:`iterparse` builds the tree incrementally, it issues + blocking reads on *source* (or the file it names). As such, it's unsuitable + for applications where blocking reads can't be made. For fully non-blocking + parsing, see :class:`XMLPullParser`. .. note:: - :func:`iterparse` only guarantees that it has seen the ">" - character of a starting tag when it emits a "start" event, so the - attributes are defined, but the contents of the text and tail attributes - are undefined at that point. The same applies to the element children; - they may or may not be present. + :func:`iterparse` only guarantees that it has seen the ">" character of a + starting tag when it emits a "start" event, so the attributes are defined, + but the contents of the text and tail attributes are undefined at that + point. The same applies to the element children; they may or may not be + present. If you need a fully populated element, look for "end" events instead. + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + The *parser* argument. .. function:: parse(source, parser=None) @@ -438,29 +482,39 @@ Functions arguments. Returns an element instance. -.. function:: tostring(element, encoding="us-ascii", method="xml") +.. function:: tostring(element, encoding="us-ascii", method="xml", *, \ + short_empty_elements=True) Generates a string representation of an XML element, including all subelements. *element* is an :class:`Element` instance. *encoding* [1]_ is the output encoding (default is US-ASCII). Use ``encoding="unicode"`` to generate a Unicode string (otherwise, a bytestring is generated). *method* is either ``"xml"``, ``"html"`` or ``"text"`` (default is ``"xml"``). + *short_empty_elements* has the same meaning as in :meth:`ElementTree.write`. Returns an (optionally) encoded string containing the XML data. + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + The *short_empty_elements* parameter. + -.. function:: tostringlist(element, encoding="us-ascii", method="xml") +.. function:: tostringlist(element, encoding="us-ascii", method="xml", *, \ + short_empty_elements=True) Generates a string representation of an XML element, including all subelements. *element* is an :class:`Element` instance. *encoding* [1]_ is the output encoding (default is US-ASCII). Use ``encoding="unicode"`` to generate a Unicode string (otherwise, a bytestring is generated). *method* is either ``"xml"``, ``"html"`` or ``"text"`` (default is ``"xml"``). + *short_empty_elements* has the same meaning as in :meth:`ElementTree.write`. Returns a list of (optionally) encoded strings containing the XML data. It does not guarantee any specific sequence, except that ``"".join(tostringlist(element)) == tostring(element)``. .. versionadded:: 3.2 + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + The *short_empty_elements* parameter. + .. function:: XML(text, parser=None) @@ -753,7 +807,8 @@ ElementTree Objects .. method:: write(file, encoding="us-ascii", xml_declaration=None, \ - default_namespace=None, method="xml") + default_namespace=None, method="xml", *, \ + short_empty_elements=True) Writes the element tree to a file, as XML. *file* is a file name, or a :term:`file object` opened for writing. *encoding* [1]_ is the output @@ -764,6 +819,10 @@ ElementTree Objects *default_namespace* sets the default XML namespace (for "xmlns"). *method* is either ``"xml"``, ``"html"`` or ``"text"`` (default is ``"xml"``). + The keyword-only *short_empty_elements* parameter controls the formatting + of elements that contain no content. If *True* (the default), they are + emitted as a single self-closed tag, otherwise they are emitted as a pair + of start/end tags. The output is either a string (:class:`str`) or binary (:class:`bytes`). This is controlled by the *encoding* argument. If *encoding* is @@ -772,6 +831,9 @@ ElementTree Objects :term:`file object`; make sure you do not try to write a string to a binary stream and vice versa. + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + The *short_empty_elements* parameter. + This is the XML file that is going to be manipulated:: @@ -817,6 +879,7 @@ QName Objects :class:`QName` instances are opaque. + .. _elementtree-treebuilder-objects: TreeBuilder Objects @@ -876,13 +939,17 @@ XMLParser Objects .. class:: XMLParser(html=0, target=None, encoding=None) - :class:`Element` structure builder for XML source data, based on the expat - parser. *html* are predefined HTML entities. This flag is not supported by - the current implementation. *target* is the target object. If omitted, the - builder uses an instance of the standard :class:`TreeBuilder` class. - *encoding* [1]_ is optional. If given, the value overrides the encoding + This class is the low-level building block of the module. It uses + :mod:`xml.parsers.expat` for efficient, event-based parsing of XML. It can + be fed XML data incrementall with the :meth:`feed` method, and parsing events + are translated to a push API - by invoking callbacks on the *target* object. + If *target* is omitted, the standard :class:`TreeBuilder` is used. The + *html* argument was historically used for backwards compatibility and is now + deprecated. If *encoding* [1]_ is given, the value overrides the encoding specified in the XML file. + .. deprecated:: 3.4 + The *html* argument. .. method:: close() @@ -902,12 +969,12 @@ XMLParser Objects Feeds data to the parser. *data* is encoded data. - :meth:`XMLParser.feed` calls *target*\'s ``start()`` method - for each opening tag, its ``end()`` method for each closing tag, - and data is processed by method ``data()``. :meth:`XMLParser.close` - calls *target*\'s method ``close()``. - :class:`XMLParser` can be used not only for building a tree structure. - This is an example of counting the maximum depth of an XML file:: + :meth:`XMLParser.feed` calls *target*\'s ``start(tag, attrs_dict)`` method + for each opening tag, its ``end(tag)`` method for each closing tag, and data + is processed by method ``data(data)``. :meth:`XMLParser.close` calls + *target*\'s method ``close()``. :class:`XMLParser` can be used not only for + building a tree structure. This is an example of counting the maximum depth + of an XML file:: >>> from xml.etree.ElementTree import XMLParser >>> class MaxDepth: # The target object of the parser @@ -941,6 +1008,58 @@ XMLParser Objects >>> parser.close() 4 + +.. _elementtree-xmlpullparser-objects: + +XMLPullParser Objects +^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^ + +.. class:: XMLPullParser(events=None) + + A pull parser suitable for non-blocking applications. Its input-side API is + similar to that of :class:`XMLParser`, but instead of pushing calls to a + callback target, :class:`XMLPullParser` collects an internal list of parsing + events and lets the user read from it. *events* is a sequence of events to + report back. The supported events are the strings ``"start"``, ``"end"``, + ``"start-ns"`` and ``"end-ns"`` (the "ns" events are used to get detailed + namespace information). If *events* is omitted, only ``"end"`` events are + reported. + + .. method:: feed(data) + + Feed the given bytes data to the parser. + + .. method:: close() + + Signal the parser that the data stream is terminated. Unlike + :meth:`XMLParser.close`, this method always returns :const:`None`. + Any events not yet retrieved when the parser is closed can still be + read with :meth:`read_events`. + + .. method:: read_events() + + Iterate over the events which have been encountered in the data fed to the + parser. This method yields ``(event, elem)`` pairs, where *event* is a + string representing the type of event (e.g. ``"end"``) and *elem* is the + encountered :class:`Element` object. + + Events provided in a previous call to :meth:`read_events` will not be + yielded again. As events are consumed from the internal queue only as + they are retrieved from the iterator, multiple readers calling + :meth:`read_events` in parallel will have unpredictable results. + + .. note:: + + :class:`XMLPullParser` only guarantees that it has seen the ">" + character of a starting tag when it emits a "start" event, so the + attributes are defined, but the contents of the text and tail attributes + are undefined at that point. The same applies to the element children; + they may or may not be present. + + If you need a fully populated element, look for "end" events instead. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + Exceptions ^^^^^^^^^^ diff --git a/Doc/library/zipfile.rst b/Doc/library/zipfile.rst index 7a6482b..f7303ea 100644 --- a/Doc/library/zipfile.rst +++ b/Doc/library/zipfile.rst @@ -144,7 +144,7 @@ ZipFile Objects and should be :const:`ZIP_STORED`, :const:`ZIP_DEFLATED`, :const:`ZIP_BZIP2` or :const:`ZIP_LZMA`; unrecognized values will cause :exc:`RuntimeError` to be raised. If :const:`ZIP_DEFLATED`, - :const:`ZIP_BZIP2` or :const:`ZIP_LZMA` is specified but the corresponded module + :const:`ZIP_BZIP2` or :const:`ZIP_LZMA` is specified but the corresponding module (:mod:`zlib`, :mod:`bz2` or :mod:`lzma`) is not available, :exc:`RuntimeError` is also raised. The default is :const:`ZIP_STORED`. If *allowZip64* is ``True`` zipfile will create ZIP files that use the ZIP64 extensions when @@ -266,10 +266,8 @@ ZipFile Objects Never extract archives from untrusted sources without prior inspection. It is possible that files are created outside of *path*, e.g. members that have absolute filenames starting with ``"/"`` or filenames with two - dots ``".."``. - - .. versionchanged:: 3.3.1 - The zipfile module attempts to prevent that. See :meth:`extract` note. + dots ``".."``. This module attempts to prevent that. + See :meth:`extract` note. .. method:: ZipFile.printdir() @@ -384,7 +382,7 @@ The :class:`PyZipFile` constructor takes the same parameters as the Instances have one method in addition to those of :class:`ZipFile` objects: - .. method:: PyZipFile.writepy(pathname, basename='') + .. method:: PyZipFile.writepy(pathname, basename='', filterfunc=None) Search for files :file:`\*.py` and add the corresponding file to the archive. @@ -406,7 +404,10 @@ The :class:`PyZipFile` constructor takes the same parameters as the package directory, then all :file:`\*.py[co]` are added under the package name as a file path, and if any subdirectories are package directories, all of these are added recursively. *basename* is intended for internal - use only. The :meth:`writepy` method makes archives with file names like + use only. When *filterfunc(pathname)* is given, it will be called for every + invocation. When it returns a False value, that path and its subpaths will + be ignored. + The :meth:`writepy` method makes archives with file names like this:: string.pyc # Top level name @@ -415,6 +416,9 @@ The :class:`PyZipFile` constructor takes the same parameters as the test/bogus/__init__.pyc # Subpackage directory test/bogus/myfile.pyc # Submodule test.bogus.myfile + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + The *filterfunc* parameter. + .. _zipinfo-objects: diff --git a/Doc/license.rst b/Doc/license.rst index 3e93a26..598ba86 100644 --- a/Doc/license.rst +++ b/Doc/license.rst @@ -590,6 +590,25 @@ The :mod:`select` and contains the following notice for the kqueue interface:: SUCH DAMAGE. +SHA-3 +----- + +The module :mod:`_sha3` and :mod:`hashlib` are using the reference +implementation of Keccak. The files at :file:`Modules/_sha3/keccak/` contain +the following note:: + + The Keccak sponge function, designed by Guido Bertoni, Joan Daemen, + Michaël Peeters and Gilles Van Assche. For more information, feedback or + questions, please refer to our website: http://keccak.noekeon.org/ + + Implementation by the designers, + hereby denoted as "the implementer". + + To the extent possible under law, the implementer has waived all copyright + and related or neighboring rights to the source code in this file. + http://creativecommons.org/publicdomain/zero/1.0/ + + strtod and dtoa --------------- diff --git a/Doc/reference/compound_stmts.rst b/Doc/reference/compound_stmts.rst index 8afc69e..e35aa9f 100644 --- a/Doc/reference/compound_stmts.rst +++ b/Doc/reference/compound_stmts.rst @@ -493,14 +493,15 @@ case the parameter's default value is substituted. If a parameter has a default value, all following parameters up until the "``*``" must also have a default value --- this is a syntactic restriction that is not expressed by the grammar. -**Default parameter values are evaluated when the function definition is -executed.** This means that the expression is evaluated once, when the function -is defined, and that the same "pre-computed" value is used for each call. This -is especially important to understand when a default parameter is a mutable -object, such as a list or a dictionary: if the function modifies the object -(e.g. by appending an item to a list), the default value is in effect modified. -This is generally not what was intended. A way around this is to use ``None`` -as the default, and explicitly test for it in the body of the function, e.g.:: +**Default parameter values are evaluated from left to right when the function +definition is executed.** This means that the expression is evaluated once, when +the function is defined, and that the same "pre-computed" value is used for each +call. This is especially important to understand when a default parameter is a +mutable object, such as a list or a dictionary: if the function modifies the +object (e.g. by appending an item to a list), the default value is in effect +modified. This is generally not what was intended. A way around this is to use +``None`` as the default, and explicitly test for it in the body of the function, +e.g.:: def whats_on_the_telly(penguin=None): if penguin is None: diff --git a/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst b/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst index 2128ffc..0c6a0ab 100644 --- a/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst +++ b/Doc/reference/datamodel.rst @@ -934,6 +934,20 @@ Internal types frame). A debugger can implement a Jump command (aka Set Next Statement) by writing to f_lineno. + Frame objects support one method: + + .. method:: frame.clear() + + This method clears all references to local variables held by the + frame. Also, if the frame belonged to a generator, the generator + is finalized. This helps break reference cycles involving frame + objects (for example when catching an exception and storing its + traceback for later use). + + :exc:`RuntimeError` is raised if the frame is currently executing. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + Traceback objects .. index:: object: traceback @@ -1121,12 +1135,10 @@ Basic customization ``sys.last_traceback`` keeps the stack frame alive). The first situation can only be remedied by explicitly breaking the cycles; the latter two situations can be resolved by storing ``None`` in ``sys.last_traceback``. - Circular references which are garbage are detected when the option cycle - detector is enabled (it's on by default), but can only be cleaned up if - there are no Python- level :meth:`__del__` methods involved. Refer to the - documentation for the :mod:`gc` module for more information about how - :meth:`__del__` methods are handled by the cycle detector, particularly - the description of the ``garbage`` value. + Circular references which are garbage are detected and cleaned up when + the cyclic garbage collector is enabled (it's on by default). Refer to the + documentation for the :mod:`gc` module for more information about this + topic. .. warning:: @@ -1830,6 +1842,15 @@ through the container; for mappings, :meth:`__iter__` should be the same as considered to be false in a Boolean context. +.. method:: object.__length_hint__(self) + + Called to implement :func:`operator.length_hint`. Should return an estimated + length for the object (which may be greater or less than the actual length). + The length must be an integer ``>=`` 0. This method is purely an + optimization and is never required for correctness. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + .. note:: Slicing is done exclusively with the following three methods. A call like :: diff --git a/Doc/reference/import.rst b/Doc/reference/import.rst index eb497a1..b587fc9 100644 --- a/Doc/reference/import.rst +++ b/Doc/reference/import.rst @@ -373,16 +373,18 @@ Loaders must satisfy the following requirements: * The ``__loader__`` attribute must be set to the loader object that loaded the module. This is mostly for introspection and reloading, but can be used for additional loader-specific functionality, for example getting - data associated with a loader. + data associated with a loader. If the attribute is missing or set to ``None`` + then the import machinery will automatically set it **after** the module has + been imported. - * The module's ``__package__`` attribute should be set. Its value must be a + * The module's ``__package__`` attribute must be set. Its value must be a string, but it can be the same value as its ``__name__``. If the attribute is set to ``None`` or is missing, the import system will fill it in with a - more appropriate value. When the module is a package, its ``__package__`` - value should be set to its ``__name__``. When the module is not a package, - ``__package__`` should be set to the empty string for top-level modules, or - for submodules, to the parent package's name. See :pep:`366` for further - details. + more appropriate value **after** the module has been imported. + When the module is a package, its ``__package__`` value should be set to its + ``__name__``. When the module is not a package, ``__package__`` should be + set to the empty string for top-level modules, or for submodules, to the + parent package's name. See :pep:`366` for further details. This attribute is used instead of ``__name__`` to calculate explicit relative imports for main modules, as defined in :pep:`366`. @@ -425,8 +427,8 @@ Here are the exact rules used: * If the module has a ``__file__`` attribute, this is used as part of the module's repr. - * If the module has no ``__file__`` but does have a ``__loader__``, then the - loader's repr is used as part of the module's repr. + * If the module has no ``__file__`` but does have a ``__loader__`` that is not + ``None``, then the loader's repr is used as part of the module's repr. * Otherwise, just use the module's ``__name__`` in the repr. diff --git a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexsidebar.html b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexsidebar.html index a0ec32f..ed5da0c 100644 --- a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexsidebar.html +++ b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/indexsidebar.html @@ -3,7 +3,7 @@ <h3>Docs for other versions</h3> <ul> <li><a href="http://docs.python.org/2.7/">Python 2.7 (stable)</a></li> - <li><a href="http://docs.python.org/3.4/">Python 3.4 (in development)</a></li> + <li><a href="http://docs.python.org/3.3/">Python 3.3 (stable)</a></li> <li><a href="http://www.python.org/doc/versions/">Old versions</a></li> </ul> diff --git a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/pyspecific.py b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/pyspecific.py index 388fe3a..2b5de14 100644 --- a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/pyspecific.py +++ b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/pyspecific.py @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ """ ISSUE_URI = 'http://bugs.python.org/issue%s' -SOURCE_URI = 'http://hg.python.org/cpython/file/3.3/%s' +SOURCE_URI = 'http://hg.python.org/cpython/file/default/%s' from docutils import nodes, utils diff --git a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/susp-ignored.csv b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/susp-ignored.csv index 72c5255..d951dad 100644 --- a/Doc/tools/sphinxext/susp-ignored.csv +++ b/Doc/tools/sphinxext/susp-ignored.csv @@ -162,17 +162,9 @@ library/os.path,,:foo,c:foo library/pdb,,:lineno,filename:lineno library/pickle,,:memory,"conn = sqlite3.connect("":memory:"")" library/posix,,`,"CFLAGS=""`getconf LFS_CFLAGS`"" OPT=""-g -O2 $CFLAGS""" -library/pprint,209,::,"'classifiers': ['Development Status :: 4 - Beta'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'Intended Audience :: Developers'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'License :: OSI Approved :: MIT License'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'Natural Language :: English'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'Operating System :: OS Independent'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'Programming Language :: Python'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'Programming Language :: Python :: 2'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'Programming Language :: Python :: 2.6'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'Programming Language :: Python :: 2.7'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'Topic :: Software Development :: Libraries'," -library/pprint,209,::,"'Topic :: Software Development :: Libraries :: Python Modules']," +library/pprint,,::,"'Programming Language :: Python :: 2 :: Only']," +library/pprint,,::,"'Programming Language :: Python :: 2.6'," +library/pprint,,::,"'Programming Language :: Python :: 2.7'," library/profile,,:lineno,filename:lineno(function) library/pyexpat,,:elem1,<py:elem1 /> library/pyexpat,,:py,"xmlns:py = ""http://www.python.org/ns/"">" @@ -184,6 +176,7 @@ library/socket,,:len,fds.fromstring(cmsg_data[:len(cmsg_data) - (len(cmsg_data) library/sqlite3,,:age,"cur.execute(""select * from people where name_last=:who and age=:age"", {""who"": who, ""age"": age})" library/sqlite3,,:memory, library/sqlite3,,:who,"cur.execute(""select * from people where name_last=:who and age=:age"", {""who"": who, ""age"": age})" +library/sqlite3,,:path,"db = sqlite3.connect('file:path/to/database?mode=ro', uri=True)" library/ssl,,:My,"Organizational Unit Name (eg, section) []:My Group" library/ssl,,:My,"Organization Name (eg, company) [Internet Widgits Pty Ltd]:My Organization, Inc." library/ssl,,:myserver,"Common Name (eg, YOUR name) []:myserver.mygroup.myorganization.com" diff --git a/Doc/tutorial/interactive.rst b/Doc/tutorial/interactive.rst index 36acb06..abf30f0 100644 --- a/Doc/tutorial/interactive.rst +++ b/Doc/tutorial/interactive.rst @@ -7,140 +7,27 @@ Interactive Input Editing and History Substitution Some versions of the Python interpreter support editing of the current input line and history substitution, similar to facilities found in the Korn shell and the GNU Bash shell. This is implemented using the `GNU Readline`_ library, -which supports Emacs-style and vi-style editing. This library has its own -documentation which I won't duplicate here; however, the basics are easily -explained. The interactive editing and history described here are optionally -available in the Unix and Cygwin versions of the interpreter. - -This chapter does *not* document the editing facilities of Mark Hammond's -PythonWin package or the Tk-based environment, IDLE, distributed with Python. -The command line history recall which operates within DOS boxes on NT and some -other DOS and Windows flavors is yet another beast. - - -.. _tut-lineediting: - -Line Editing -============ - -If supported, input line editing is active whenever the interpreter prints a -primary or secondary prompt. The current line can be edited using the -conventional Emacs control characters. The most important of these are: -:kbd:`C-A` (Control-A) moves the cursor to the beginning of the line, :kbd:`C-E` -to the end, :kbd:`C-B` moves it one position to the left, :kbd:`C-F` to the -right. Backspace erases the character to the left of the cursor, :kbd:`C-D` the -character to its right. :kbd:`C-K` kills (erases) the rest of the line to the -right of the cursor, :kbd:`C-Y` yanks back the last killed string. -:kbd:`C-underscore` undoes the last change you made; it can be repeated for -cumulative effect. - - -.. _tut-history: - -History Substitution -==================== - -History substitution works as follows. All non-empty input lines issued are -saved in a history buffer, and when a new prompt is given you are positioned on -a new line at the bottom of this buffer. :kbd:`C-P` moves one line up (back) in -the history buffer, :kbd:`C-N` moves one down. Any line in the history buffer -can be edited; an asterisk appears in front of the prompt to mark a line as -modified. Pressing the :kbd:`Return` key passes the current line to the -interpreter. :kbd:`C-R` starts an incremental reverse search; :kbd:`C-S` starts -a forward search. +which supports various styles of editing. This library has its own +documentation which we won't duplicate here. .. _tut-keybindings: -Key Bindings -============ - -The key bindings and some other parameters of the Readline library can be -customized by placing commands in an initialization file called -:file:`~/.inputrc`. Key bindings have the form :: - - key-name: function-name - -or :: - - "string": function-name - -and options can be set with :: - - set option-name value - -For example:: - - # I prefer vi-style editing: - set editing-mode vi - - # Edit using a single line: - set horizontal-scroll-mode On +Tab Completion and History Editing +================================== - # Rebind some keys: - Meta-h: backward-kill-word - "\C-u": universal-argument - "\C-x\C-r": re-read-init-file - -Note that the default binding for :kbd:`Tab` in Python is to insert a :kbd:`Tab` -character instead of Readline's default filename completion function. If you -insist, you can override this by putting :: - - Tab: complete - -in your :file:`~/.inputrc`. (Of course, this makes it harder to type indented -continuation lines if you're accustomed to using :kbd:`Tab` for that purpose.) - -.. index:: - module: rlcompleter - module: readline - -Automatic completion of variable and module names is optionally available. To -enable it in the interpreter's interactive mode, add the following to your -startup file: [#]_ :: - - import rlcompleter, readline - readline.parse_and_bind('tab: complete') - -This binds the :kbd:`Tab` key to the completion function, so hitting the -:kbd:`Tab` key twice suggests completions; it looks at Python statement names, -the current local variables, and the available module names. For dotted -expressions such as ``string.a``, it will evaluate the expression up to the -final ``'.'`` and then suggest completions from the attributes of the resulting -object. Note that this may execute application-defined code if an object with a -:meth:`__getattr__` method is part of the expression. - -A more capable startup file might look like this example. Note that this -deletes the names it creates once they are no longer needed; this is done since -the startup file is executed in the same namespace as the interactive commands, -and removing the names avoids creating side effects in the interactive -environment. You may find it convenient to keep some of the imported modules, -such as :mod:`os`, which turn out to be needed in most sessions with the -interpreter. :: - - # Add auto-completion and a stored history file of commands to your Python - # interactive interpreter. Requires Python 2.0+, readline. Autocomplete is - # bound to the Esc key by default (you can change it - see readline docs). - # - # Store the file in ~/.pystartup, and set an environment variable to point - # to it: "export PYTHONSTARTUP=~/.pystartup" in bash. - - import atexit - import os - import readline - import rlcompleter - - historyPath = os.path.expanduser("~/.pyhistory") - - def save_history(historyPath=historyPath): - import readline - readline.write_history_file(historyPath) - - if os.path.exists(historyPath): - readline.read_history_file(historyPath) - - atexit.register(save_history) - del os, atexit, readline, rlcompleter, save_history, historyPath +Completion of variable and module names is +:ref:`automatically enabled <rlcompleter-config>` at interpreter startup so +that the :kbd:`Tab` key invokes the completion function; it looks at +Python statement names, the current local variables, and the available +module names. For dotted expressions such as ``string.a``, it will evaluate +the expression up to the final ``'.'`` and then suggest completions from +the attributes of the resulting object. Note that this may execute +application-defined code if an object with a :meth:`__getattr__` method +is part of the expression. The default configuration also saves your +history into a file named :file:`.python_history` in your user directory. +The history will be available again during the next interactive interpreter +session. .. _tut-commentary: @@ -162,14 +49,6 @@ into other applications. Another similar enhanced interactive environment is bpython_. -.. rubric:: Footnotes - -.. [#] Python will execute the contents of a file identified by the - :envvar:`PYTHONSTARTUP` environment variable when you start an interactive - interpreter. To customize Python even for non-interactive mode, see - :ref:`tut-customize`. - - .. _GNU Readline: http://tiswww.case.edu/php/chet/readline/rltop.html .. _IPython: http://ipython.scipy.org/ .. _bpython: http://www.bpython-interpreter.org/ diff --git a/Doc/tutorial/interpreter.rst b/Doc/tutorial/interpreter.rst index cdc2bf2..c182511 100644 --- a/Doc/tutorial/interpreter.rst +++ b/Doc/tutorial/interpreter.rst @@ -10,13 +10,13 @@ Using the Python Interpreter Invoking the Interpreter ======================== -The Python interpreter is usually installed as :file:`/usr/local/bin/python3.3` +The Python interpreter is usually installed as :file:`/usr/local/bin/python3.4` on those machines where it is available; putting :file:`/usr/local/bin` in your Unix shell's search path makes it possible to start it by typing the command: .. code-block:: text - python3.3 + python3.4 to the shell. [#]_ Since the choice of the directory where the interpreter lives is an installation option, other places are possible; check with your local @@ -24,11 +24,11 @@ Python guru or system administrator. (E.g., :file:`/usr/local/python` is a popular alternative location.) On Windows machines, the Python installation is usually placed in -:file:`C:\\Python33`, though you can change this when you're running the +:file:`C:\\Python34`, though you can change this when you're running the installer. To add this directory to your path, you can type the following command into the command prompt in a DOS box:: - set path=%path%;C:\python33 + set path=%path%;C:\python34 Typing an end-of-file character (:kbd:`Control-D` on Unix, :kbd:`Control-Z` on Windows) at the primary prompt causes the interpreter to exit with a zero exit @@ -95,8 +95,8 @@ with the *secondary prompt*, by default three dots (``...``). The interpreter prints a welcome message stating its version number and a copyright notice before printing the first prompt:: - $ python3.3 - Python 3.3 (default, Sep 24 2012, 09:25:04) + $ python3.4 + Python 3.4 (default, Sep 24 2012, 09:25:04) [GCC 4.6.3] on linux2 Type "help", "copyright", "credits" or "license" for more information. >>> @@ -149,7 +149,7 @@ Executable Python Scripts On BSD'ish Unix systems, Python scripts can be made directly executable, like shell scripts, by putting the line :: - #! /usr/bin/env python3.3 + #! /usr/bin/env python3.4 (assuming that the interpreter is on the user's :envvar:`PATH`) at the beginning of the script and giving the file an executable mode. The ``#!`` must be the diff --git a/Doc/tutorial/modules.rst b/Doc/tutorial/modules.rst index df5eb34..a670f94 100644 --- a/Doc/tutorial/modules.rst +++ b/Doc/tutorial/modules.rst @@ -278,24 +278,23 @@ defines. It returns a sorted list of strings:: >>> dir(fibo) ['__name__', 'fib', 'fib2'] >>> dir(sys) # doctest: +NORMALIZE_WHITESPACE - ['__displayhook__', '__doc__', '__egginsert', '__excepthook__', - '__loader__', '__name__', '__package__', '__plen', '__stderr__', - '__stdin__', '__stdout__', '_clear_type_cache', '_current_frames', - '_debugmallocstats', '_getframe', '_home', '_mercurial', '_xoptions', - 'abiflags', 'api_version', 'argv', 'base_exec_prefix', 'base_prefix', - 'builtin_module_names', 'byteorder', 'call_tracing', 'callstats', - 'copyright', 'displayhook', 'dont_write_bytecode', 'exc_info', - 'excepthook', 'exec_prefix', 'executable', 'exit', 'flags', 'float_info', - 'float_repr_style', 'getcheckinterval', 'getdefaultencoding', - 'getdlopenflags', 'getfilesystemencoding', 'getobjects', 'getprofile', - 'getrecursionlimit', 'getrefcount', 'getsizeof', 'getswitchinterval', - 'gettotalrefcount', 'gettrace', 'hash_info', 'hexversion', - 'implementation', 'int_info', 'intern', 'maxsize', 'maxunicode', - 'meta_path', 'modules', 'path', 'path_hooks', 'path_importer_cache', - 'platform', 'prefix', 'ps1', 'setcheckinterval', 'setdlopenflags', - 'setprofile', 'setrecursionlimit', 'setswitchinterval', 'settrace', - 'stderr', 'stdin', 'stdout', 'thread_info', 'version', 'version_info', - 'warnoptions'] + ['__displayhook__', '__doc__', '__excepthook__', '__loader__', '__name__', + '__package__', '__stderr__', '__stdin__', '__stdout__', + '_clear_type_cache', '_current_frames', '_debugmallocstats', '_getframe', + '_home', '_mercurial', '_xoptions', 'abiflags', 'api_version', 'argv', + 'base_exec_prefix', 'base_prefix', 'builtin_module_names', 'byteorder', + 'call_tracing', 'callstats', 'copyright', 'displayhook', + 'dont_write_bytecode', 'exc_info', 'excepthook', 'exec_prefix', + 'executable', 'exit', 'flags', 'float_info', 'float_repr_style', + 'getcheckinterval', 'getdefaultencoding', 'getdlopenflags', + 'getfilesystemencoding', 'getobjects', 'getprofile', 'getrecursionlimit', + 'getrefcount', 'getsizeof', 'getswitchinterval', 'gettotalrefcount', + 'gettrace', 'hash_info', 'hexversion', 'implementation', 'int_info', + 'intern', 'maxsize', 'maxunicode', 'meta_path', 'modules', 'path', + 'path_hooks', 'path_importer_cache', 'platform', 'prefix', 'ps1', + 'setcheckinterval', 'setdlopenflags', 'setprofile', 'setrecursionlimit', + 'setswitchinterval', 'settrace', 'stderr', 'stdin', 'stdout', + 'thread_info', 'version', 'version_info', 'warnoptions'] Without arguments, :func:`dir` lists the names you have defined currently:: diff --git a/Doc/tutorial/stdlib.rst b/Doc/tutorial/stdlib.rst index 7e7a154..2e3ed18 100644 --- a/Doc/tutorial/stdlib.rst +++ b/Doc/tutorial/stdlib.rst @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ operating system:: >>> import os >>> os.getcwd() # Return the current working directory - 'C:\\Python33' + 'C:\\Python34' >>> os.chdir('/server/accesslogs') # Change current working directory >>> os.system('mkdir today') # Run the command mkdir in the system shell 0 diff --git a/Doc/tutorial/stdlib2.rst b/Doc/tutorial/stdlib2.rst index c1dd69a..c0197ea 100644 --- a/Doc/tutorial/stdlib2.rst +++ b/Doc/tutorial/stdlib2.rst @@ -277,7 +277,7 @@ applications include caching objects that are expensive to create:: Traceback (most recent call last): File "<stdin>", line 1, in <module> d['primary'] # entry was automatically removed - File "C:/python33/lib/weakref.py", line 46, in __getitem__ + File "C:/python34/lib/weakref.py", line 46, in __getitem__ o = self.data[key]() KeyError: 'primary' diff --git a/Doc/using/cmdline.rst b/Doc/using/cmdline.rst index 4e7168f..e8a329e 100644 --- a/Doc/using/cmdline.rst +++ b/Doc/using/cmdline.rst @@ -24,7 +24,7 @@ Command line When invoking Python, you may specify any of these options:: - python [-bBdEhiOqsSuvVWx?] [-c command | -m module-name | script | - ] [args] + python [-bBdEhiIOqsSuvVWx?] [-c command | -m module-name | script | - ] [args] The most common use case is, of course, a simple invocation of a script:: @@ -147,7 +147,12 @@ source. If no interface option is given, :option:`-i` is implied, ``sys.argv[0]`` is an empty string (``""``) and the current directory will be added to the -start of :data:`sys.path`. +start of :data:`sys.path`. Also, tab-completion and history editing is +automatically enabled, if available on your platform (see +:ref:`rlcompleter-config`). + +.. versionchanged:: 3.4 + Automatic enabling of tab-completion and history editing. .. seealso:: :ref:`tut-invoking` @@ -170,6 +175,8 @@ Generic options Python 3.0 +.. _using-on-misc-options: + Miscellaneous options ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -208,6 +215,17 @@ Miscellaneous options raises an exception. See also :envvar:`PYTHONINSPECT`. +.. cmdoption:: -I + + Run Python in isolated mode. This also implies -E and -s. + In isolated mode :data:`sys.path` contains neither the script's directory nor + the user's site-packages directory. All :envvar:`PYTHON*` environment + variables are ignored, too. Further restrictions may be imposed to prevent + the user from injecting malicious code. + + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + + .. cmdoption:: -O Turn on basic optimizations. This changes the filename extension for @@ -358,9 +376,14 @@ Miscellaneous options .. cmdoption:: -X Reserved for various implementation-specific options. CPython currently - defines just one, you can use ``-X faulthandler`` to enable - :mod:`faulthandler`. It also allows to pass arbitrary values and retrieve - them through the :data:`sys._xoptions` dictionary. + defines two possible values: + + * ``-X faulthandler`` to enable :mod:`faulthandler`; + * ``-X showrefcount`` to enable the output of the total reference count + and memory blocks (only works on debug builds); + + It also allows to pass arbitrary values and retrieve them through the + :data:`sys._xoptions` dictionary. .. versionchanged:: 3.2 It is now allowed to pass :option:`-X` with CPython. @@ -368,6 +391,9 @@ Miscellaneous options .. versionadded:: 3.3 The ``-X faulthandler`` option. + .. versionadded:: 3.4 + The ``-X showrefcount`` option. + Options you shouldn't use ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ @@ -385,7 +411,7 @@ Environment variables --------------------- These environment variables influence Python's behavior, they are processed -before the command-line switches other than -E. It is customary that +before the command-line switches other than -E or -I. It is customary that command-line switches override environmental variables where there is a conflict. @@ -430,7 +456,7 @@ conflict. is executed in the same namespace where interactive commands are executed so that objects defined or imported in it can be used without qualification in the interactive session. You can also change the prompts :data:`sys.ps1` and - :data:`sys.ps2` in this file. + :data:`sys.ps2` and the hook :data:`sys.__interactivehook__` in this file. .. envvar:: PYTHONY2K @@ -485,9 +511,9 @@ conflict. .. envvar:: PYTHONDONTWRITEBYTECODE - If this is set, Python won't try to write ``.pyc`` or ``.pyo`` files on the - import of source modules. This is equivalent to specifying the :option:`-B` - option. + If this is set to a non-empty string, Python won't try to write ``.pyc`` or + ``.pyo`` files on the import of source modules. This is equivalent to + specifying the :option:`-B` option. .. envvar:: PYTHONHASHSEED @@ -512,13 +538,16 @@ conflict. .. envvar:: PYTHONIOENCODING If this is set before running the interpreter, it overrides the encoding used - for stdin/stdout/stderr, in the syntax ``encodingname:errorhandler``. The - ``:errorhandler`` part is optional and has the same meaning as in - :func:`str.encode`. + for stdin/stdout/stderr, in the syntax ``encodingname:errorhandler``. Both + the ``encodingname`` and the ``:errorhandler`` parts are optional and have + the same meaning as in :func:`str.encode`. For stderr, the ``:errorhandler`` part is ignored; the handler will always be ``'backslashreplace'``. + .. versionchanged:: 3.4 + The ``encodingname`` part is now optional. + .. envvar:: PYTHONNOUSERSITE @@ -556,11 +585,11 @@ conflict. .. envvar:: PYTHONFAULTHANDLER - If this environment variable is set, :func:`faulthandler.enable` is called - at startup: install a handler for :const:`SIGSEGV`, :const:`SIGFPE`, - :const:`SIGABRT`, :const:`SIGBUS` and :const:`SIGILL` signals to dump the - Python traceback. This is equivalent to :option:`-X` ``faulthandler`` - option. + If this environment variable is set to a non-empty string, + :func:`faulthandler.enable` is called at startup: install a handler for + :const:`SIGSEGV`, :const:`SIGFPE`, :const:`SIGABRT`, :const:`SIGBUS` and + :const:`SIGILL` signals to dump the Python traceback. This is equivalent to + :option:`-X` ``faulthandler`` option. .. versionadded:: 3.3 diff --git a/Doc/using/mac.rst b/Doc/using/mac.rst index 3e1b74d..5be439f 100644 --- a/Doc/using/mac.rst +++ b/Doc/using/mac.rst @@ -25,7 +25,7 @@ there. What you get after installing is a number of things: -* A :file:`MacPython 3.3` folder in your :file:`Applications` folder. In here +* A :file:`MacPython 3.4` folder in your :file:`Applications` folder. In here you find IDLE, the development environment that is a standard part of official Python distributions; PythonLauncher, which handles double-clicking Python scripts from the Finder; and the "Build Applet" tool, which allows you to @@ -93,7 +93,7 @@ aware of: programs that talk to the Aqua window manager (in other words, anything that has a GUI) need to be run in a special way. Use :program:`pythonw` instead of :program:`python` to start such scripts. -With Python 3.3, you can use either :program:`python` or :program:`pythonw`. +With Python 3.4, you can use either :program:`python` or :program:`pythonw`. Configuration @@ -158,7 +158,7 @@ http://www.riverbankcomputing.co.uk/software/pyqt/intro. Distributing Python Applications on the Mac =========================================== -The "Build Applet" tool that is placed in the MacPython 3.3 folder is fine for +The "Build Applet" tool that is placed in the MacPython 3.4 folder is fine for packaging small Python scripts on your own machine to run as a standard Mac application. This tool, however, is not robust enough to distribute Python applications to other users. diff --git a/Doc/using/venv-create.inc b/Doc/using/venv-create.inc index 5fdbc9b..706ac5d 100644 --- a/Doc/using/venv-create.inc +++ b/Doc/using/venv-create.inc @@ -56,20 +56,21 @@ virtualenv will be created, according to the given options, at each provided path. Once a venv has been created, it can be "activated" using a script in the -venv's binary directory. The invocation of the script is platform-specific: on -a Posix platform, you would typically do:: - - $ source <venv>/bin/activate - -whereas on Windows, you might do:: - - C:\> <venv>/Scripts/activate - -if you are using the ``cmd.exe`` shell, or perhaps:: - - PS C:\> <venv>/Scripts/Activate.ps1 - -if you use PowerShell. +venv's binary directory. The invocation of the script is platform-specific: + ++-------------+-----------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| Platform | Shell | Command to activate virtual environment | ++=============+=================+=========================================+ +| Posix | bash/zsh | $ source <venv>/bin/activate | ++-------------+-----------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| | fish | $ . <venv>/bin/activate.fish | ++-------------+-----------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| | csh/tcsh | $ source <venv>/bin/activate.csh | ++-------------+-----------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| Windows | cmd.exe | C:\> <venv>/Scripts/activate.bat | ++-------------+-----------------+-----------------------------------------+ +| | PowerShell | PS C:\> <venv>/Scripts/Activate.ps1 | ++-------------+-----------------+-----------------------------------------+ You don't specifically *need* to activate an environment; activation just prepends the venv's binary directory to your path, so that "python" invokes the diff --git a/Doc/whatsnew/3.4.rst b/Doc/whatsnew/3.4.rst new file mode 100644 index 0000000..73225bc --- /dev/null +++ b/Doc/whatsnew/3.4.rst @@ -0,0 +1,817 @@ +**************************** + What's New In Python 3.4 +**************************** + +.. :Author: Someone <email> + (uncomment if there is a principal author) + +.. Rules for maintenance: + + * Anyone can add text to this document, but the maintainer reserves the + right to rewrite any additions. In particular, for obscure or esoteric + features, the maintainer may reduce any addition to a simple reference to + the new documentation rather than explaining the feature inline. + + * While the maintainer will periodically go through Misc/NEWS + and add changes, it's best not to rely on this. We know from experience + that any changes that aren't in the What's New documentation around the + time of the original release will remain largely unknown to the community + for years, even if they're added later. We also know from experience that + other priorities can arise, and the maintainer will run out of time to do + updates - in such cases, end users will be much better served by partial + notifications that at least give a hint about new features to + investigate. + + * This is not a complete list of every single change; completeness + is the purpose of Misc/NEWS. The What's New should focus on changes that + are visible to Python *users* and that *require* a feature release (i.e. + most bug fixes should only be recorded in Misc/NEWS) + + * PEPs should not be marked Final until they have an entry in What's New. + A placeholder entry that is just a section header and a link to the PEP + (e.g ":pep:`397` has been implemented") is acceptable. If a PEP has been + implemented and noted in What's New, don't forget to mark it as Final! + + * If you want to draw your new text to the attention of the + maintainer, add 'XXX' to the beginning of the paragraph or + section. + + * It's OK to add just a very brief note about a change. For + example: "The :ref:`~socket.transmogrify()` function was added to the + :mod:`socket` module." The maintainer will research the change and + write the necessary text (if appropriate). The advantage of doing this + is that even if no more descriptive text is ever added, readers will at + least have a notification that the new feature exists and a link to the + relevant documentation. + + * You can comment out your additions if you like, but it's not + necessary (especially when a final release is some months away). + + * Credit the author of a patch or bugfix. Just the name is + sufficient; the e-mail address isn't necessary. + + * It's helpful to add the bug/patch number as a comment: + + The :ref:`~socket.transmogrify()` function was added to the + :mod:`socket` module. (Contributed by P.Y. Developer in :issue:`12345`.) + + This saves the maintainer the effort of going through the Mercurial log + when researching a change. + + * Cross referencing tip: :ref:`mod.attr` will display as ``mod.attr``, + while :ref:`~mod.attr` will display as ``attr``. + +This article explains the new features in Python 3.4, compared to 3.3. + +.. Python 3.4 was released on TBD. + +For full details, see the +`changelog <http://docs.python.org/3.4/whatsnew/changelog.html>`_. + +.. note:: Prerelease users should be aware that this document is currently in + draft form. It will be updated substantially as Python 3.4 moves towards + release, so it's worth checking back even after reading earlier versions. + + +.. seealso:: + + :pep:`429` - Python 3.4 Release Schedule + + +Summary -- Release highlights +============================= + +.. This section singles out the most important changes in Python 3.4. + Brevity is key. + +New syntax features: + +* No new syntax features are planned for Python 3.4. + +New library modules: + +* :mod:`asyncio`: New provisonal API for asynchronous IO (:pep:`3156`). +* :mod:`enum`: Support for enumeration types (:pep:`435`). +* :mod:`selectors`: High-level and efficient I/O multiplexing, built upon the + :mod:`select` module primitives. +* :mod:`statistics`: A basic numerically stable statistics library (:pep:`450`). + +New expected features for Python implementations: + +* :ref:`PEP 446: Make newly created file descriptors non-inheritable <pep-446>`. +* command line option for :ref:`isolated mode <using-on-misc-options>`, + (:issue:`16499`). + +Significantly Improved Library Modules: + +* Single-dispatch generic functions in :mod:`functoools` (:pep:`443`) +* SHA-3 (Keccak) support for :mod:`hashlib`. +* TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 support for :mod:`ssl`. +* :mod:`multiprocessing` now has option to avoid using :func:`os.fork` + on Unix (:issue:`8713`). + +CPython implementation improvements: + +* :ref:`PEP 442: Safe object finalization <pep-442>` +* :ref:`PEP 445: Configurable memory allocators <pep-445>` +* Improve finalization of Python modules to avoid setting their globals + to None, in most cases (:issue:`18214`). +* A more efficient :mod:`marshal` format (:issue:`16475`). +* "Argument Clinic", an initial step towards providing improved introspection + support for builtin and standard library extension types implemented in C + (:pep:`436`) + +Please read on for a comprehensive list of user-facing changes. + +.. _pep-446: + +PEP 446: Make newly created file descriptors non-inheritable +============================================================ + +:pep:`446` makes newly created file descriptors :ref:`non-inheritable +<fd_inheritance>`. New functions and methods: + +* :func:`os.get_inheritable`, :func:`os.set_inheritable` +* :func:`os.get_handle_inheritable`, :func:`os.set_handle_inheritable` +* :meth:`socket.socket.get_inheritable`, :meth:`socket.socket.set_inheritable` + +.. seealso:: + + :pep:`446` - Make newly created file descriptors non-inheritable + PEP written and implemented by Victor Stinner. + + +Other Language Changes +====================== + +Some smaller changes made to the core Python language are: + +* Unicode database updated to UCD version 6.3. + +* :func:`min` and :func:`max` now accept a *default* argument that can be used + to specify the value they return if the iterable they are evaluating has no + elements. Contributed by Julian Berman in :issue:`18111`. + +* Module objects are now :mod:`weakref`'able. + +* Module ``__file__`` attributes (and related values) should now always + contain absolute paths by default, with the sole exception of + ``__main__.__file__`` when a script has been executed directly using + a relative path (Contributed by Brett Cannon in :issue:`18416`). + + +New Modules +=========== + + +asyncio +------- + +The new :mod:`asyncio` module (defined in :pep:`3156`) provides a standard +pluggable event loop model for Python, providing solid asynchronous IO +support in the standard library, and making it easier for other event loop +implementations to interoperate with the standard library and each other. + +For Python 3.4, this module is considered a :term:`provisional API`. + +.. seealso:: + + :pep:`3156` - Asynchronous IO Support Rebooted: the "asyncio" Module + PEP written and implementation led by Guido van Rossum. + +enum +---- + +The new :mod:`enum` module (defined in :pep:`435`) provides a standard +implementation of enumeration types, allowing other modules (such as +:mod:`socket`) to provide more informative error messages and better +debugging support by replacing opaque integer constants with backwards +compatible enumeration values. + +.. seealso:: + + :pep:`435` - Adding an Enum type to the Python standard library + PEP written by Barry Warsaw, Eli Bendersky and Ethan Furman, + implemented by Ethan Furman. + + +selectors +--------- + +The new :mod:`selectors` module (created as part of implementing :pep:`3156`) +allows high-level and efficient I/O multiplexing, built upon the +:mod:`select` module primitives. + + +statistics +---------- + +The new :mod:`statistics` module (defined in :pep:`450`) offers some core +statistics functionality directly in the standard library. This module +supports calculation of the mean, median, mode, variance and standard +deviation of a data series. + +.. seealso:: + + :pep:`450` - Adding A Statistics Module To The Standard Library + PEP written and implemented by Steven D'Aprano + + +Improved Modules +================ + +aifc +---- + +The :meth:`~aifc.getparams` method now returns a namedtuple rather than a +plain tuple. (Contributed by Claudiu Popa in :issue:`17818`.) + + +audioop +------- + +Added support for 24-bit samples (:issue:`12866`). + + +codecs +------ + +The :meth:`codecs.encode` and :meth:`codecs.decode` convenience functions are +now properly documented. These functions have existed in the :mod:`codecs` +module since ~2004, but were previously only discoverable through runtime +introspection. + +Unlike the convenience methods on :class:`str`, :class:`bytes` and +:class:`bytearray`, these convenience functions support arbitrary codecs, +rather than being limited to Unicode text encodings. + + +colorsys +-------- + +The number of digits in the coefficients for the RGB --- YIQ conversions have +been expanded so that they match the FCC NTSC versions. The change in +results should be less than 1% and may better match results found elsewhere. + + +contextlib +---------- + +The new :class:`contextlib.suppress` context manager helps to clarify the +intent of code that deliberately suppresses exceptions from a single +statement. (Contributed by Raymond Hettinger in :issue:`15806` and +Zero Piraeus in :issue:`19266`) + +The new :func:`contextlib.redirect_stdout` context manager makes it easier +for utility scripts to handle inflexible APIs that don't provide any +options to retrieve their output as a string or direct it to somewhere +other than :data:`sys.stdout`. In conjunction with :class:`io.StringIO`, +this context manager is also useful for checking expected output from +command line utilities. (Contribute by Raymond Hettinger in :issue:`15805`) + +The :mod:`contextlib` documentation has also been updated to include a +:ref:`discussion <single-use-reusable-and-reentrant-cms>` of the +differences between single use, reusable and reentrant context managers. + + +dis +--- + +The :mod:`dis` module is now built around an :class:`~dis.Instruction` class +that provides details of individual bytecode operations and a +:func:`~dis.get_instructions` iterator that emits the Instruction stream for a +given piece of Python code. The various display tools in the :mod:`dis` +module have been updated to be based on these new components. + +The new :class:`dis.Bytecode` class provides an object-oriented API for +inspecting bytecode, both in human-readable form and for iterating over +instructions. + +(Contributed by Nick Coghlan, Ryan Kelly and Thomas Kluyver in :issue:`11816`) + + +doctest +------- + +Added :data:`~doctest.FAIL_FAST` flag to halt test running as soon as the first +failure is detected. (Contributed by R. David Murray and Daniel Urban in +:issue:`16522`.) + +Updated the doctest command line interface to use :mod:`argparse`, and added +``-o`` and ``-f`` options to the interface. ``-o`` allows doctest options to +be specified on the command line, and ``-f`` is a shorthand for ``-o +FAIL_FAST`` (to parallel the similar option supported by the :mod:`unittest` +CLI). (Contributed by R. David Murray in :issue:`11390`.) + + +email +----- + +:meth:`~email.message.Message.as_string` now accepts a *policy* argument to +override the default policy of the message when generating a string +representation of it. This means that ``as_string`` can now be used in more +circumstances, instead of having to create and use a :mod:`~email.generator` in +order to pass formatting parameters to its ``flatten`` method. + +New method :meth:`~email.message.Message.as_bytes` added to produce a bytes +representation of the message in a fashion similar to how ``as_string`` +produces a string representation. It does not accept the *maxheaderlen* +argument, but does accept the *unixfrom* and *policy* arguments. The +:class:`~email.message.Message` :meth:`~email.message.Message.__bytes__` method +calls it, meaning that ``bytes(mymsg)`` will now produce the intuitive +result: a bytes object containing the fully formatted message. + +(Contributed by R. David Murray in :issue:`18600`.) + +A pair of new subclasses of :class:`~email.message.Message` have been added, +along with a new sub-module, :mod:`~email.contentmanager`. All documentation +is currently in the new module, which is being added as part of the new +:term:`provisional <provisional package>` email API. These classes provide a +number of new methods that make extracting content from and inserting content +into email messages much easier. See the :mod:`~email.contentmanager` +documentation for details. + +These API additions complete the bulk of the work that was planned as part of +the email6 project. The currently provisional API is scheduled to become final +in Python 3.5 (possibly with a few minor additions in the area of error +handling). + +(Contributed by R. David Murray in :issue:`18891`.) + + +functools +--------- + +New :func:`functools.singledispatch` decorator: see the :pep:`443`. + + +hashlib +------- + +New :func:`hashlib.pbkdf2_hmac` function. + +(Contributed by Christian Heimes in :issue:`18582`) + + +inspect +------- + + +The inspect module now offers a basic :ref:`command line interface +<inspect-module-cli>` to quickly display source code and other +information for modules, classes and functions. (Contributed by Claudiu Popa +and Nick Coghlan in :issue:`18626`) + +:func:`~inspect.unwrap` makes it easy to unravel wrapper function chains +created by :func:`functools.wraps` (and any other API that sets the +``__wrapped__`` attribute on a wrapper function). (Contributed by +Daniel Urban, Aaron Iles and Nick Coghlan in :issue:`13266`) + +As part of the implementation of the new :mod:`enum` module, the +:mod:`inspect` module now has substantially better support for custom +``__dir__`` methods and dynamic class attributes provided through +metaclasses (Contributed by Ethan Furman in :issue:`18929` and +:issue:`19030`) + + +mmap +---- + +mmap objects can now be weakref'ed. + +(Contributed by Valerie Lambert in :issue:`4885`.) + + +multiprocessing +--------------- + +On Unix two new *start methods* have been added for starting processes +using :mod:`multiprocessing`. These make the mixing of processes with +threads more robust. See :issue:`8713`. + +Also, except when using the old *fork* start method, child processes +will no longer inherit unneeded handles/file descriptors from their parents. + + +os +-- + +New functions to get and set the :ref:`inheritable flag <fd_inheritance>` of a file +descriptors or a Windows handle: + +* :func:`os.get_inheritable`, :func:`os.set_inheritable` +* :func:`os.get_handle_inheritable`, :func:`os.set_handle_inheritable` + + +pdb +--- + +The ``print`` command has been removed from :mod:`pdb`, restoring access to the +``print`` function. + +Rationale: Python2's ``pdb`` did not have a ``print`` command; instead, +entering ``print`` executed the ``print`` statement. In Python3 ``print`` was +mistakenly made an alias for the pdb :pdbcmd:`p` command. ``p``, however, +prints the ``repr`` of its argument, not the ``str`` like the Python2 ``print`` +command did. Worse, the Python3 ``pdb print`` command shadowed the Python3 +``print`` function, making it inaccessible at the ``pdb`` prompt. + +(Contributed by Connor Osborn in :issue:`18764`.) + + +poplib +------ + +New :meth:`~poplib.POP3.stls` method to switch a clear-text POP3 session into +an encrypted POP3 session. + +New :meth:`~poplib.POP3.capa` method to query the capabilities advertised by the +POP3 server. + +(Contributed by Lorenzo Catucci in :issue:`4473`.) + + +pprint +------ + +The :mod:`pprint` module now supports *compact* mode for formatting long +sequences (:issue:`19132`). + + +pydoc +----- + +While significant changes have not been made to :mod:`pydoc` directly, +its handling of custom ``__dir__`` methods and various descriptor +behaviours has been improved substantially by the underlying changes in +the :mod:`inspect` module. + + +resource +-------- + +New :func:`resource.prlimit` function and Linux specific constants. +(Contributed by Christian Heimes in :issue:`16595` and :issue:`19324`.) + +smtplib +------- + +:exc:`~smtplib.SMTPException` is now a subclass of :exc:`OSError`, which allows +both socket level errors and SMTP protocol level errors to be caught in one +try/except statement by code that only cares whether or not an error occurred. +(:issue:`2118`). + + +socket +------ + +Socket objects have new methods to get or set their :ref:`inheritable flag +<fd_inheritance>`: + +* :meth:`socket.socket.get_inheritable`, :meth:`socket.socket.set_inheritable` + +The ``socket.AF_*`` and ``socket.SOCK_*`` constants are enumeration values, +using the new :mod:`enum` module. This allows descriptive reporting during +debugging, instead of seeing integer "magic numbers". + +ssl +--- + +TLSv1.1 and TLSv1.2 support. + +(Contributed by Michele Orrù and Antoine Pitrou in :issue:`16692`) + +* New diagnostic functions :func:`~ssl.get_default_verify_paths`, + :meth:`~ssl.SSLContext.cert_store_stats` and + :meth:`~ssl.SSLContext.get_ca_certs` + +* Add :func:`ssl.enum_cert_store` to retrieve certificates and CRL from Windows' + cert store. + +(Contributed by Christian Heimes in :issue:`18143`, :issue:`18147` and + :issue:`17134`.) + +Support for server-side SNI using the new +:meth:`ssl.SSLContext.set_servername_callback` method. + +(Contributed by Daniel Black in :issue:`8109`.) + + +stat +---- + +The :mod:`stat` module is now backed by a C implementation in :mod:`_stat`. A C +implementation is required as most of the values aren't standardized and +platform-dependent. (Contributed by Christian Heimes in :issue:`11016`.) + +The module supports new file types: door, event port and whiteout. + + +struct +------ + +Streaming struct unpacking using :func:`struct.iter_unpack`. + +(Contributed by Antoine Pitrou in :issue:`17804`.) + + +sunau +----- + +The :meth:`~sunau.getparams` method now returns a namedtuple rather than a +plain tuple. (Contributed by Claudiu Popa in :issue:`18901`.) + +:meth:`sunau.open` now supports the context manager protocol (:issue:`18878`). + + +traceback +--------- + +A new :func:`traceback.clear_frames` function takes a traceback object +and clears the local variables in all of the frames it references, +reducing the amount of memory consumed (:issue:`1565525`). + + +urllib +------ + +Add support.for ``data:`` URLs in :mod:`urllib.request`. + +(Contributed by Mathias Panzenböck in :issue:`16423`.) + + +unittest +-------- + +Support for easy dynamically-generated subtests using the +:meth:`~unittest.TestCase.subTest` context manager. + +(Contributed by Antoine Pitrou in :issue:`16997`.) + + +wave +---- + +The :meth:`~wave.getparams` method now returns a namedtuple rather than a +plain tuple. (Contributed by Claudiu Popa in :issue:`17487`.) + +:meth:`wave.open` now supports the context manager protocol. (Contributed +by Claudiu Popa in :issue:`17616`.) + + +weakref +------- + +New :class:`~weakref.WeakMethod` class simulates weak references to bound +methods. (Contributed by Antoine Pitrou in :issue:`14631`.) + +New :class:`~weakref.finalize` class makes it possible to register a callback +to be invoked when an object is garbage collected, without needing to +carefully manage the lifecycle of the weak reference itself. (Contributed by +Richard Oudkerk in :issue:`15528`) + + +xml.etree +--------- + +Add an event-driven parser for non-blocking applications, +:class:`~xml.etree.ElementTree.XMLPullParser`. + +(Contributed by Antoine Pitrou in :issue:`17741`.) + + +zipfile.PyZipfile +----------------- + +Add a filter function to ignore some packages (tests for instance), +:meth:`~zipfile.PyZipFile.writepy`. + +(Contributed by Christian Tismer in :issue:`19274`.) + + +Other improvements +================== + +Tab-completion is now enabled by default in the interactive interpreter. + +(Contributed by Antoine Pitrou and Éric Araujo in :issue:`5845`.) + +Python invocation changes +========================= + +Invoking the Python interpreter with ``--version`` now outputs the version to +standard output instead of standard error (:issue:`18338`). Similar changes +were made to :mod:`argparse` (:issue:`18920`) and other modules that have +script-like invocation capabilities (:issue:`18922`). + +Optimizations +============= + +Major performance enhancements have been added: + +* The UTF-32 decoder is now 3x to 4x faster. + +* The cost of hash collisions for sets is now reduced. Each hash table + probe now checks a series of consecutive, adjacent key/hash pairs before + continuing to make random probes through the hash table. This exploits + cache locality to make collision resolution less expensive. + + The collision resolution scheme can be described as a hybrid of linear + probing and open addressing. The number of additional linear probes + defaults to nine. This can be changed at compile-time by defining + LINEAR_PROBES to be any value. Set LINEAR_PROBES=0 to turn-off + linear probing entirely. + + (Contributed by Raymond Hettinger in :issue:`18771`.) + +* The interpreter starts about 30% faster. A couple of measures lead to the + speedup. The interpreter loads fewer modules on startup, e.g. the :mod:`re`, + :mod:`collections` and :mod:`locale` modules and their dependencies are no + longer imported by default. The marshal module has been improved to load + compiled Python code faster. + + (Contributed by Antoine Pitrou, Christian Heimes and Victor Stinner in + :issue:`19219`, :issue:`19218`, :issue:`19209`, :issue:`19205` and + :issue:`9548`) + + +CPython Implementation Changes +============================== + + +.. _pep-445: + +PEP 445: Customization of CPython memory allocators +--------------------------------------------------- + +:pep:`445` adds new C level interfaces to customize memory allocation in +the CPython interpreter. + +.. seealso:: + + :pep:`445` - Add new APIs to customize Python memory allocators + PEP written and implemented by Victor Stinner. + + +.. _pep-442: + +PEP 442: Safe object finalization +--------------------------------- + +:pep:`442` removes the current limitations and quirks of object finalization +in CPython. With it, objects with :meth:`__del__` methods, as well as +generators with :keyword:`finally` clauses, can be finalized when they are +part of a reference cycle. + +As part of this change, module globals are no longer forcibly set to +:const:`None` during interpreter shutdown in most cases, instead relying +on the normal operation of the cyclic garbage collector. + +.. seealso:: + + :pep:`442` - Safe object finalization + PEP written and implemented by Antoine Pitrou. + + +Other build and C API changes +----------------------------- + +Changes to Python's build process and to the C API include: + +* The new :c:func:`Py_SetStandardStreamEncoding` pre-initialization API + allows applications embedding the CPython interpreter to reliably force + a particular encoding and error handler for the standard streams + (Contributed by Bastien Montagne and Nick Coghlan in :issue:`16129`) + +* Most Python C APIs that don't mutate string arguments are now correctly + marked as accepting ``const char *`` rather than ``char *`` (Contributed + by Serhiy Storchaka in :issue:`1772673`). + +* "Argument Clinic" (:pep:`436`) is now part of the CPython build process + and can be used to simplify the process of defining and maintaining + accurate signatures for builtins and standard library extension modules + implemented in C. + + .. note:: + The Argument Clinic PEP is not fully up to date with the state of the + implementation. This has been deemed acceptable by the release manager + and core development team in this case, as Argument Clinic will not + be made available as a public API for third party use in Python 3.4. + + +Deprecated +========== + +Unsupported Operating Systems +----------------------------- + +* OS/2 +* Windows 2000 + + +Deprecated Python modules, functions and methods +------------------------------------------------ + +* :meth:`difflib.SequenceMatcher.isbjunk` and + :meth:`difflib.SequenceMatcher.isbpopular` were removed: use ``x in sm.bjunk`` and + ``x in sm.bpopular``, where *sm* is a :class:`~difflib.SequenceMatcher` object. + +* :func:`importlib.util.module_for_loader` is pending deprecation. Using + :func:`importlib.util.module_to_load` and + :meth:`importlib.abc.Loader.init_module_attrs` allows subclasses of a loader + to more easily customize module loading. + +* The :mod:`imp` module is pending deprecation. To keep compatibility with + Python 2/3 code bases, the module's removal is currently not scheduled. + +* The :mod:`formatter` module is pending deprecation and is slated for removal + in Python 3.6. + + +Deprecated functions and types of the C API +------------------------------------------- + +* The ``PyThreadState.tick_counter`` field has been removed: its value was + meaningless since Python 3.2 ("new GIL"). + + +Deprecated features +------------------- + +* The site module adding a "site-python" directory to sys.path, if it + exists, is deprecated (:issue:`19375`). + + +Porting to Python 3.4 +===================== + +This section lists previously described changes and other bugfixes +that may require changes to your code. + +* The ABCs defined in :mod:`importlib.abc` now either raise the appropriate + exception or return a default value instead of raising + :exc:`NotImplementedError` blindly. This will only affect code calling + :func:`super` and falling through all the way to the ABCs. For compatibility, + catch both :exc:`NotImplementedError` or the appropriate exception as needed. + +* The module type now initializes the :attr:`__package__` and :attr:`__loader__` + attributes to ``None`` by default. To determine if these attributes were set + in a backwards-compatible fashion, use e.g. + ``getattr(module, '__loader__', None) is not None``. + +* :meth:`importlib.util.module_for_loader` now sets ``__loader__`` and + ``__package__`` unconditionally to properly support reloading. If this is not + desired then you will need to set these attributes manually. You can use + :func:`importlib.util.module_to_load` for module management. + +* Import now resets relevant attributes (e.g. ``__name__``, ``__loader__``, + ``__package__``, ``__file__``, ``__cached__``) unconditionally when reloading. + +* Frozen packages no longer set ``__path__`` to a list containing the package + name but an empty list instead. Determing if a module is a package should be + done using ``hasattr(module, '__path__')``. + +* :c:func:`PyErr_SetImportError` now sets :exc:`TypeError` when its **msg** + argument is not set. Previously only ``NULL`` was returned with no exception + set. + +* :func:`py_compile.compile` now raises :exc:`FileExistsError` if the file path + it would write to is a symlink or a non-regular file. This is to act as a + warning that import will overwrite those files with a regular file regardless + of what type of file path they were originally. + +* :meth:`importlib.abc.SourceLoader.get_source` no longer raises + :exc:`ImportError` when the source code being loaded triggers a + :exc:`SyntaxError` or :exc:`UnicodeDecodeError`. As :exc:`ImportError` is + meant to be raised only when source code cannot be found but it should, it was + felt to be over-reaching/overloading of that meaning when the source code is + found but improperly structured. If you were catching ImportError before and + wish to continue to ignore syntax or decoding issues, catch all three + exceptions now. + +* :func:`functools.update_wrapper` and :func:`functools.wraps` now correctly + set the ``__wrapped__`` attribute to the function being wrapper, even if + that function also had its ``__wrapped__`` attribute set. This means + ``__wrapped__`` attributes now correctly link a stack of decorated + functions rather than every ``__wrapped__`` attribute in the chain + referring to the innermost function. Introspection libraries that + assumed the previous behaviour was intentional can use + :func:`inspect.unwrap` to access the first function in the chain that has + no ``__wrapped__`` attribute. + +* (C API) The result of the :c:data:`PyOS_ReadlineFunctionPointer` callback must + now be a string allocated by :c:func:`PyMem_RawMalloc` or + :c:func:`PyMem_RawRealloc`, or *NULL* if an error occurred, instead of a + string allocated by :c:func:`PyMem_Malloc` or :c:func:`PyMem_Realloc`. + +* :class:`importlib.machinery.PathFinder` now passes on the current working + directory to objects in :data:`sys.path_hooks` for the empty string. This + results in :data:`sys.path_importer_cache` never containing ``''``, thus + iterating through :data:`sys.path_importer_cache` based on :data:`sys.path` + will not find all keys. A module's ``__file__`` when imported in the current + working directory will also now have an absolute path, including when using + ``-m`` with the interpreter (this does not influence when the path to a file + is specified on the command-line). + +* :class:`importlib.machinery.FileFinder` no longer special-cases the empty string + to be changed to ``'.'``. diff --git a/Doc/whatsnew/index.rst b/Doc/whatsnew/index.rst index bc1206b..29902e4 100644 --- a/Doc/whatsnew/index.rst +++ b/Doc/whatsnew/index.rst @@ -11,6 +11,7 @@ anyone wishing to stay up-to-date after a new release. .. toctree:: :maxdepth: 2 + 3.4.rst 3.3.rst 3.2.rst 3.1.rst |